Home

1 2

Contents

1. 1 000 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 0 712 J 703 N 714 N 715 723 343 MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG TR SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST M M LZ 07 W122 CLL aha En ani Geen 602 231 15341 01 11 51 sr 10 Y N w deg o een ER st CO st VN 912 804 344 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR asisosis 9 5 5 8 3 3 1_
2. 0 When manifold gauge pressure of failed outdoor unit falls below 0 10 MPa fully close balance pipe packed valve Press SWO5 to finish test cooling operation While monitoring low pressure sensor output adjust pressure to around 0 12 MPa by slowly closing gas pipe service valve 10 Wait until low pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical and after letting system continue operating for while longer fully close gas pipe service valve 12 Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device Measure amount of recovered refrigerant This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation oet SW01 02 03 of the header unit back to 1 1 1 252 10 2 to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being Repaired Outline After refrigerant is recovered from the failed outdoor unit through a pump down operation the overall amount of refrigerant held by the system becomes excessive and this makes it impossible to operate the remaining outdoor units even though they are not faulty However operation is still possible if the system wide amount of refrigerant is adjusted in acco
3. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i Y SV41 Sv 4 m 9 Accumulator E SV SV42 SV3C SV43 TD1 HPS 5 2 T TD3 41 Sv sy Accumulator Liquid tank SV3C A SV43 TD1 f HPS ax 192 TK4 Compressor Compressor Compressor TK4 Compressor Compressor Compressor 60 SV3F Balance pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas side service valve Balance pipe packed valve Full closure Full opening Gas pipe 94 Liquid pipe Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas lt lt Normal refrigerant line Refrigerant recovery line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication The diagram shows a 32 HP system line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 16 HP 16 HP as an example 68 Pressure sensor ea 4 6 Refrigerant
4. 86 jou 5 61294109 uonisod JO OW JO jndino s Cx 61094100 207 pJeoq 2 Jooput UO PEEND 0 39 03 JO epis je enje 93 15 594 S 6071 55 pjeoq O d J00pui uo 2 40 99UUO9 JOJOW Ue JO 9 15 JOJOW eseud 9 aouejsisal espuey Burn Ue 5900 ZOVL OOW pJeoq 1 uo YEENO pue 40 39 09 2905 8994 pue onp ayesseo 5562 Aem z 99 JojouJ 14 10149 pJeoq 10149 JO OUJ Ue 2 Jojoeuuoo JOJOW JO 4099 9 10 49 NO SJOJOSUUOD 607 95 100 JO SEENI 4 0 39 03 UO 10119 39 03 A ddns 13 21 41 9poo 94 218 72945 4 uoneJedo
5. pue Joopul uoneoiunuiuioo ON BU 40449 uorneoiunuluJlo 6 coal L3N IV 9 49 0 0 eu y UI UOISSIUISUEJ 941 uedoud pejoeuuoo s syun pue 19j OJjuOO 9jouJa8J eu y uo BY JO y uo pejeoipul JOU SI epoo oeuo 99 13N 1V spun oj pues UO euis 208 94 194 8 5 Diagnosis procedure for each check code 99 9 9poo 93 199 12 1 4900 1se Bunoouse qnoi S Z S Iejep 10 pJeOq O d Joopur Y98949 pe Aejdsip si 903 Ajjewsou sjeubis pues pesn sey U9IUM BY e 104 JUSS si uSuM 9381099 lt 199Jeq 3LON O d x eut Aue 5 9 esiou ou 9
6. 199 40 JO 0839 03 5 1294102 Jous Joopjno pue uee eq 20140 9JIM 49 1 93 5151564 JO 92 85181594 pue dnjes 1294102 pue dmes 1 9815 Joopino 10449 915 leuius pue 08831 09 Joopino Joopu uoneoiunuJuloo Joopin o 400pu 209 9 9poo 94 JOOPINO JOOPU 2 L3N IV 10449 dnjes eouejsis9J sseJppe dn 196 1991109 8 Joopino y pejoeuuoo uoneoiunuJuJoo 1994102 118008 ewuou uoneoiunuJuloo 9JIM 199 409 S sseJppe ou si 9 pue gp epoo 3002 dnies eui 1INV OSg BOWS e sseJppe epoo qng L3N IV sesseJppe 40090 sossoJppe 96 803 9
7. 5900 222 0 JO esneo ay eaj ue eoejdes Uonoeuuoo J0129UUOO 129 409 1 8 pue 1 4 S H 67 jo 2945 Joopino Jo uod 91 15 4 Jo se yons 19 4040 ou 9494 S 21 01 JO 51 ewou BU 10 eouejsisaJ S 1 10 51 O d uo UO IOSUUOD JOJOSUUOD 9JIM S 619 UO 4 0 uoneoipur ay 21016 40 9 3 10 49 Josues Q 1019 eynyeJeduue Josues 2 9 39 9 JOO 1 8 9 JOJON lt JOJON 40 9 se q se uons esneo 40 8 pJeoq 2 yoo 83 10119 JOOPINO 9 189 0 epoo qns L3N IV 0 eoeides 40009 8 0 Jesuepuoo eoueJeedde 25059 9
8. st CO st VN 912 804 322 T8 Z ZG 8 2 26 8 7 7 T8 z ZG T8 Z ZG aaisosis sensor 5 5 5 2 3 CONTAGTOR WAGRET E 3 3 3 Frio 5 me ason seare _ 4918 680 PCBOARD worse enter meos 1 3 ot 714 4918 0 PCBOARD assy INTERFACE Jo 3 Eris 4918 622 PCBOARD assy Fan __________ _ _ ot Erie evan 8680898557 696 586 6 6 2 12 12 5 5 3 3 6 5 3 5 5 12774 1 323 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0804T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG chad 4 E AE 4 IT L Li 59 EN y D E 59 5 PI lt n 324 Sere 5
9. T Sus te 2 94 ejeorpur pue A 220 er ama ma Jequunu sejeoipur 19497 asing Mo euj EE 10109 lt Models 36 1 2 12 High Wall Type 3 series Models MMK AP0073H AP0093H AP0123H AP0153H AP0183H AP0243H 193949098 plos 431104109 31034 Q38lM 1190 9190 p LP NO Mug OYNI 7 o0 9225205 LINN 2500110 5 y 27 24 5 eys pue 2 Jequunu BU episui 19427 eui L Yl 0 1838 LCS 0143 CENI 09 9 9 9 Joopul JO 3 1 405135 135A 01 591 49 41 5 50 1 13 221 YOSNIS 1 18 839 YAOXS LOLN2 1102819 MEME AL29Q0e 5 130 d3MOc 9 0 1 Ide i A Li 9010 12 19101 161211 076 d AIRE ZR KR JAINO HM
10. s J 8 9 28 9999 uejse J y uo uorojsip OU SI 9494 A auns xoeuo JosseJdujoo y pes Josse4duuoo Bunoeuuoo Bunpoeuo A9949 JO esneo 1294102 80 ue 1 eJouJ JO TINO 3194 ewou S 3 9 pue jeuiqeo Joopino 9 2 Op 001 OL 0 jeuuou S jJ eouejsiseJ 499u2 1055 JO 9 51 1 0 Buipuodsauoo seseud 92UP SIS9J Buiuunq JOJO 4088849 03 ON 18 0 JO uo 40 99 0 38 3 40 39 03 12941025 JO uonoeuuoo Jo 0 58 0 S SHES JosseJduJoo Jn220 dolp s oq 5601 ASLT 08 x 0 jun j281107 Jowod S 4099949 0 20 z 4099949 20 10 epoo qns 4019 2 9 uone4edo eulJoUuqy peuunooo 10 119 JosseJduio2 LSN IV WASAS JosseJduio2 7 seu uogon
11. 9 8288 933845 Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoeJeuo 5 95 Joopu 996 99 5191894 Josues 2110 9 5 9 3545 2 eJy 08095 21 2 pejeuuoo JO J2euuoo Jo 129 109 uo uwoJg 00LNO 4JOJOSUUOD JOSUSS L3N IV youg uedo Josuas 1 24 10119 40 49 0 eel 204 9 9poo 201 pJeoq ewou si 108125 pJeoq O d 4 1 uo 009N9 O d uo 90ND SJoj euuoo Jo 38 05 10 49 Josues eJnjeJeduie ur jinq GO epoo 141 eo z 20 JosseJduJo2 0 epoo qng L3N IV Josuas 189 40 49 HL eg EL 9 94 DJe0q ord 1 938199 jJeuujou 51 Josues JI JOSUBS 6 8 uo sonsuejeJeuo Josues 996 eouejsisai Josues JO pue GOGND J0sues 61 Jo uonoeuuoo J0J Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 408 98 Jo uoug uedo uonoejep 41 L3N IV uou
12. 31 1 2 8 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure 32 152 9 SM DOUCET YDE c sci dee ar er eh anb BUS euren eo dite att gt eed 34 1 25 10 Under sire dde den gt deu oct ion dece E deaur 35 1 2 11 High Wall 2 36 1 2 12 High Wall Type 3 37 1 2 13 Floor Standing Cabinet 38 1 2 14 Floor Standing Concealed 39 152 15 Floor Standing Se 40 1 2 16 Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit for 5 41 Pans RING 43 2 1 Outdoor Unit 50Hz model MMY MAP 4HT8 E MAP 4HT8 TR MAP 4HT8 MAP 4T8 c 43 2 2 Outdoor Unit 60Hz model 4 7 44 2 3 Outdoor Inverter 50Hz model MMY MAP 4HT8 E MAP 4HT8 TR MAP 4HT8 dove dca dri 45 2 4 Outdoor Inverter 60Hz model MMY MAP 4HT7 46 2295 aloes min ora DICT TELE RETO he ees E ETE 47 2 5 Parts Layout im Outdoor hit brace seme DEUS o OU
13. 0 9 JELAS apis fiepuooes y je edid ay sejnuiui JO 039 9095 6 660 3 0 10 1 159 10 JO y pue Aiddns T x99u2 Zx 19591 105591900 peuuojied si dn dws eoeyuns uoneuejs 1994109 punos uonejedo 440 49949 pun y 5 10 ON uoneuBeis jddns 18 od 95984 464 poem 9 geAS 10 e s e4njyeeduje uonons esu jou seop eJunje1eduue Jo oBexyeo y ul Jo epis xoeuo 9 IuM 7 DH Aeidsip 5 8 8 YEAS un pue 101 ZOMS dn 195 pue ui sun 40 2 10 OMS pue
14. ____ 2 ____ AP2214 1004 32 106 414 1004 MAP0804 0804 0804 80 2 High efficiency type Combined Model Combination of outdoor units Maximum external 5 e 9 2 9 9 9 2 16 9 6 7 2 Priority Operation Mode Setting Purpose characteristics This function allows switching between priority cooling and priority heating Four patterns of priority operation mode setting are available as shown in the table below Select a suitable priority mode according to the needs of the customer Setup N CAUTION In the case of the priority indoor unit mode it is necessary to set up the specific indoor unit chosen for priority operation a single unit only 1 Outdoor unit setup method header unit SW11 Operation OFF OFF Priority heating factory default ON OFF Priority cooling largest share of units in operation Priority indoor unit priority given to the operation mode of the specific indoor unit set up for priority operation OFF Priority operation based on No of units in operation priority given to the operation mode with the 107 2 Indoor unit setup method for priority indoor unit
15. 3 A 0 8 wind drecion o automatic SW control point automatcrecovey Sensor Sw of static pressure Timer sting _ Louver fixing position Flap No 1 0000 616 69 4 way type only Lowering postion FlapNo 2 000 Louver fixing position Flap No 3 0000 Not fixed 4 way type only F4 Louver fixing position Flap No 4 0000 Not fixed 4 way type only Type Indoor unit capacity Code No 10 CODE No 11 0000 1 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP SH 0001 4 2 4 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP 2H 8 8 ww wm 0002 2 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP 1 way Air Discharge Cassette 0003 Compact type 0004 Concealed Duct Standard MMD AP BH Slim Duct MMD AP SPH 0006 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD AP H 0007 Under Ceiling MMC AP H ing 0008 High Wall 2 0011 Floor Standing Concealed 0013 030 type
16. 2 Display of Outdoor Unit Information Displayed on Each Outdoor Unit 5 01 SW02 54 03 Display detail Error data Outdoor unit No 01 to 04 Check code only latest one displayed If there is no check code is displayed If there is sub code check code and sub code are displayed alternately for 3 seconds and 1 second respectively lt SW04 gt push SW function Fan operation at outdoor unit with error 7 segment display section A E 1 lt 5 04 SWO05 push SW function Fan operation at outdoor unit without error 7 segment display section A lt SW05 gt push SW function Fan operation function check mode is cancelled Operation mode Outdoor unit HP capacity 8HP 8 10HP 10 12HP 12 14 14 16HP 16 Compressor operation command Operation data of each compressor is displayed in turn in 2 second intervals If compressor No 3 does not exist is displayed Normal Compressor speed rps is displayed in decimal format 7 segment display C1 gt C2 gt C3 gt lt SW04 gt push SW function Switches to display of operating current decimal value 7 segment display i1 gt i2 gt i3 gt Pressing of lt SW05 gt restores normal display Outdoor fan mode FP B Mode 0 to 63 0 to 63 Compressor backup C b Displays compress
17. Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant _____ Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas lt Normal refrigerant line 44 Refrigerant recovery line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication The diagram shows a 28 HP system line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 16 HP 12 HP as an example 69 5 Control Outline B indoor Unit Control Specifications Specification outline Remarks Upon power 1 Identification of outdoor unit supply reset When the power supply is reset the outdoor unit is identified and control is redirected according to the identification result 2 Indoor fan speed and air flow direction control availability settings Settings such as indoor fan speed and air flow direction control availability are replaced on the basis of EEPROM data 3 If power supply reset is performed in the wake of a fault the check code is cleared If the abnormality persists after the Start Stop button on the remote controller is pressed to resume operation the check code is redisplayed on the remote controller Operation 1 The operation mode changes in response to an operation selection command selection issued via the remote controller Room temp 1 Adjustment range remote controller temperature setting C control COOL DRY
18. Qo 2 X 5 CHE gt LIQUID LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 348 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT7 Z ZG an ye DY 2 2 EN 5 X BN NEN X N JUN fd i NOS N I v ud A USS OWN d P AL T A gt gt a Ne i 227 p VN in Hl n gt 349 AN 49059079 49050079 22216425212 SV3E 019018 SV3D P 019018 SV3A 616018 SV3C 1 1 NES e Xr y apex ac pud or LAN S pon e qu E ta f UE UNS 5 I 1 18 8 2 SE y PY NN SAE i edo 7 F A n ZA p 4 NE
19. 203395 Ms 6 556 uDiH cHE9 LHE9 09 BAJBA A 2 0 uej pieog dJeue u AOON 8809 3 191 v8091 22MW PIBOR D d 104009 esea 90909 JoSsexduon puog yd 98681 29W PB SHE 996 2 seed dn 5 80 au jo 241 zx juo 59 952 Qua LOLND 0149 420 q jo yoeq uo speoq O d YY OSION HAM LOING ZOLNO QNO 868 098 9851 50 00900 999 998 56 MOAR 5354 966 2 eTeIeIeJe j Np o 5 1 08176558 833 p wu 1 9 m 28252525 L LJ L LJ LJ Ul ms o0aNo roa 56 493 44 4 4 3ONVHO NHO 80009 DINING 111111 1 gi AVHO AHO 5 CE eu MES z 5 2 5 io 5 Gau P TERNOS 39939 JoJo7 5 Oe 8809 528 e ALB 8 vu 7i 418 2 2 i o o9
20. 4 Ld JoopinQ 220 9 94 9 94 eui pue edid ou si 9 JUN Joopijno y jo uonounj xXoeuo Buuiwsiu y Buisn 499u2 1284102 SOA 1105 JO 1294102 Aem p Y29049 SonsuejoeJeuo 408 96 6 9 uo Josues eJnjeJeduie yun Joopino 996 ON eq 0 NO LOEND ZAWd 00 NO LAINd 510 990009 AlNd Joopino ON BOIAIOS uedo uonejejsursiu PAS 9 G Jo p 10119 Josues 1176 10449 ANd Joopino 2 JoopinQ 965 9 edid BuibBoJ o eDeuous eui e Jo syun Joopul amp ou A poeuoo SPAS 51 Z 839 103 8105 EVAS ZPAS LYAS 9JV 1 PAS epis uonons o ssed q seb ueJofujeJ
21. Jo Joopul Jo 49 40 ul Jepuo ui uo UO peuJni amod Kjjeuuou sjeuDis syun Jo epoo qns uo peuunj 49 00 1 100pur jo Ajddns 20149 dnjes sseJppy v pJeoq 4 1 uo JoJJe Joopino pue UO 5 uorjeoiunuJuJo P9499480 tiw LaN Iv Jo z 5 eden ed uo Joopino Jo JAMO uoneoiunuJuJoo JOOP NO JOOpU vol 703 10419 uonoeuuoo ZN SHUN JOOPU jo Jequinu peseeJoe vol 903 9 9poo 9 195 eoe des lt 4OOP NO esiou ejeutui3 NO 91 LOND 01 pejoeuuoo ue pJeoq SOA 49199 uononpuoo 9 p u do uoneJedo 5 uo 24 esiou S Nee UO OU 9J9U S 61291405
22. y 159 e ues pue Ajddns 19894 7198 00 Josues eJnsseJd sonsuejoeJeuo 92 95 L3N IV 22 10544 9poo 94 9859594 eoe des Anes pJeoq O d Y09949 eouejsis9J pue 221 Josues Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 5 95 20 ZO eoejdes nun JOOP NO au uonounj 138403 pue 919 se qeo jo uonoeuuoosip 0119 GAS ANd 928 09 4 Aue S SOUSIO NOU eu YOO lewiou pue Jojoeuuoo sued Ajnej Jesuepuoo uonoeuuoo Jojoeuuoo S sued edid 4 ui SUN Joopui Aue aly OUS Jl 1994 351 4 Joopul Jo Buibueuoxe jeeu jo 993 9849 9 1 8494 S ewou edid 40 599 2 ewou AlNd S amp
23. 8 X 5 gt LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT CHECK STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 293 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG E lt lt 2 KZ c EN 15 rU X BN NS X N JUN XA i NOS S I ud WIS hs SU IE OWN Ir d 1 2 MM gt EA E 2 _ Ei ul n m 6 294 RO c 019018 5 30 4249079 COG 019018 SV2 019 86 269 019029 SV3E ale AH nd HB 48 SW IW aw LEM gt 6 tt 2 gt e ANG 5 4 5 NOR Ae AM EN aN 6 e f SS NI E 7 5 LEA 19 ala 2 lt a N
24. Jequunu y sejeoiputr Josues Joopul 20101 49 9 50 Josues dws Joopu 1 i 17 272774 18 9539 NYS NYO 3778 CONO ANd MOTI3A ALIHM 10102 4 M3 undo 1 4 Tin Jo depe 2 DE LONO yomon XX 2 2 2409 022 209 2 022 m os A ddns Jemod yun Joopu 07 7 M9JOS i MaS ndino uey Yi Yd 40139 65 MO PPP PPP lt Z IN PSX Xe XAA 1 11 1211 EE EY 3118 IHM IHM 134 IHM CHA 19 04NO OCNO 8NO 09NO CENO LOND OSNO 60 NO MEEN zy 10x4 SIND N49 08NO Dj A AW 4
25. re 2c 46 Compressor tcurent lt ae 0135 13 5 5 87 8 Css 1 s 2 o ofe eforme m 0500 500pls Outdoor unit individual data 1 aeaaee Uu d mode 0058 58 mode 0024 24 66 76 Compressor IPDU 3 heat sink temperature Outdoor fan IPDU heat sink temperature o ME Normal 0010 Heating recovery controlled Heating cooling recovery controlled 1 o ME controlled 0001 Cooling recovery controlled DOTOIPressure release controled Discharge temperature release i Or Normal 0001 Discharge temperature release controlled 1 Release controlled 0100 02 outdoor unit release controlled 5B U2 U2 U4 outdoor units x5 0010 03 outdoor unit release controlled 0001 04 outdoor unit release controlled 1 Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge temperature sensor This temperature is not displayed for other types 2 When the units are connected to a group data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed 3 The first digit of an CODE No indicates the outdoor unit number 4 The upper digit of an CODE No 4 indicates the outdoor unit number 1 5 U1 outdoor unit Header unit 2 6 U2 outdoor unit Follower unit 1 3 U3 outdoor unit Follower unit 2 4 8x U4 outdoor unit Follower unit
26. 5 ufu 3onp pojeaouoo 09 0 ejqeojdde Ajuo ed Aem MYOMLAN IV 10 aseo ul jeuondo 11010 1 1 64 03 1 X 5 LOVL OOW O d Jo depe Jeuondo L 90 6 1 3 When Both Main Sub Remote Controller and Wireless Remote Controller Kit Connected Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP 2H New 4 way Air yun yun Joopino Joopino 9940 eounos J MOd 49104 03 qns e iun euo Ul Ajuo ued SUL c yo y 889186 JOSUaS qan 5 Dunes uonoun 4 Ajddns J9MOd uoljeolunululoo 19 0 02 pJeoq O d Josues SSAIM SI e 7 dn MS ueo spun df a v 8 CH 0992999607 Ajddns Dunes
27. LLZ 5 58 a 58 COL gt 121 CLL 8 6 MMY MAP1404HT8 SG MMY MAP1604HT8 SG SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST 602 231 0 202 04 202 aD 102 N 102 sy 02 70 612 W 02 giz OW W D 02 702 201 N 702 702 VN 912 804 366 18 50 18 50 18 50 18 50 18 50 5 5 REACTOR ORT 2 2 3 LU CONTAGTOR WAGRET 1 1 3 3 Frio 5 me ason seare _ 4918 680 PCBOARD worse enter meos 1 3 ot 714 4918 0 PCBOARD assy INTERFACE Jo 3 Eris 4918 622 PCBOARD assy Fan __________ _ _ ot Erie evan 8680898557 696 586 6 6 2 12 12 5 5 3 3 6 5 3 5 5 12774 1 367 WARNINGS REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE
28. e e Connection Outdoor unit interface PCB a ii SW1 Operation input switch SW2 Stop input switch Operation The system is started stopped from the outdoor unit ON Turns on all indoor 57 units on ME _ Turns off all indoor 2 units owe OFF _ The input signal is recognized during its falling phase After reaching the bottom of the falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms N CAUTION 1 Do not turn on the COOL SW1 and HEAT SW2 terminals simultaneously 2 Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal External signal No voltage pulse contact The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 112 6 8 5 Night operation sound reduction Control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Outdoor unit interface PCB SW1 Night time signal switch Operation This function decreases noise at night or other times as necessary ON d Night time control COOL t FF SW1 Normal operation O The input signal is recognized during its rising falling phase After reaching the top bottom of the rising falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 The system s capacity is reduced during low noise operation The table
29. Distributor valve tube valve sensor 61 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Functional outline SV3A Connector CN321 White 1 Supplies oil reserved in the oil header during ON time SV3B Connector CN321 White 1 Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor SV3C Connector CN321 White 1 Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil header during ON time Connector CN322 White SV3D 1 Reserves oil in the oil separator during OFF time 2 Returns oil reserved in the oil separator to the compressor during ON time SV3E Connector CN322 White 1 Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors SV3F Connector CN323 White Solenoid valve 1 Controls oil level balances between compressors Hot gas bypass Connector 11 White 1 Low pressure release function SV2 2 High pressure release function 3 Gas balance function during stop time Start compensation valve of compressor 41 5 41 Connector CN312 SV42 Connector CN312 SV43 Connector CN313 Red SV42 1 For gas balance start 43 2 High pressure release function 3 Low pressure release function SV5 Connector CN314 White 1 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation SV6 Connector CN315 White 1 Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release cooling bypass function Connector CN317 Blue 4 way valve 1 Cooling heating exchange 2 Re
30. Jewod 1048 00 epoo qng 40sseJduuoo uo Joopyno y 4 pejoejep Ajddns amod JO 10119 eseug Jowod Dejoejep 10119 AV 5041 9 9poo 94 L3N IV 217 O d JOOPU UO 89 Jo 022 S xoeuo pue eoe des euJnjie O d Joopur 49949 Jeuuou 0 Ajddns 91 eJnj ie 4 O d Joopur 49949 Bum 1284100 pue 9 8 0 s 40 38 03 1991409 sseJppe 5 pJeoq Joopu edid 2 MS 160147 9 49 5 219 edid uleup 9 4900 seoq 4 900 MS 1 0 seo 8 0 PEND pJeoq 274 101002 Joopu Joj2euuoo S 120 S L3N IV qo old 9 02 55 93 935109 ZOVL OOW Joopur 99 9 pue 9 98 p
31. DE 53 2 7 Parts Layout in Inverter 55 2 8 Outdoor Inverter Print Circuit Board 57 2 8 1 Interface P C board MCC 1606 57 2 8 2 Inverter P C board for compressor 1596 A3 IPDU 58 2 8 3 Inverter P C board for fan 1610 59 3 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing 60 4 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams 64 4 1 Normal Operation COOL Mode DEFROST Mode High Outside Air Temperature Roughly 20 CO ADOVE Pc POTETE 64 4 2 Normal Operation COOL Mode Low Outside Air Temperature Roughly Below 20 65 4 3 Normal Operation HEAT 66 4 4 Emergency Operation Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario 67 4 5 Emergency Operation Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario 68 4 6 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario edie tarde orbe S 69 9 Control Oultlihe vv xar ee xe AR ER AER RU a EE KA RR E OR 70 6 Applied Control and Functions including Circuit Configuration 85 6 1 Indoor Controll
32. UART communication between A3 IPDU Fan motor output U phase CN705 Fan motor output V phase CN704 Fan motor output W phase CN703 161C 0 35 cBMPBNENT SIDE Power supply input Reactor connecting terminal Reactor connecting terminal CN511 59 3 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing Outdoor Unit 8 10 12HP Q H SV5 Reducer PMV1 PMV2 4 way valve Er Check valve High pressure sensor 0 TL Liquid tank Accumulator Fusibl pilo SV3A OX M a v gt D A Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe packed valve service valve packed valve Solenoid Capillary Check Checkjoint Strainer Distributor valve tube valve sensor 60 Outdoor Unit 14 16HP Model MMY MAP1404 1604 TO 1 8 Mum oc S Sub heat exchanger at left side High pressure sensor TL Low pressure sensor TL SV3D separator Fusible pug Accumulator Liquid tank SV3C High pressure switch 3 Inverter HH ow Check valve A 574 v gt gt 4 ZN um 1 Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe gt packed valve service valve packed valve Z ER Solenoid Capillary Check Checkjoint Strainer
33. ueu pue eDexeeJq 988 58 edid edid pue ou s Y09490 eBeyous 1ueJeBujey y jo oeuo y Buisn 29 pejeuuoo xoeuo y Bursn ae jueJeyp ui spun JOU 1294102 S9A 219 jo uonoeuuoosip uonej ejsul 402 oDeyxeo 088115 181 PAS SELHON 10282 PAS SI S9l suoj oeJeu2 Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoeJeuo Josues eal Josues eJnje1eduje Joopino 998 93 5 51594 Josues 0 JO ZAL 958 99 ON 0 NO FAINd LOEND ZANA 4504 2 5 1 100pino 5 0 LAIWd 840 59 02 b J00pino BU JOJOBUUOND 2 59815 pue 988 931 199 eol es uedo JOJJO PAS Josues 1 2 ANd JoopinO 2 Joopino 20 epoo qng uonipuoo ee 585 ay aL d y
34. 1 1 6 8 conacron menene 3 tt sumomrsmGR 1 72 _ 9 9 26 40 PC BOARD 3 ot Tw 4316v420 PCBOARD assy 1 3 Ens 43 8 22 PC BOARD ASSY FAWIPOU MOO T610 3 3 3 3 1 Erie 49 8 681 POBOARD ASSY 69565869 2 2 2 3 3 7 3 9 86 6 5 5 5 m foo 3 5 5 12174 u gt gt C2 345 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0804HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1004HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT7 Z ZG 1 DH es PR d 1 US 346 We TAST gt P DRR PES t 95 LENS 4 M EY v TN M H ERO 77 lU L 347 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID
35. 232 8 9 Sensor Characteristics 236 8 10 Pressure Sensor Output 239 9 BACKUP OPERATION EMERGENCY OPERATION 241 9 1 Note Tor Backup Operation i4 cece ke aD bx ob KC aH Ea a e e oec 241 9 2 Compressor Backup Operation 242 9 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting 243 9 3 1 Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of follower outdoor unit 243 9 3 2 Header outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of header outdoor unit 245 3 9 4 Cooling Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting 247 10 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD 248 10 1 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit 248 10 1 1 Note for refrigerant recovery operation 248 10 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting 248 10 1 3 Refrigerant recovery procedure B Case of outdoor unit backup operation setting 251 10 2 How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being Repaired 253 10 3 Work procedure after
36. f SS NI E 7 5 LEA 19 ala 2 lt a N 2 i 4 ________ PEEL 49050079 339 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TE TANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 340 em Part No Description 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 6 8 8 3 3 caaner amincer sack Foe wes 3 _ oy weis cowmesson 28 2 3 3 ww 4 8 283 emm PRESSURE 2 2 3 4 92 renter case waw o 2 3 1 1
37. pej euuoo 51 40 39 039 0 JOJOBUUOD 99 40 939 03 uep y UYM pJeoq y ejeoipur E apis BuuiM eu eui uexoJq pue eui 2 je 19497 JOYS 5 20Joq OY o NHO NHO NHO enva 6600 YER OOOO gt a Cae 25 Ds 25 a T E I E I lt lt lt __ 559226 w za F 34 RI UE MYO ME 94 9940 213035 JOJOW d3H Ser ok 5 qas 09 NOOLLI 99 49 9 1 1 i SZ eet tet eA 039 0 2 1111 OMEN ZONO i 4 IH LONO uondo Joydepy 13A n18 IHM IHM 090NO 2 0 2 L90NO LEONO 0 08 422 IHM Mao Aiddns 990NO NE Sd Er 5071 95 9 yun 10 94 03 cL HM PY
38. edid pue edid ou si Y09949 JOOP NO y jo uonounj xXoeuo y 499u2 38 03 1284102 S9A S IUN JOOpUI amp ou poeuoo 581098 pejees SPAS 1 05 829 09 8 05 JO 1294102 EVAS PUB ZPAS BY LAS uBnoJui epis uonons ssed q seb jueJeDujoeJ 9900 Aem p 2949 5 Josueg 6 8 uo Josues 84 5490 9 89S 93 91594 55 99 Josues 2011 Jo ON sonsuejoeJeuo i pJeoq O d 5 1 100pino 5 00 NO LAINd 99 0 105 ON 2 JOJOBUUOD 5 140 J00pjno AWd sepis BOIAIOS uedo pinbi pue 886 uonejejsursiu 1099 PAS 79 G 54981 194 eDeuous 10 49 Josues 1 L3N IV 1 4019 dws
39. iN o o gt o Sl elo e ajajaja Charging of refrigerant Keeping the valve of the outdoor unit closed be sure to charge the liquid refrigerant into the service port at the liquid side the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged fully open the valves of the outdoor unit at liquid and gas sides operate the air conditioner in COOL mode and then charge refrigerant into service port at the gas side In this time choke the refrigerant slightly by operating the valve of the canister to charge liquid refrigerant liquid refrigerant may be charged suddenly therefore be sure to charge refrigerant gradually 20 New Refrigerant R410A This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant R410A which does not deplete the ozone layer 1 Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant The pressure of R410A is high 1 6 times of that of the former refrigerant R22 Accompanied with change of refrigerant the refrigerating oil has been also changed Therefore be sure that water dust the former refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refrigerant during installation work or service work If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed there is a possibility to cause a serious accident Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to p
40. 11010 0J u09 ue UE 1009 15 50 9 49 041 03 uomeoiunuuuoo uonezuoiupufs uoneJedo ul ed yong 86 0 jonp Jon 91049 qns 0 eunsseud 30515 uiu pojeaouoo oj ajqearidde jon x yndul 4 yo 9 seawes euo eq 49 5 841 92 ischarge Cassette Type ir D igh Wall Type 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Under Ce H Compact 4 way A Slim Duct Type Joydepe 208095 20 556 6 5 OROML3N IV 941 2 Josueg yams 0916 samog Jo 9585 ul 105095 21 jeuondo MS bues 5 08 5 uoloun jezzng 105095 y1 1019 49104 05 s Jo depe ES 0 00 JI 83 syun 7 po1oeuuoo ued 9 dN cu p ynoulo O d 408 98 SSAIM MS 8 CH youms Dunes
41. 421 8 0810 p499M 2409 2409 072 022 jun J9MOd Joopino en cn NO sowy 8 6 219 08 uoneziuouupus uoneJedo u NOW ad einssaJd 5 ufiu pajeeouoo 0 ajqeaidde jon menj 105095 121 1 319 8 OZSL OOW Joopu 8 A ddns 08821 109 48104 00 Dunes uonoun4 5 2 0 dn 2 qns a 49 5 841 HOML3N IV yams Ajddns 10 6883 uj jeuondo 1 313 190405 01 02 8 9 10312 LOVL OOW 70 d 9 Jeuondo L 400891 91 ir Discharge Cassette SH Type Concealed Duct Standard Type way A Type 1 ling 2 09 2409 072 022 21 06 48 04 400 0 en jun Joopyno Joopu Joopjno Joop no zal 1 199408 1 21 05 1JO0MOd
42. gt gt lt gt 45 2 4 Outdoor Inverter 60Hz model MMY MAP 4HT7 uu Reatro _ 165 0 e men wos 9 speram _ setas om bek Comp motor drive IPM MCC 1596 MCC 1596 25A DC1200V P C Board 522 76 ooo foto 9 o o o o 9 moter rve PM NCC 1610 _ FSBB2CHEC 1616161619 e n PTC thermistor MZ32 13A AC500V 1 E RMARDO1E 3456 1356 renee oloto foo 320285 exchanger temp sensor tre 20 80 renee 1610101616 20 temp 206 80 o o o o o zioren sensro feroase 1010101019 2 206 806 96 __ 1616161616 o MMY MAPO0804 MMY MAP1004 olo lolo o o 1204 MMTMAPTIO 58042005 28 46 2 5 Indoor Unit 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Mode 0824 01228 O152H Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Med MMUAP _ Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF 3 TCJ sensor 26 size lead wi
43. 2 8 2 3 3 26 vave waver 5 3 3 5 5 027 mwwwr conwaveawwvraomo 3 5 5 3 5 ws Pt A ws 829 semmRa 1 6827 1 1 8 55 ACUMUATORZL 3 WT vj gt vj ow 8627 CONDENSER ASSY THREEROWLEFT o 416256 CONDENSER ASSY THREEROW RGHT 0 0 amens 2 2 2 3 5 oat 06919 2 3 5 45 95 RUBBER suPORTERRPERa _ 2 2 0 5 6 68 RUBBER suPPORTER pez gt gt 1 3 2 0 6 45 9 8 RUBBER SUPPORTER PESO a 3 3 5 5 RUBBER SUPPORTER 3 5 5 BENE BRE rm oo 5 rm of KR ato 363 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 0804 1004 MAP1204 MAP1404 MAP1604 18
44. 40 oral 9poo 9 84910 03 9 10 184 Se dn 195 49 04 00 9joul8J L3N IV 66 603 9 eui uoneoiunuJuJoo 1994102 jddns 18 od 6 9894 Jaye ssoeJppe dn esiou 9 18 13 34 08 esiou ou 8494 S A ddns 4 990 Joye dn eJnjrej 49 0 J MOd JO 8JIM 29 409 uonoeuuoo Aue S 61294109 Joopino Jepeeu Jo 4 40 99 00 LOND JO uonoeuuoo 40 338 03 JO uonoeuuoo 991409 13894103 4209 Joopul Jojoeuuoo uo 40339 09 JO uonoeuuoo 19940 JO uonoeuuoo Joopino pue Joopui eui uoneoiunuJuJoo s 4019 pJeoq JOOpU G seoi ep Buipunouns SION ulejs s Joopu JOOP NO pue Joopul uonoeuuoo uoneoiunuJuJO sseJppe Buunp ON 27 191 3 197 440 2 Joopino 99
45. 43167250 HEATER 3 3 _ 0771482071 WoTOR Fan pozsov stram 1 1 vnve raos y a a a aa 966 vuvEpROED a1 3 1 Fow sswwme corsotwop wvwosum 5 172 stromo 1 3 roe 89 79 226 S 5 5 5 5 2 2 3 882 1 3 3 3 3 1 tt ws ema varve a a a a mw ueni vve 48 2 2 3 3 061866 a 3 3 3 3 wr swwwr oonwavEzWvraoEs 3 3 ms 92 3 3 1 1021242 1 1 1 026 146625 CONDENSERASSY rwo rower 11 11 oy 48 626 CONDENSER eS 88 8 Jo 3 ow sacr CONDENSER ASSY rerom er 1 ow 48626 CONDENSER ASSY THREEROW RIGHT J 1 0 0 49 6 VALVE cHECKEDBCvVeuDY 2 2 2 3 3
46. 9 2 80 8191894 Jo 10119 eAnoejep eunjeJeduie LAL 93 5 9 9842 3 Buuiwsiu 4110 8 0 eJnsseJd DEAS TOME jene 10 20 91 1 9 _ PeN sesNO 3 MoA vesno PHL exi 69 5 ZESNO ZAL Geeta resno vx 6 O d eui 928199 sJosues 99 JI JOSUBS 941 JO eouejsisaJ pue 29 uonoeuuoosip YOSYD osa Josues eAnoejep ue si JOS eu 2 eunsseud uBi 09 VIA AINIW VOVLdVIN ANIA uoug uedo 5 5 GYL 0 JOSU S Gy 60 JOE JOSU S tM 0 10149 JOSUBS M 20 40449 JOSUBS ZM 20 10 49 10888 MI 10 epoo qns 169968 eAnoejep 80H 9poo 94 9poo 94 209 29 Josues 2 11 JO 92 8151594 JOsues 928199 4 Josueg eniq Q L 09 ZQ L SHUM ZOSNO LOL Jo UOIE
47. temperature is below this value when the power is turned on the air conditioner is forced into thermo OFF 2 During cooling the air conditioner is operated in the manner described below according to the temperature readings of the TC2 and TCJ sensors f zone M operation is detected for 45 minutes the air conditioner is forced into thermo OFF In zone the timer is put on pause with the current timer count retained When the air conditioner goes back into zone M timer count is resumed from the retained value If zone L operation is detected the timer count is cleared and the air conditioner returns to normal operation Reset conditions With models without 1 TC1 2 12 C TC2 2 12 and 2 12 C TC2 TC2 is not part 2 Passage of 20 minutes after stoppage of the control parameters 72 Cooling oil refrigerant recovery control Heating refrigerant oil recovery control Short intermittent operation compensation control Drain pump control Elimination of residual heat Defrosting control 10 While the outdoor unit is recovering cooling oil refrigerant the indoor units perform the following control tasks common for operational cooling thermo ON thermo OFF FAN as well as non operational indoor units 1 Open the indoor to a certain degree 2 Engage in recovery control for a specified period of time and return to normal cooling operation at the end of this p
48. 10500 RN 4 4 m E S 2 s SS Fully close gas pipe gt Service valve i 4 3 1 1 F 53 y 1 Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open ES if there is leakage from outdoor PMV fully close liquid pipe 4 In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part disconnect BUS2 communication connector CNO3 on interface P C board i he Selection of new header unit 5 Select a new header unit from the follower units on the basis of the following criteria If only one follower unit is connected select it as the header unit If two or more follower units are connected select the follower unit that is nearest to the failed header unit Setup of new header unit 6 Set SW13 and SW14 on the interface P C board same as the setting of failed header unit refrigerant line address setting 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 on the interface P C board Setting to prevent connected indoor unit capacity over error E16 245 6 Set Bits 1 and 2 of SW30 on the interface P C board same as that of the failed header unit terminator resistance setting Outdoor interface P C board of unit selected as new header unit 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 SWO6 SWO07 ON ON 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Sw SW12 ON ON
49. 13NlV 18 04102 COP L 99WN pjeoq 24 Jonuoo XN Jeuondo Jo depe xJoweN L 400891 89319 98 03 amod NOMd33 uas Dumas 4 JOAUP 021 021 2 0 dn 49 04 035 qns uopeounuuoPrT MYOMLIN IV 10 8985 uj euondo 01 02 8 9 67 6 1 2 When Wireless Remote Controller Kit Connected AP 2H lt New 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type gt MMU yun yun Joopino Joopino 5 8 0 eq Ajuo ues YIOMJSU 941 C y Cx pejoeuuoo syy 910984 Z 9 5 5 s syun 7 ued 9 a v CH es eee gq v 2 2409 2409 0 yun Joopino en bn J9MOd cn
50. SION SEAS JO 10J3 9 10 49 ON SI 59 5 jo e seu eunjeJeduje Jo 0 episjno senunuoo sey 10sseJduuoo Jaye 0 10 9 egy Y09949 T 0 20 10 6 ejdsip uo eunjeJeduue Josues y ejdsiq V3H JO 1002 159 e 17516 Jamod eui Sol suejoeJeuo 408 96 6 9 uo anjen 99 5191894 40 9 ON Jo sonsuejeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduie 99 SJOSU S 5511 9 41 6541 341 LAL uo 005 8 5 18191 Jo 205095 y 10 50 4 6 9Anoojep ML SAS 9 L3N IV ZP 941 9pooxoeuo 3 AS 55 99 ogas T eoe daJ 4019 JOSUBS GEGNI GML 5 YAL
51. pue edid edid pue ou say Y29949 88 0 5 jueJeBujes JO uonoeuuoosip poq I02 SYNOJ pue VAS CVASIVYAS LVAS uo Aue 949 S 7 epis e2e daJ pue 9 ssed q seb 9900 5 Josueg 6 8 Josues JOOPINO 996 oouejsiso 08095 51 Josues 6110 ON sonsuejoeJeuo aly 0 NO LOENO zANd 0 O d Ail 400PINO 9 00 NO LAINd 510 09 09 Apod 05 ANd 100pino ON 9 03 JOJOSUUOND S peusdo epis h s s uedo pue 986 je BIIAIOS JOJJO PAS 9 JOE eBeyous 10 49 Josues 181 2 Joopino 10 epoo qns uonipuoo 885 av Std 9 9poo 94 219
52. 89884 Aejaijonuoo 0 Josues duel 24 231 1 31 10 dw zoopu vL joey weu syed 04 6 uondo IHM IHM OZNO L8NO 09NO ZENO lt 19x3 cae 6 08 5 COT L OOIN 4 JO Ww 06 Mua pJeoq 103009 44 00119 LOL GG a 111 510 CANO 6270409 5I LLNO TSA IHM IHM WE OLLNO 5 ed A 9 HS dnjes eunsseJd 28515 jeuJo1x3 pJeoq O d e ejeoipul E opis 9jeoipul uexoJg pue penop v Jequunu eui sejeoipur episur je 19497 50164 euru y 13A IHM 19 L9NO OSNO 60 NO 4992 Tal I 1 7904 ONO 052 osn JOJO A IHM CLLNO zy J 3 IS ZA ZA WANN 5 2 9 49 9 3 DO ANA 4 sv enin 2 09 022 ZHOG 072 0464 m s K ddns 4 04 E CAA nun soo
53. 996 93 8181884 Josues JO sonsuejoeJeuo pue GOGND Josues 1 31 Jo uonoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 5 95 1 31 Jo uoug uedo 10119 SIUL L3N IV uoug uedo 105 95 31 40119 Josues 31 81 904 9 9poo 94 pueog O d 4 1 100pino 9381994 jJeuuou 51 105095 1 JOSUBS 6 8 uo Josuas 996 enjeA eouejsisai Josues JO pue Yuld EQGND Josues 201 Jo uonoeuuoo 20 Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 0sues 201 Jo uoug uedo epoo 40 9 SIU L3N IV youg uedo Josues za 10449 sosues 201 604 99 O d 4 1 100pino 9381994 18 51 105095 8 9 3842 JOSUBS 6 9 uo sonsuejoeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduia JoopinO 996 eouejsisai Josues JO sonsuejoeJeuo pue ailuM ZOGND Josues 1001 40 338 03 Jo uonoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 0sues Jo uoug uedo epoo 40 9 SIU LAN IV uoug uedo 5 5 qL 40149 105095 11 6 870 1 9 9poo 94 93 109 12 1
54. N N Co N N A Co gt Co A Co A Co Weight kg 242 242 242 330 330 242 242 242 330 330 242 242 242 330 330 242 242 242 330 330 241 241 241 330 330 Sound power level dBA Weight Cooling Heating __ MMY MAP0804T8 MMY MAP0804T8Z 77 241 MMY MAPO0804T8ZG MMY MAP1004T8 10041 82 78 241 MMY MAP1004T8ZG MMY MAP1204T8 MMY MAP1204T8Z 82 241 MMY MAP1204T8ZG MMY MAP1404T8 MMY MAP 14041 82 82 330 MMY MAP1404T8ZG MMY MAP1604T8 MMY MAP 1604T8Z 83 330 MMY MAP1604T8ZG Under 70 dBA 15 Carrying in the Outdoor Unit N CAUTION Handle the outdoor unit carefully observing the following items When using a forklift or other machinery for loading unloading in transportation insert the prongs of the forklift into the rectangular holes for handling as shown below When lifting up the unit insert a rope able to bear the unit s weight into the rectangular holes for handling and tie the unit from 4 sides Apply padding in positions where the rope comes into contact with the outdoor unit so that no damage is caused to the outer surface of the outdoor unit There are reinforcing plates on the side surfaces so the rope cannot be passed through Rectangular holes for handling Front Back 5 t te GOOD Prongs of the forklift GO
55. POR ert tes 7 o Faih t 265 3 Heat exchanger N WARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object Before the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit into cylinders or another unit connected to the same system Refer to the chapter on refrigerant recovery methods to be used during compressor replacement 1 Detachment Right Side Heat Exchanger as Example 1 Remove the cabinet 2 Remove the motor base M5 x 10 6 pcs Detach the fan motor leads as well With a 14 16HP unit remove the discharge cabinet anchor plates Left and right M5 x 2 2 pcs 2 sets 3 Remove the upper partition plate M5 x 10 5 pcs 4 Remove the screws for the support post M5 x 10 2 pcs 5 Remove the screws for the waterproof board M4 x 10 2 pcs 6 Remove the brazed joints of the piping connected 2 locations With a 14 16HP unit also remove the brazed joints of the piping connected to the sub heat exchanger 2 locations 7 the screws for the heat exchanger end plate and pull the heat exchanger out M5 x 10 2 pcs 266 2 Motor base 3 Discharge cabinet anchor plate Heat left 29 Heat exchanger right 4 Support post 5 Waterproof board A between left and right heat exchangers
56. T 1 Address display C or H of misconnected indoor unit 7 segment display A B U1 7 segment display A SWO01 Rotary switches SWO02 Operation This check operation requires 15 minutes even if there is no misconnection or there is any misconnection 7 segment display B SWO03 149 7 7 2 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit outing Setup Release 7 segment display Cooling test operation Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to cooling test operation 1 Note Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed Heating test operation Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to heating test operation Note Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed Batch start Starts all the connected indoor units collectively Note The contents follow to the setup of remote controller Batch stop Stops all the connected indoor units collectively Individual Starts the specified indoor unit start Individual stop 4 The other indoor units keep the status as they are Stops the specified indoor unit Note The other indoor units keep the status as they are Notes The contents fo
57. ZN LY pejoeuuoo 991 pue uoneoiunuJuJoo 129uuo2 ul9js S Jed euo pue Joopui 9 0 4 1 Y99490 419 Jed euo pue uoneoiunuJuJoo syun Joopjno ejdninuu pejoeuuoo Joopjno pue 1oopui zn Ln 59 uoreoiunuJuJo9 9 esiou pue 9 epoo Jee 2 NO 92 8151894 pue y 10 uo 40 99 3 JO 1994102 eui uoneoiunuJuJoo 1994102 lt 12 1 00 4 019 90 5 9SIOU OU 9494 S 221000 49 00 uo peuun syun U99Mj9q 92UueJjsis9J pue au SI HO peuJn 100p no 10 4 jou lewiou Od 3 Joopino EQND uonoeuuoo s uo Uuonoeuuoosip Jo OU S 199 sun 49 89 JO 20 ON 00 epoo qns Joopino 99 9 dnjes eouejsiseiJ 5 1
58. o o o a 35 79 Js 3 3 _ 5 5 3 5 RUBBER SUPPORTER pees 2 2 2 2 ws 49149556 8 888858 780988 527 Joo 1 2 0 6 45140016 RUBBER suProRTeR Preso 3 3 3 5 5 wr RUBBER SUPPORTER press 3 3 5 5 RUBBER SUPPORTER PERI Je 2 1 341 eS Wl c WT Nh WT Nh 1 1 0 gt f 1 AJ 1 wo gt A Part Description 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 8 Z ZG TR 49149020 3 3 ___ 3 698 HOLDER SENSOR TO ooo ow aooe aner soe oss sas SENSOR ASSY Low PRESSURE 3 1 3 3 _ 02 41 49 90 SENSOR ASSY HGH PRESSURE Sen 3 3 7662 CABNETASSY se RIGHT 00 wow orere ass FRONT bown 1 CABIETASSY BAC
59. oL 19X4 N NO N39 Sd o80N9 myg 3A ass LOLNO ZOLNO VOLND 060 9 vA 5222 e EL nyo KEX XL 44 X CA 1 XL 890NO eX XH lt SZ 5 2 da DN DN DN DN EH 2 6 0 68 53 i 6890 LOL col fol VL K ojeJedes pou O mxudundueg 86 kejas jou ue zer Laer 104 anen AWN 200 fejejoguon kejas ueg 200 00 _________ __ E 555625 29 9ueusged 5 209 A0ZZ Ei A ddns 190g CD INS ANO IHM 5 Yee pue peso 2 IHM IHM N3389 MH8 NYO anid MOTISA 13A JLIHM IHM das uoneoipul 20109 49 Bum opisul JO OW UL 33 1 2 9 Slim Duct Type AP0151SPH SH and MMD AP0071SPH SH AP0091SPH SH AP0121SPH SH AP0181SPH SH Models UMSE Sd dund uea
60. MO N39 gt 080NO 134 0 0NO 9 LOLNO ZOLNO POLNO S4 EA ey OOLNO EX XL aM LOL jgoudundueig uc Uo1AS Buneeu 1940 un Lepodv GIWIA JO PaM ZH09 20 06 ut de H Jo eunsseJd onejs episjno y eJnsseJd onejs A y Aq pes y pue y ui BU 10 09 peaj pue 9 1 xoeuo 1 5 200 y 55 94 940 onejs episjno y eui pejoeuuoo s ued y YOUMS 20 y JOJOBUUOD e JOJOBUUOD e ueuM O d sejeoipur 2 y ejeoipuri eui pue Jequunu BY sejeoipul J93j9 5 eu sejeoiput Q v S 4 N LAN NN CIN LAS N 028 Od ANS S y 3 a 8 A WaW 13A CONO W W AN N 7 Ue 0141 lt ZA
61. address of one of the indoor units connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and the fan and louvers of the unit are activated At first the current indoor unit address is displayed in SET DATA No system address is indicated SET DATA rire Finish 9 Press to finish setting 4 Push the TIME buttons repeatedly to change the value of the indoor unit address in SET DATA Change the value in SET DATA to that of a new address 5 Push the C button to confirm the new address on SET DATA 6 UNIT LOUVER Push the button left side of the button repeatedly to select another address to change Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers in a refrigerant line are indicated one after another Only the fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique 7 Pushthe button All the segments on the LCD display light up 8 Push the button to finish the procedure E Resetting the address Resetting to the factory default address undecided Method 1 Clearing each address separately using a wired remote controller Set the system address indoor unit address and group address to 0099 using a wired remote controller For the setting procedure refer to the address setting procedures using the wired remote control
62. 94 196 9044 9 sseJppy uieBe dn jes yun Jo Je od uo pue ZN LN JO UOnoeuuoo JOOUUODSIG pejo euuoo pue eN ZN LN ev Joopjno 20 Joopino pue Joopui 0 epoo qng 20 epoo qns syun Joopul Buunp syun Joopino Jo Buisseuppe Bunes 2 10 epoo qns Burssejppe syun Joopul Buisseuppe Bues esiou e oJduJ 9 pJeoq O d Joopu 4 54 pJeoq O d ejouJaJ YOOUD sseJppe 48 0 04 JOYJO eui pue y se euo dn si 9194 05 L3N IV Joe uejs sseippe zy 213 9poo 94 9 eoejdes 4 54 pJeoq 5 041009 9 amod uo Aue S 8 400 1 LAN IV 40119
63. 00697 amp AYD ep Ange ZH09 NE AG Lp 08 ZHOS 24 1 2 Indoor Unit 1 2 1 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Models 0092 0122 0152 AP0182H 0242 0272 0302 AP0362H 0482 0562 Flow Selector unit Option Control P C board 1434 BLU 772731476 2 N01 2 NG 22 fm oye WaW AN 909098 009909 W W D ZA IN Zi 112131415 BLK ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA ZA r Y5 Flow W W W W W Vg W W W W W W W Wr W NI Selector unit 000060 565888 11212 1121314151617181910011121130401501611711819420 Earth screw 1 CN81 CN82 CN334 68333 CN510 Y BLU WHI WHI WHI CN504 00 drive RM Indoor unit 1 Fuse F01 Fuse F02 CN34 60 Earth screw T6 T3 15A 250V RED 2224 FS l 0 DC20V circui o DC12V CN104 DC7V YEL VY SW501 CN102 410 5 Control P C board for Indoor uni
64. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 T SW16 SW17 011 LY Set Bits 1 and 2 of SW30 E or identically to failed header unit ON ON 8 Set SW13 5 14 1234 1 2 3 4 identically to failed header unit Wiring changes to communication line 9 Redirect the indoor outdoor communication line connected to the failed header unit 01 02 to the unit selected as the header unit 01 02 10 If a central control device is connected connect the central control communication line U3 U4 to the communication line terminal of the unit selected as the new header unit U3 U4 and connect up the tie connector between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals selected as new header unit Failed header unit header unit ae follower unit No 1 unit 2 p gt i bus T i sog 25 X 4 Central control communication line 03 04 terminal p Outdoor outdoor communication line U1 U2 terminal 9 10 Redirect the indoor outdoor communication If central control device is connected redirect central line from failed header unit to unit selected control communication line from failed header unit to as header unit 01 02 unit selected as new header unit U3 U4 11 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed unit Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed unit in the following manner n
65. 9 ssaJppe Joopino jo sesseJppy 200 409 99 22 55 99 40338 03 JO 339 03 9 205095 221 8288 9 3845 408 98 6 8 uo sonsuejoeJeuo Josues Joopu 99 995199 129Jeq O d Joopur 49949 99 5191594 Josues 201 Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 9199 0 pJeoq Joopu uo 0 43139 03 Josues 13 10419 josues ZOL po 204 9 Josueg 6 8 uo sonsuejoeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduie 400 1 996 408 99 eoejdey 40 338 03 JO uonoeuuoo 1284102 youg uedo Josues FOL 9poo 94 129Jeq Joopur 2945 anjen 92Ue sisaJ Josues 1 JO amp Od uo ZOLND 1019 JOSU S 1 100pu 9 18 9 Jojoeuuoo JOSU S SI 13 40 104 9002355931 O d 4 1 1 9381994 jJeuuou 51 105095 8 9 3842 408 9 6 9 uo Josues
66. CD 0000000 00m 18 NBS 19 000000000 Mi YZ W 5 NV N 6 lt 5 WY gt O eXe WAYS ZST 3d 19109 ZA A 1 lt NI NI NY EN A A A D A S 27 1 2 4 1 way Discharge Cassette Type SH 2 series T199 pJeoq O d e epis Bum ay eyeorpur uexo4q pue penop v Z Jequunu eui sejeoipul 19427 390Joq 94 sejeoipur uondo 60000 090000 Nas SP Nas I Nd Nd 7 3 3118 IHM 194114 a 0240 09NO 19X3 09 32318 zy NHS Joopul 44 101 U09 OO T P CZA 06 LOL 19 19 5 AZLOGo 1192 ZOL lel ZLNO WW AY oo 6443 2 62099 IHM MA 505540 eX eeno 20 99900 900090 MMU AP0152SH 018
67. WY 311 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E sensor Tors 5 5 5 8 99 Eris 49 8 680 PCBOARD worse rater mecos 1 1 rw 4918 0 PCBOARD assy INTERFACE 1 3 Eris 4 8 22 _________ _ _ 1 ot Erie 8680898587 6365 6 6 6 3 3 6 77 5 3 3 rie foo 5 5 3 5 312 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG 1 DH es PR T 1 US 313 qa AT bey D f im 4 A oll ONS J n EE a TN 5 7 fi 0 15 L f 314 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID CN 8 X 5 gt LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT CHECK STRAINER TEMPERATURE
68. vl LL Ov dnxoeq apis Ajddns JeMog 400pino JOOpU 96 6 3 Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P C Board 4NO 10X4 9 dsid MHO 1no 0 4amod jo uo uodn pejqeue ejouJaJ pue snf ejdsip 3onpoJg JO Ue JOODUI se uons snjejs oeuo LLNO yz 9104 05 e1ouJ8J eui ei eq Buas ndur jeuondo x pejoeuuoo jueuudinboe 404 829 040 e dsip 40448 euondo jndui Buas 440 dwnd eq Hunjes 0 35 4 Jeyipiuunu peuondo s3 1714 40119 9 0 jndui 404119 BUJ9 X3 97 S sisJed uonipuoo Jeuonipuoo umop sinus pue 027 epoo 159 sojelouoc Buuiw JO ui 48 89 NO NO 9 OLNY pun Buneeu Jo uonejedo Buneeu jeuonipuoo NO
69. yndul 38014 9 seeues QUO aq Ajuo ued Jojdepe 2 108095 22 6 0 8H 05 95 204 199 5 55 vi Josuas pejoeuuoo SJ9 O4 UOO 910 94 qns p9J ejsul SI e spun 313 uorjeorunuJuJo3 1 019 LOVL OOW Uorje3iunuuo9 WOSd33 101 023 away 10108 ZOVL OOW O d 104409 Joopu JOMJON ued 9 jeuondo L Joopu g v ga v cH g 110515 Aiddns A ddns 08921 03 ll 5 Dunes 421 8 081 5 2 dn 2 qns Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette SH Type 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Under Ceiling Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type NT 13 4 001003 315 9 HOML3N IV 10 8985 ul jeuondo 86 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type
70. 0 4099940 103 JosseJduuoo 2 9SN JO pue Buisny ou 84941 S 15 0 40 39 02 yd ANI UO uonoeuuo2 JO 99 109 104090000 S 400 1 0 8 Jowod S 0 Z JosseJduJo2 20 JOSSAIGWOD 0 4019 7 10149 4099949 0 43189 UOIjoeuuoo 98JIAWA4OJJe 7 40 19 JeMod 40143 6 41 L3N IV vb 9 223 49 04 05 pJo29J uueje pue ejdsip ou sdojs pue Led sKe dsip dnoJ6 y jo eui 1807 10 701 01 16031 40446 dnojJ6 jo jepeeu 1011 dnog LAN IV si 06 y yun Joopul Jeujouy red 9poo 94 4 5 4 24 3 p u do 938109 104419 JosseJduJo Oro 0 0 95 8151894 eoe des 1049 4089949 0
71. 9 eui 159 405 eui pue 40 9 pJeoq 4 J100pino asiou 10 16 4019 NO Hd33 400pinO 9 uonnedeg Joopul uo 0 9 10 184 UO seuse j sueaddesip 9451991 5 jJoogay zH 200 a31 4 135 viva 13 9949 400 0 Jo Aue S L3N IV o1 124 6002392993 NO eynuiu xouddy e xouddy 49 104 03 3N IV si 10219 76 aseo 14 si y NOHd33 9 qissoduui 1 JO uo peuunj JOMOd JOU NOSGd33 x DJeoq 991 105 eoe des Joopul uo IWOsd33 0191 JO Jeuonipuoo jo SIUL pJeoq Joopu 401493 149410 JOOPU x99u2 L3N 1V 21 1624 Bunoeuuoo JossaJduJoo s iejeq peura BY peal oeuuoo UB pue
72. O d Y90949 pue Z JI DeJepisuoo SI 981 Josues eunssoJd ue c 2 pue 1 jl TN 420 YOOYO ue 67909 O d 3 Jo 1ndino zm 1 eJnsseJd jo ue pue 2d 5 0 Josues pJeoq 2 4 110 968 0 3ndino pue Josues Ke dsip uo 94 999 4 Z sonsuejoeJeuo eunsseJd julof 99 eunsseJg 1 Jeuuou jnayne eoe de 10119 Josuag ON S jndino av eoe des 1049 JOSUaS E 61294405 SIUM 009 05095 Sq 008 1384103 940 39 03 108098 AO PUUS 493 39 03 105095 LOGND uosues pue 10sues JO 0839 39 3940 ON Sd JO uonoeuuoo S 10 29UUOO JO 29 409 Jo uonoeuuoo 0482 SI Josues uoee JO eBeyo 1ndino _ peBueuoxe Sd L3N IV Josues eJnssaeJd pue Josues eJnsseJd uBiH Josues oJnssaJd ev 0 4 9poo 94 L3N IV 40 8 108098 Sq 224 9 9poo Josues Sq 10119 Indjno 203 0je esiou
73. 1 Power supply 220 240V 5082 Closed end 220V 60Hz connector WH 6000 WHI RED y WHI 1 i I E RED GRY A 6060 000 0000 er ymno ans name zol BLU ORN BLK zol BLU oRN BLK RC1 RC2 Running Capacitor I I zo 54 9 TR1 WHI F Blow temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor Color Identification RED GRY GRAY WHI WHITE PNK PINK 4P WHI 0 2 3 9 2 3 LU G amp Y RY005 007 Fan motor control relay RY002 Drain control relay F1 F2 Fuse for fan motor 43F1 43F2 Fan motor control relay YEL YELLOW ORN ORANGE BLU BLUE BRW BROWN BLACK G amp Y GREEN amp YELLOW Terminal block No Fan motor wiring _ Latter at inside indicates the terminal number NS Fan mokor wining A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site F1 Low static pressure tap Blue 50 60 2 indicates the control P C board When installing the drain pump connect the froat switch connector to connector Sold separately 70 F2 Intermediate static pressure tap Orange 50 60Hz At shipment from factory position is connected to terminal block when change to static pressure F3 High static pressure tap Bkack 50 60Hz Exchange
74. 6 Brazed joints 2 locations on 47 header side 74 6 Brazed joints 2 locations on distributor side Pull heat exchanger out of rear end Left side heat exchanger is pulled out of front end 4 N WARNING Inverter assembly Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 4 Screw with arrow mark Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the inverter cover M4 x 10 2 pcs 3 Remove the wiring e g the power supply wire compressor leads coils sensors and heaters uU re ly 4 Steps only applicable to 14 16HP unit Remove the reactor lead cover M4 x 10 1 pc Remove the screws securing the box M4 x 10 1 pc Detach the reactor leads 6 terminal block bolts and 2 faston connectors 5 Remove the screws securing the box M5 x 10 1 pc each for top and bottom In the case of a 14 16HP unit M5 x 10 1 pc for top and 2 pcs for bottom 6 Disengage the hook by gently pressing down the locking lever with your finger The lower part of the box moves forward 7 the top board with both hands to disengage the top hook Screws with arrow mark 2 locations 2 Attachment Carry out installation by following the dismantling procedure in reverse 7 1 Before pushing the lower part in pull the reactor le
75. Low level L UT 229 5 Display of Indoor Unit Information Displayed on Header Unit Only SWO01 59102 Display detail Indoor BUS communication signal Upon receiving signal 1 Other times receiving status Indoor check code 5 No check code Indoor HP capacity 0 202 57026 1 1 2 Ve 1 2 2 5 sud 3 2 219 8 10 16 20 1 4 Indoor request command S code operation mode represents mode COOL HEAT FAN F OFF S represents S code 0 to F indoor PMV opening data 1815999882 indoor TA sensor data B Dspyedindedmdfomd 11 IndoorTCJsensordata Displayed in decimal format 12 1 4 Indoor TC1 sensor data Displayed in decimal format Indoor TC2 sensor data 18 Displayed in decimal format Note Indoor address No is selected by setting SW02 and SWO3 and displayed 7 segment display section A 8802 Indooraddress T segmentdisplay section A SWO02 setting number 32 33 48 SW02 setting number 48 49 164 Although 64 indoor unit addresses Nos 01 64 are theoretically available the number of indoor units that can be connected
76. Oz Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit Connection of group control cable to stand alone indoor unit Lo Synchronized blinking Indoor group address not set Indoor capacity not set Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address 41 41 Outdoor capacity not set des Outdoor model incompatibility error L Flow selector units error Synchronized blinking Duplicated central control address Too many outdoor units connected Error in number of IPDUs Indoor external interlock error Operation Timer Ready 176 Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready N l N 7 d Outdoor EEPROM error L Synchronized blinking Other indications not involving check code Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready 2 2 Q Test run in progress at 5 Synchronized blinking Operation Timer Ready hos bp Setting incompatibility YS automatic cooling heating setting for model incapable of it and heating setting for cooling only model L I Alternate blinking 177 8 4 Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS i Outdoor Unit 7 Segment Display on I F Board and Locations to Be Checked For other types of outdoor units refer to their own service manuals Check code Location Outdoor 7 segment display 7 segment Outdoor 7 segment d
77. 016018 SV3D Coe P ee lt ee SSN o POL LIS Zc AN f ull um 007 oN A 3 8 E MESS JS ilii Serna X UST 77 Nue T ES Vi VC ND 59 690903 636 j 5 A PRA A pu 7 05 22 if As Re EN y y an 4 lat EN 1 AJA CIC _ 3 7 A RS UA SI 1718 DN Stee H di TA RI 4 a 1 2 D eor gt gt Mi 542 202 EN AN 2 uU M F me A d AA A S El 2 May Lost AJ gt 2 5 007 042 008 VIT T TIE 2 306 9 6 99 068 068 7 3 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MO
78. 109 JO 1160202012 40 59 0 JoBueuoxe Jey 9494 S 4 54 Y90949 21210 uosees ul 5 JOJOBUUOD syed 8 0 9184900 Ue JOOPU 0 v 0 uosees 6 599 ul v 0 uoseas uonounj xoeuo x29u2 38 03 10941102 9 e ul yun Joopul Aue Josues JOsues BU eoe dey 40119 Josue 5 LAL 40 uonoeuuoo pue 008 815 151 1818 1 8 VAS PUE ZAS 19940 ON VAS PUE O d 4 X90949 jueJeyip pue z 8 peJepisuoo 1 104149 Josues eJnsseJd JO JOS ue Z pue peo O d 4 40 1ndino Aejdsip uo e dsip eunsseJg 72 j SJOSU S uiof yoo 94 99944 Jeuuou AL e 105095 8 at Josues
79. 291 131 11 81 10 Y vv px 3 lt O MM CN n e s 804 355 7 7 76 T7 Z ZG T7 Z ZG T7 Z ZG T7 Z ZG 5 5 8 E EO 99 Eris 49 8 680 PCBOARD worse rater mecos 1 1 rw 4918 0 PCBOARD assy INTERFACE 1 3 Eris 4 8 22 _________ _ _ 1 ot Erie 8680898587 6365 6 6 6 3 3 6 77 5 3 3 rie foo 5 5 3 5 356 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0804T8 SG MMY MAP1004T8 SG MMY MAP1204T8 SG IAN es SF NUN REM RIS OM nm 1 1 WE S LI ILE oC UI
80. 5 Suction cabinet front and rear With a 14 16HP unit the discharge cabinet side covers need to be removed Left and right M5 x 2 2 pcs 2 sets 3 Remove the screws for the lower cabinet Front and rear M5 x 10 7 pcs for front and 6 pcs for rear 4 Remove the screws for the service panel M5 x 10 2 pcs 5 Remove the screws for the suction cabinet Front and rear M5 x 10 4 pcs each 6 Side cabinet In the case of a 14 16HP unit M5 x 10 5 pcs me left and right each Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet side cabinet Left and right M5 x 10 6 pcs each 2 Attachment Carry out installation by following the detachment procedure in reverse 6 1 Be careful of the hooks provided on the suction cabinet service panel and lower cabinet Service panel 263 2 Propeller fan Fan motor WARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet M5 x 10 4 pcs 3 Remove the heat exchanger partition plate upper M5 x 10 2 pcs With a 14 16HP unit the fan motor can be replaced without removing the discharge cabinet side covers 4 Remove the flange nut securing the fan motor and propeller fan To loosen the nut turn it clockwise 5 Remove the s
81. Gus MOO 100805 od 00 QOL ong pJeoq 04 03 60096 LOLNO fol MD Ae Xe B 4030 JOJON cOLNO VOLN PIE ma er Lex Tr 69606 LX XE EEND 9151 1 121 XL 11121 1715 SURE MEL CEN sa 000000 ii 15121 E S W A ZN IN aZ IN ZA S SV 31 1 2 8 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type MMD AP0181H AP0241H 0271 AP0361H and AP0481H Models 295891 53 4 paer 3 e 260 8 100AM Ue 00 900 0 6 231191 josuesduejjoopu oJ 109 uondo 9 7 a 9 7 ra NI I 2 7 IHM IHM 134 HM 090NO ZEONOD L90NO 92039 LLETY ma 0 Z90NO IN A cl ona PAV L90NO a 9d 04 03 Joopu c
82. lt joajaq Joopur 49949 ureBe uo Jo snjejs uonoeuuoo uo peuun Jewod S 4 uoneJedo 043uo9 dnojJf 91 Joopul JO Jo sseuJeu UO 0 281 00 JO uonoeuuoosip OU 9491 S 9 pue uonoeuuoo JOJOBUUOD 1294105 8 0 JO 9JIM 489 1 Jo 91483 1un 19ju 1281002 pJeoq O d G 1 40 9 dnjes sseJppe Y 9 0UJ9J uo 4019 O d 101439 Jamod Joopu Z J9 O4 UOO Joopul 48 Jejjouoo BY 109 YNIT ODL 10 juerduuoo uo pejeoipul si epoo 0 SI S Se uo pejeoipur jou s 203 epoo xoeuo 94 1 g pue uoneorunululoo 3y 9 49 104 eu eui jouueo ueuM 10119 94 1 JOOPUI y uo 48 98 8
83. 5 e lt 0 20 LOMS 15 peyeJedo 100pino ALAS 104 y 935 09 4 949 15 03 si 953 JO 49 Jo e oj s 4 58490 9 J 94058 y u 9 4 194 uo Jo epis s yno 9 E CEAS ui pue 4019495099 9 2 994 Bur4o9uo 2 2949 MUS 6 S 84199940 2 gt Joyesedas iO ASAS 9 10sues eunsseud uiH i VOCLUVN ANW 9 VOOLdVI ANW VO80d VIAFAININ sued eu 49 15 02 SI Jojnqujsip jo Jo uo e SI euynjejJeduJo uonons pue episjno uey Aguerouns eq pinoys seqni Medeo 2 2206 01 OL LP 1 eML 0 8 3 988942 seu y 8
84. Josues 996 Siosues 11 pue 31 1049 LSL Jo e2uejsisaJ ON 10 sonsuejoeJeuo sJosues sd 10149 JOSUBS pue pg LLENO 2102 05 Uonoeuuoo 40339 03 12841023 S ON Joopino epoo qns uonoeuuoosiui Josues 11 10 9 31 405 95 91 JOSUSS 51 10419 JOSUBS 1049 L3N IV 90 6L d 9poo 94 221 938199 JO uonoeuuoosip 40 49 PAS JO uonoeuuoosip 40 49 ssed q ZAS eoueJejiejul eu AWd J00pino uey ue 40 39 02 sued syed Ajnej O d 4 X09949 jueJeyip pue z jl peJepisuoo SI Josues eJnsseJd jo ue e Z pue pJeoq O d 4 1 40 e dsip uo e dsip 72
85. eunsseJg 4 54 9 h BOIAIOS 990 edid oDJeuosip Jo Jo 40 9 uoneJedo 0 40 99 pJeoq O d 100pino GAS PAS ZAS 59 Joopino 100pu 10419 Joopjno 400pu 4 10419 108098 pd CN CO 10 OR 00 0 NO LOEND ZAWd 00 NO LAINd SJ012euuo ON lt BuneeH uone4edo 9 839 040 eJnsseJd ufi euuouge edid 8 0 edid JO 9 S 0 PAS SI 0 ssed q ZAS S WOYS un 400pjno jo JO Aue 9491 S 904 O d 5 1 9 poq 100 2 JOJOBUUOND 8 0 Joopino S lt Aue 94941 S 29 54900 Joopino
86. 049 S V 5 QJe3 Joopu qas 35 1 2 11 Wall 2 series 7 48 6 69 000000 ues edd Ra 2405 022 Did oG 108 20 oseud 916415 7 syed pue 3 A ddng 4emod VL IHM 19 IHM 6 16064 8484 ESSET 105495 rh OBNO 09NO LINO ZENO 06000000000 NO 30 jun 10 50 38 94 6034 o 105005 13A 2 uc lt 0LS L OOIN Z 1 7 I e01NO Bee 11 o T ead 2 E 90 IHM 18 2 Aiddns 2 N 15591 26 19NO pom PEL 00LNO i lt 5 E 1 Lego 00 oe ni ASL OQ e lt 18 ee T AOSZ WSL 4 1 95 4 LO J 15948 98 IHM IHM OLZNO 29 0 I Joopino C 1 171610 11 LLACACAVASAO SaH NJS e 23454454 ipm 7777772 4 JONVHO NYO lt pJeoq 2 d
87. 115 displayed on the 7 segment display press SWO04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 4 After C C is displayed on the 7 segment display the system starts operating in the test cooling operation mode 5 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to 1 2 2 to have the low pressure sensor output MPa displayed on the 7 segment display 1 Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure side check joint using gauge manifold and purge manifold of air 2 Fully close liquid pipe service valve Leave gas and balance pipes fully open 3 Set 5W01 02 03 to 2 5 1 C 1669 is displayed Y 4 Press 5 04 and hold for 5 seconds or more C C is displayed Test cooling operation begins 0600 D601 0602 603 0604 1 SWOS3 1 i WO gt 5 Set SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 to have low pressure sensor output MPa displayed gt 5 10115 2 5 gt TE19 6 Approx 10 minutes after the system starts up fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 7 Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment 251 Setup of outdoor units other than header unit and failed unit 8 Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open full
88. 49 001 021 e dsiq 99 spun z 0 dn 49194 035 qns uoneoiunululoo 3 8 K jddns 2 2 01521 0 0103 a Dunes ZOVL OOW O d Joopu 11919 LOvL OOW uopeyunuuo 4509 XJOM9N Jeuondo L 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Floor Standing Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Fresh Air Intake Type 209 7022 01 2409 A0v2 022 01 80105 46 80 Joopino cn yun yun 100p NnO Joopino en 1 9900s 5 JeMOd p 1V3H Joopu 1000 19 04 09 NO 381800901 oJju09 peo1 8 199 9jouJoJ qns nou 05 uogeziuoJupu s e oq 99 4012 1900 eunsseid ON x BD fone ind
89. Check capillary of oil separator oil return circuit for clogging Check for leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check PMVs PMV1 2 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TS1 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV4 circuit for leakage Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check PMVs PMV 1 2 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD1 TD2 and TD3 sensors Check indoor filter for clogging Check piping for clogging Check SVA circuit for leakage or coil installation error Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SVA circuit for leakage Check SVA circuit for wiring or installation error involving SV41 SV42 and SV43 Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV43 circuit for leakage Check SVA circuit for wiring or installation error involving SV41 SV42 and SVA3 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check
90. SEGNO 2 99 6 2 9 ZML LESNO ILMAL Uone jejsuisiu Buuistu 1294102 Josues JO uone jejsur 1294002 O d 2945 40 9 ON 1 0 epoo eu jo AON FEAS 10 1013 9 40 9 ON pegepisuoo si eqni y jo seu 0 jeyeuurxoudde eunyejeduje pejeJedo sey 4088840 103 0 105495 py 2949 Tenes SL 0 20 0 8 uo 408 95 py ejdsiq 7 V3H JO 1002 849 0 159 e Jo 9 Josueg 6 8 UO 85 9 3845 5 Josues eJnjeJeduJe 996 6 anjen 90 8 81594 JOSU S YML ON Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 45108098 G3 L VM L EM L CM L uo 005 8 5 18191 Jo 9494 S amp peuoejep 208098 tM 100 S iays 10sseJduuoo eu uoneuBejs jueJeBuJes Medeo YOOYD PNOO 9 99 406 13 1 JO JO 10149 sons
91. TNS 350 JA P TN Q IN a A _ 2 ANN 1 E 4 1 9 N 4 J lll lll REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TUE TANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 351 m Part No Description MAPO804H T7 Z ZG 7 26 T7 Z ZG 7 2 26 T7 Z ZG 007 43141518 COMPRESSOR DA421A3FB 29M 008 43151283 SWITCH PRESSURE ACB 4UB32W 25 a Em 99 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 010 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 1 BEEN 028 43148241 SEPARATOR 5L 029 43148249 SEPARATOR 6L 1 030 43148247 TANK LIQUID 11L 031 43148248 TANK LIQUID 20L 032 43148245 ACCUMULATOR 28L 3148245 ACC
92. ui edid SJossaJduJoo YOIYM ui JO YOOUD 958 99 ui edid 9645933819 JO 499uo 10 ou S 7 9uo sued 5 uen qs OU 8494 9 sued geas jo OU 3194 S JO 891498 edid aly JO edid uedo 0 4 39 03 40 99 09 29105 ZAS SI 1ndino 9 JOSUBS Sq JOSUSS 408 88 sq 1osues Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 8 10449 ANd suoneJedo E0 NO PAW LO NO 11994100 ZAINd LAINd pANdIZANd LAWd Uonoeuuoo J0 28uuoo 12805 JO Suomnoeuuoo 40 9 pJeoq 2 4 J00pino 9 edid eBjeuosip e uo e 5 edid 8 16601 ZAS JO 10 19 19 10419 408 88 708095 7 1049 ZAN LAW uonoejep xoeq v 81 9 1ueJeBujeJ
93. 0 51 Josues JI 3 8 8 3845 JOSUBS 6 8 408 895 JOOPINC 996 enjeA eouejsisaiJ Josues JO sonsuejoeJeuo pue OGND 408 95 10 euuoo JO uonoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 2 eq uoug uedo uonoejep epoo 8141 pJeoq O d 4 928109 81 Josues y 1ndjno pue LOGND osues J012euuoo JO uonoeuuoo JO uornoeuuoosip YOSYD 1 LAN IV uoug uedo 1osues 104149 Josues ea 28 224 LSN IV 9 03 39 9 Josues Jo 10119 10449 409 99 pz A 9 9poo 94 lt 129Jeq 5 2 2 2 1 0 20 10 6 sd 9 PAS 2 L L 0 Z0 LOMS Pd pJeoq 5 4 1 uo uonouni 4 uoneJedo eq ued en eA JossaeJduJoo lt 6 10 YAS pies OQ pessed q 1ueJeBujeJ ou 9 94 S 99 ON
94. 1 5 eoe des 10449 ayy 1 088941 103 ewou 0 se yons s jqeo pue pue 1294109 pue 39 20 Z Josse1duJo2 20 Josse1duio2 10 epoo qngs O d 10119 105591909 7 J0JJO uonisod 5 91 6244 9 9poo 99 224 8 6 7 Segment Display Function 7 segment display on outdoor unit interface P C board The interface control P C board features a 7 segment LED display designed to check operational status Display items can be changed by changing the combination of the number settings of rotary switches provided on the P C board SW01 SW02 5 03 Interface P C board SW04 SW05 54 15 Push switch 0600 06010602 D603 0604 segment display A segment display B SW01 54 02 SWO03 1 Rotary switches momo Checking Procedure to Be Followed in Event of Abnormal Shutdown If the system is shut down due to an error in the outdoor unit perform checks in the following steps 1 Open the pane
95. 20 4099940 0 epoo qns 1049 O OIN 9 10419 pJeoq NAdI EV 5 ays 10sseJduuoo ui uoneuBejs 10419 4998994010 CL3N IV 10419 UJejs s 1109 JosseJduio2 77 10112 Joopino 4907 10SseJduu02 pL ZOH 9 9poo 94 JOJOBUUOD 99 0 4018 pJeoq 2 nadrev c 84504 uo uonoeuuoo JO 7 A9949 ewou pJeoq Dd uo uonoeuuo9 40 09 03 Jo 4099949 0 20 z 4099949 20 40999949 10 epoo qns Ul9 S S 9 9 1 8 20 94 205 edid Wa 8 jueJeBujes 4 54 O d Y09949 Zuosees Bunes syed Uly e 6 ue Joopul S ue Joopino 9 835116 UO pod ANd I 9H 9494 S edid Jo eDeyuous 2 HOM 8 sued
96. 9 9 Joe epoo qns Jo 0 5 JOO L3N IV 93 5 91894 JO JOE 9UBJSIS J JO 1019 eq 0 2 eJnje1eduig 70 9 LH 9 9 uonoeuuoosiu 408 88 5 Josues eq 80 6 03 e1njeueduue eDueuosip JoopinO zal 9poo 94 195 si euo Sy 1 JOU SI JO dnjes JO U9UM 9UO e Se 195 y uo si epoo 9 2 514 uo pe ejdsiq Kyuoud LAN IV JOOPU JOUd eJou 10 96 607 9 dnjes sseJppy 0 18404 938199 940184 599 5 8 dn O d 4 1 Joopino Y09949 938199 940184 Y99849 leuuou 9N 1994109 pue Ten rn JO suonoeuuoo uoneoiunuuuloo sseJppe 1984
97. DP Drain pump motor FS Float switch EY 302 Drain control relay Pulse motor valve Option Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORANGE BRW BROWN GREEN 26 lt ZN 02 N ZIN N gt ZA ZA ZA ZA N A 1 indicates the terminal bolock letter Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring 3 indicates a control P C board Adapter for wireless remote controller at site MMU AP0071YH AP0091YH and AP0121YH 1 2 3 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Compact type Models esna pJeoq 9y y 64 pue eui 72 U9IIMS 120 4 3 Jequunu 5 49 OY s9jeoipul jonuoo 00 S00AM Je 1949 5 eui sejeoipur 1 00 200 00 yun JoopinOo ZH09 posee i ZHOS 022 oseud 4 04 aN aN Josues 405 65 vi
98. Insulating measures No fire Refrigerant Assembly Wiring Insulator check When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the specifications given in the Service Manual or use the parts contained on the parts list in the Service Manual Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks smoking and or a fire If in the course of carrying out repairs it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies put a sign in place so that no one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work Third party individuals may enter the work site and receive electric shocks if this warning is not heeded Connect the cut off lead wires with crimp contact etc put the closed end side upward and then apply a water cut method otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side When performing repairs using a gas burner replace the refrigerant with nitrogen gas because the oil that coats the pipes may otherwise burn When repairing the refrigerating cycle take the following measures 1 Be attentive to fire around the cycle When using a gas stove etc be sure to put out fire before work otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant
99. Joyesedas 164 0 jo uo pue 2 5 4E AE OE AE YEAS 9983 5 jueJeDujey yes JO yea 886 JOSUSS 93 1511 8408 88 GY 0 JO DUUIMSIA eui e ui spun 400 0 sedid Jo 2p 9 9poo 94 2609 pue Jo eunjejeduie eBueuosiq uouosju2 Jo9uo euun aye aseo sly uonoajoud CL3N IV uonipuoo ui uoneuDejs jo uonipuoo y jo eui YOOYD eq Aew seseo eulos u CN OR 207 y 7 s JO Ajejideo eA eA zou JO epis jepuooes SI 4 8 4 0 9 J Ip PH uo uin pue 6 ZOMS dn jes 8JOUJ JO Z JO usnd pue Aejdsip
100. N Y xt xt ole lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt NT n st ez 80 s 333 T8 Z ZG T8 Z ZG T8 Z ZG T8 Z ZG T8 Z ZG sensor Tors 5 5 1 99 Eris 49 8 680 PCBOARD worse rater mecos 1 1 rw 4918 0 PCBOARD assy INTERFACE 1 3 Eris 4 8 22 _________ _ _ 1 ot Erie 8680898587 6365 6 6 6 3 3 6 77 5 3 3 rie foo 5 5 3 5 334 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG TR ons NUN REM ES ae zy Ec XE RO PEN 5 5 SEHR 2 LIL IN SR le BLT A T VIN Nim d 244 EN u I d d SER NN H 1
101. System status Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop 180 Periodic communication between indoor header and follower units cannot be maintained Error in communication between indoor header and follower units There is more than one outdoor header unit in one line There is no outdoor header unit in one line Error in number of outdoor header units Connection to other line found during automatic address setting Equipment from other line is found to have been connected when indoor automatic address setting is in progress Outdoor outdoor communication transmission error Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor units for at least 30 seconds continuously Duplicated follower outdoor address There is duplication in outdoor addresses set manually Dropping out of outdoor unit Outdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time Outdoor follower unit error Outdoor header unit receives error code from outdoor follower unit Check items locations Check remote controller wiring Check indoor power supply wiring Check P C boards of indoor units Outdoor header unit is outdoor unit to which indoor outdoor tie cable U1 U2 is connected Check connection of indoor outdoor communication line Check for defect in outdoor P C board Disconne
102. uonezijenbe ro jo pue sjosues pue ZMI eunjejeduue 49 89 YOY JO 0 40 y 5 BAG uonezijenbe io Ps y ui Z si JO Jo zou seop nzesadwa LH 5 pue g ZOMS dn 195 8JoUJ JO Spuooes 2 JO POAAS usnd 1 Aejdsip lt 0 Z0 LOMS dn 195 s DEAS YOOUD q y ui si 12945 Jo Jo zou JO epis jepuooes SI 4 8 9 9 Iv LH 5 anea YEAS uo pue 9 ZOMS dn 198 8JOUJ JO Z JO POAAS usnd Aeidsip 1 V c 0 Z0 LOMS dn jes 51 Joopino eru YEAS YOOUD 5 404 e ui S IUN Joopino JO 404 9 208 eJnsseJd 9
103. 0 08 000 00 3 07 084 86 010 000 00 309 085 8 61 012 000 00 04 000 00 016 000 00 048 000 00 316 087 89 0 20 000 00 318 088 022 000 00 320 088 90 023 000 00 025 000 00 324 090 91 0 27 000 00 326 090 92 0 29 000 00 229 058 60 031 000 00 231 059 60 0 33 000 00 232 060 61 0 35 000 00 234 060 641 0 37 000 00 0 39 000 00 3 38 094 961 041 000 00 043 000 00 045 000 00 344 096 98 047 000 0 01 346 097 99 049 000 00 248 065 66 348 097 99 0 51 000 00 252 066 67 352 099 10 1 254 067 68 354 099 101 256 0 67 258 068 260 069 70 262 0 69 7 11 0 66 005 0 51 0 68 0 06 0 1 074 0 08 08 076 0 09 09 078 0 09 09 0 90 0 13 13 289 O78 291 0 79 0 96 0 15 15 2 95 240 Q BACKUP OPERATION EMERGENCY OPERATION This product offers backup modes of operation to tide over certain emergency situations If a fault occurs in one of the compressors it is possible to operate the system on an emergency basis by operating only the remaining compressor s compressor backup operation If one of the outdoor units fails in combined outdoor unit system the system can be operated on an emergency basis by keep
104. 94 Joopino 48 0 64 e uo seu 4043 3 8JOUJ JO POMS usnd e noejep pue L 9 z Japeay jo pjeoq 4 1 EOMS ZOMS LOMS 195 pjeoq 4 1 X29949 9y L 3sixe Z oN snadr ev 9914 91 U Z OL 8 pue esuodsai uJnjaJ jou op uel QN9 suid pue 5 v 120 eseo y 01 030 48159 p320q Od amp pJeoq 4 YO 009NO 0 10198uuoo uoneoiunuuo2 Joopino uee eq 10 uid pue uee eq 988 0 839 03 JOJOBUUOD 294102 ES uoneoiunuJuJo9 uonoouuoo 199110 Joopjno uoneoiunuJuJo9 J I suid AG 010 2d 8199 jueuJeJnsee A Pseog O d 009NO Jo uid pue uonoejjep 166 1ewod y uo 2 pue ueewjaeq uoneoiunuJuJloo uogeoiunuJuioo Uo uonoeuuoosip ou dnyoeg Lx uo
105. A 2 7 x M 2 Wj A SA N 9 SS P O C 5 ay gt wr XE eS SY gt Ns A ex s E TW HS REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID Qo 2 X 5 CHE gt LIQUID LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 304 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG E lt ye DY 2 2 EN 5 X BN NEN X N JUN fd i NOS N I v ud A USS OWN d P AL T A gt gt a Ne i 227 p VN in Hl n gt 305 998 TOT 059079 22022820210 2 LASS X ECL ANE _ D UF lt 2 V 24 E E
106. Ajddns CHR DR MEE LOvL OOW N99 CO NEM 7 24 791 LOL 408 99 VL ojo ues Meis queo 9ueusued On jun 0084 RE M8 lt SE 119314 3ONVHO 194576220 1 1 inns 40 39 9 014 024 091 T TA A MOTHA 18 uondo IHM 13A 9900900 Joydepy 410 39N T m 1 TAA W W NIA E 1 VL mL PG RET r uoneoipul 11111 e e dew 19199 I I lt 060000 IHM 092090 o008N0000008800900000 0 1191612111 es IHM IHM 13A 2 nqa 9 090NO C 0NO LIONO LVOND 8 418 57 L90NO A ddns IHM uan a E 990NO cy PA 10x3 bX 290N 0NO 6 Ars 2 LAU 828117 NIOV 071 2 4204 24 0 0 ao C XA 104405 090 001NO MRES 96 Oy hehe p LL RLY 5118 TAA VL MACS H Vg NI W W NJ A AL W A W MAA
107. Indoor units operating in FAN mode Let the indoor fan continue operating Non operational indoor units Keep the indoor fan turned off 3 As defrosting control comes to an end it gives way to heating refrigerant oil recovery control For control details see 9 Heating refrigerant oil recovery control above For 5 minutes after startup the system is forced to continue operating even if it reaches the thermo OFF region However priority is given to cooling heating selection operation standby and protective control so that there is no overriding of thermo OFF in these cases During cooling including DRY operation the drain pump is operated at all times If the float switch is activated while the drain pump is in operation the drain pump continues operating with the relevant check code displayed If the float switch is activated while the drain pump is turned off thermo OFF is forced on the air conditioner with the drain pump put into operation If the float switch continues to be activated for about 5 minutes the drain pump is turned off with the relevant check code displayed When the air conditioner is turned off after engaging in heating operation the indoor fan is operated for about 30 seconds in breeze mode 73 Recovery operation normally takes place roughly every 2 hours The opening position of the indoor PMV depending on the type and capacity of the indoor unit Recovery operat
108. _ 309 SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0804T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG E 22000000000000000000000000000000000000 1 00 0 000000 00 00 00 00 0 712 703 N 714 JN 715 723 706 A 707 N 707 310 MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG E SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST 912 80 OF 777 z PEE m Eo aD YED 202 Chl 04 W 202 da aD 107 Voor gt NV 702 Gu en 0 qu A ZL LoL B B 8 812 539 507 Q 5011 WV 0 CLL 9 9 702 5 702 244 coz 212 rez
109. hexadecimal format correction Release control Normal r During release control r 1 Cil equalization control oiL 0 During oil equalization control oiL 1 Oil equalization request Displayed through LED segment lighting pattern 1 4 1 to 4 lt e Display section A Display section B If element F shown on sketch at right turned on Header unit oil equalization request If element C shown on sketch at right turned F E EN 1 Follower unit equalization request P Outdoor unit No Refrigerant oil recovery operation Oil recovery in cooling C1 Normal C g recovery in heating H1 Normal H sos automatic addressing FF Normal 2 During 50 90 capacity operation 50 90 D control is based on BUS line input E50 E90 Optional control P C board input Displays optional control status ENIM MEN O gt mode selection During priority heating normal Prony given to No ofindoor unis operation ve Pty External master ON OFF Normal Night operation Normal ZH Start input Snowfall operation Normal Start input Optional control Same as above BUS line input
110. wr wwowsmawmpms 5 5 61 5 s noos 2 2 3 3 661487 58888 3 3 _ 55 0 25 1 1 Yt 298 SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG E 22000000000000000000000000000000000000 1 00 0 0000001 00 00 000 00 0 712 J 703 N 714 715 723 706 N 707 N 707 299 MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG E SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST 912 80 PEE Hb aD YED 202 Chl 04 W 202 Vw
111. 0 pJeoq Od UO 2 60MS WNL 19 0 Ajoedeo Lx 39NVHOX3 21 1949H 400pino dn 195 SUN 96e syun pajoeuuoo Aoede 196 dnjes 12940025 1294102 pejoeuuoo spun JOODUI 9AISS92X3 Lx Ajoedeo JO ou dnjes uoneJedo dnyoeq y Buunp seu joedeo Joopu Jamod syun dnjes 1994J09U y puo eq pue LL OL 6 jas dmes 100p no xoeuo Od 2 5 8 104 E GEL SPUN Kyoedeo S 41991100 Joopul dnjes 1991109 Joopul ON dn jes Buraq Joopjno dnyoeq 91 sun pejoeuuoo 0 00 epoo qng L3N IV 4 54 492949 amod y uo Joopur Jo 5 uonoeuuoo JO oeuuoo JO uonoeuuoo 1284102 JIM 48 1 12805 si
112. 00 operation reduction Headerunit 508 RE Mode Selection Control Header CN510 white forced choice 7 EmorOperation output Error Operation output Header unit unit CN511 green 9 Operating Rate Output Headerunit unit 514 SW16 Layout of Outdoor Unit Interface P C Board DIP switch settings and jumper wire statuses vary from function to function Connector layout 511 GRN 508 RED CN510 WHI CNS13 BLU 1 CN509 BLK 512 BLU Jumper wire layout DIP switch layout 3 07 SWOS 5 10 Food EET 5 5 0 0J10 0 0 02 0 0J11 O 2O J03 0 0OJ12 O 9O J04 0 0J13 O 2O 05 0 0J14 0 06 0 0J15 O 9O J07 0 0J16 O 2O J08 Interface P C Board nuam 109 6 8 1 Power peak cut Control Standard L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control Header outdoor unit Optional PCB Outdoor unit Display interface PCB TB nn For SW1 and SW2 be sure to provide no voltage contacts for each terminal The input signals of SW1 and SW2 may be pulse input 100 msec or more or continuous make Operation An external power peak cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit L1 Power peak cut control indication lamp 5 1 Power peak cut control ON switch ON as long as target power peak
113. 09 SW10 ON ON ON ON mimm mimm minm 1234 1234 1234 1234 SW11 50 12 Wage 1234 1234 Line Line address 111213141112 13 4 adres 1 2 1 213 4 x tx x x x x x x tot x x x x X x 615 X 0 _ oO x x oO Lo 5 126 2 sure to disconnect the relay connectors between the 0102 0304 terminals on all the Q 1 e header outdoor units that will be connected to the central control Factory default disconnected TO CENTRAL EE CONTROL OUTDOOR Turn on indoor units first and then turn on outdoor units About 1 minute after turning the power on confirm that the 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit indicates 1 108 1 flash Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting It may take up to 10 minutes normally about 5 minutes to complete one line s setting The 7 segment display indicates Auto 1 gt Auto 2 gt Auto 3 After the indication starts flashing on the display When the flashing stops and 1 U 1 light remains lit on the display the setting is complete Repeat steps 4 to 6 for other refrigerant lines After completing address setting of all systems turn off dip switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P C boards of all the header outdoor units connected to the same central control
114. 1 a Fan Fan motor ee K Goana prm SV5 Reducer TO Check valve 4 High pressure sensor sensor SV3D separator P cien SV M V V 2 ZN Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe packed valve service valve X packed valve 233 List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part MMY MAP1404 1604 Clogging Mea Uritgererating Detected faut and check code Outdoor PMV1 2 4 Corresponding unit Activation of high pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure Activation of low pressure protection Fall of pressure Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 compressor 1 Discharge temp error TD3 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Rise of discharge temp compressor 3 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit High pressure protection error P20 Abnormal rise of pressure convergent section High pressure SW system error 4 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error 04 Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Capillary Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Strainer SV3A valve Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low
115. 2 i 4 ________ PEEL 49050079 295 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TE TANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 296 m Part No Description 0804 T8 Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E 8 2 26 007 43141518 COMPRESSOR DA421A3FB 29M 008 43151283 SWITCH PRESSURE ACB 4UB32W HEATER CASE 29W 240V 010 HEATER CASE 55W 240V BEEN NM EM Lo CASE CASE DE 25 4 Ufo d 018 019 020 43146712 VALVE 303511 e __________ 025 026 027 MEM MEME NS NE NG M MN UN Eas 028 43148241 SEPARATOR 5SL 029 43148249 SEPARATOR 6L 1 ACCUMULATOR
116. 2 5 3 Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose If the screw is loose the screw will generate heats and cause the line filter to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver as this can cause damage to the line filter WU y Line Filter Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram 289 7 Install the service P C boards and B in the outdoor unit controller Make sure that they are firmly secured to the card edge spacers 7 8 Securely connect the service P C boards to the chassis using the earthing screws 5 6 removed in step 4 If either of the screws is loose it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control so take care while engaging in the work Nevertheless do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage 9 Connect the wiring using the connectors and fastons removed in step 3 Make sure that the connectors and fastons are connected correctly and securely 10 If any component on the P C board becomes crooked during replacement straighten it without touching any other component 11 Mount the terminal block sub assembly 7 and firmly secure it using the screws 3 12 Securely connect the red white and black leads from the service P C board A to the power supply terminal block 4 usi
117. 254 11 REPLACING COMPRESSORS 255 11 1 Compressor Replacement Procedure 255 11 2 Replacement of 256 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 260 12 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS 263 13 P C BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES 276 13 1 Replacement of Indoor P C Boards 276 13 2 Replacement of Outdoor 283 13 2 1 List of service P C 293 13 2 2 Configuration of inverter 263 13 2 3 Interface board MCC 1606 replacement 284 13 2 4 Comp IPDU P C Board MCC 1596 Replacement 205 13 2 5 Fan IPDU P C Board MCC 1610 Replacement Procedure 207 13 2 6 Noise Filter P C Board MCC 1608 A B Replacement Procedure 288 14 EXPLODED DIAGRAM PARTS PRICE 51 291 Original instruction Please read carefully through these instructions that contain important information which complies with the Machinery Directive Directi
118. 3 Control while follower unit at rest The fan is operated at mode 1 to prevent the accumulation of refrigerant inside the outdoor heat exchanger 3 Capacity 1 The compressors of the header and follower units are controlled on the basis of control capacity demand issued by indoor controllers 2 The two or three compressors featured in an outdoor unit operate on a rotational basis so that every time they come to a stop their order of startup changes 3 Where two or more follower units are connected every time the system goes thermo OFF or all the compressors featured in the follower units come to a stop the priority startup order of the follower units changes as they are also subject to rotational operation 77 4 Oil level detection control Description of operation numerical data and other information 1 Judgment as to whether an optimum amount of oil is present in the compressor Oil level detection takes cases is made on the basis of the temperature readings of sensors TK1 to TK5 place regardless of the This control function is performed by the header unit and each follower unit number of compressors individually whether it be one two or three 2 In concrete terms judgment is based on the relationship between the temperature Rough guide for oil level measurements provided by TK1 TK2 or on the one hand and those provided judgment by on the other If there is depletion oil equa
119. 335 qa AT bey D f im 4 A oll ONS J n EE a TN 5 7 fi 0 15 L f 336 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID CN 8 X 5 gt LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT CHECK STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 337 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG TR SD DN N YZ i 5 T E NE SEL WIS 338 019018 5 30 4249079 COG 019018 SV2 019 86 269 019029 SV3E ale AH nd HB 48 SW IW aw LEM gt 6 tt 2 gt e ANG 5 4 5 NOR Ae AM EN aN 6 e
120. 7 Screw the FAN IPDU to the heat sink by the five screws that were removed in step 3 If the screws are loose the effected component will generate heat and cause in to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver as it can cause component damage The torque of 5 screws IC701 DB509 DB510 and Q590 is 0 55Nm 8 Re connect the connectors and fast on terminals T Be sure that all the connectors and the fast on terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted 9 If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure straighten them so they do not to touch other parts 10 Install the cover then turn on the supply Check the operation 287 13 2 6 Noise Filter P C Board MCC 1608 B Replacement Procedure 1 Preparation model selection All P C boards of this type leave the factory with default settings that are common to all applicable models When replacing a P C board assembly on site follow the procedure described below 2 Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power to the outdoor unit 2 Remove the terminal block sub assembly 7 Remove the screws on the power supply terminal block 4 and the screws 3 securing the terminal block sub assembly 1 he screws will be reused during the installation of the service P C board so keep them in a safe place Noise filter P C board 9 Line filter Example MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG MCC 1608 Noise filter P C board Card edge
121. AP0272WH AP0302WH AP0482WH 1 2 6 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 2 series Models sumusueg 59 8 MOVIE 2718 N3389 NYS 3LIHM 10102 O d Jo3uo9 Ou 7 p uonoejoud sayeolpul amp e Joidepy poJlM pJe0q 4 6 65 OY uo y sejeoipui 5 5 NEED NEA 83 uonoeuuoo 58 83 8 I 014 reure eu seyeorpui T Tz IE EE di nmn 94 uoxoug 15 9 sd eys y ejeoipur uoys peusep T fant eu 4 2 MS afv n za m s s m m n a a a a a m m 2 z a m zn a z zn a a s a nz W18 ao 121 5 11 60582 81 o m nng ES AO Ma LNO c cc cU E 3 22 ERU Ne Ap UFU GU a AO RCM m M M M M Mm 15 DE
122. AR OPNO AO0cc ZHO9 e AOL pyeoq Oo 4104 2 1 29 AOve A0Z2 ZHOS eru M sc eid m lo Ajddns 0 2 02 22 77 ia mone zs tm eom za i Josues Joopu decet E Aum N yes O ZOEAM 4572 655 222 25 itoa 499965 DIND n EAS 08 oes mon o Si A MT p aowe WW EXE er 1 506106 2 0 4 95 pawo NO 1 1 M T Kjuo 2 50 5 ewe ehe ii ers EN 9G0d 9 0d ONITI3O See 16 Pee A HN ES F LER 2 W3 qum ONITS4NHSS 5 30 AP0151BH AP0181BH AP0241BH 0271 AP0301BH AP0361BH AP0481BH and AP0561BH MMD AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH 1 2 7 Concealed Duct Standard Type Models 49 04 03 49 0 05 8189 Sauce dum pt VES Jojndepy 15014 9 je y eui pue
123. Manufacturer Authorized Representative TCF holder Declaration of Conformity Toshiba Carrier Corporation 336 Tadehara Fuji shi Shizuoka ken 416 8521 JAPAN Nick Ball Toshiba EMEA Engineering Director Toshiba Carrier UK Ltd Porsham Close Belliver Industrial Estate PLYMOUTH Devon PL6 7DB United Kingdom Hereby declares that the machinery described below Generic Denomination Model type Commercial name Air Conditioner Outdoor unit Heat Pump Model MMY MAPOS804HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP 1004HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP 1004HT8 MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1604HT8 YZG TR MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG TR 26 N N lt Cooling Only Model gt MMY MAP0804T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG E Super Modular Multi System Air Conditioner Complies with the provisions of the Machinery Directive Directive 2006 42 EC and the regulations transposing into national law Complies with the provisions of the following harmonized standard NOTE EN 378 2 2008 A1 2009 This declaration becomes invalid if technical or operational modifications are introduced without the manufacturer s consent 13 Specifications Model MMY MAPO0804HT8 E MMY MAPO0804HT8Z E MMY MAPO0804HT8ZG E MMY MAP1004HT8 E MMY MAP1004HT8Z E MMY MAP
124. Oil accumulated in the oil separator is returned to the compressor This is normal oil equalization control This protective control is performed when a prolonged low oil level is detected Cooling oil recovery control takes place approximately every 2 hours Control duration is about 2 to o minutes though it varies according to the operating conditions of the system Heating oil recovery control takes place approximately every hour Control duration is about 2 to 10 minutes though it varies according to loading conditions Compressor rotational speed varies with control conditions indoor unit capacity and outdoor unit specification 7 Defrosting control reverse defrosting method Description of operation numerical data and other information 1 Defrosting commencement conditions e During heating operation the cumulative duration of operation in which sensor temperature falls below frost formation temperature is measured and when this reaches 55 minutes defrosting control is introduced Just after startup or upon changeover from cooling to heating the target cumulative duration is 25 minutes f the outdoor units are a combination of different models all the units begin engaging in defrosting control as soon as one of them satisfies defrosting commencement conditions Details of defrosting control 1 All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed 2 When
125. Wired type 18 29 18 29 Wireless type 18 30 16 30 2 heating operation the temperature setting may be fine tuned via the DN code 06 Temperature setting adjustment Factory default SET DATA Automatic 1 The outdoor unit determines the operational capacities of indoor units according capacity control to the difference between Ta and Ts Cooling 70 Ts Temperature setting Ta Room temperature Shift in heating suction temperature not applicable to remote controller thermo operation Ts Temperature setting Ta Room temperature Fan speed control Specification outline 1 The fan operates in one of the four speed modes of HIGH HH MED H gt gt gt LOW L and AUTO on the basis of a command issued the remote gt gt controller Concealed duct high static pressure type HH only or LL In AUTO fan speed mode the air speed changes according to the difference between Ta and Ts Cooling Control is identical in remote controller thermo and body thermo operation DN code 32 Speed modes shown in gt apply to cooling operation under AUTO air 0000 Body thermo conditioner operation mode 0001 Remote In AUTO fan speed mode the fan speed remains the same for 3 minutes each controller thermo time a speed change occurs However a speed change command issued via the remote controller can override this and the fan speed changes accordingly
126. ed eunsseJd 5 yonp Jon Ms 1 Ajddns 9 JOSUBS MS 10319 104409 1V3H 40joui 84 1009 NO 1 150 19 Wel uoneJedo jeubis UOREZIUOJYJU S 51065 19104000 pJeoq Josues 1 Je o u09 SSAIM MYOMLAN IV 10 8985 ul 8 0100 11919 aowa 1 X 01 05 8 9 10245 LOVL OOW Uoneorunuluoo pJeoq 810100 ejouey Jeuondo 3 9 L 400891 88 Compact 4 way Discharge Cassette Type 1 way Discharge Cassette SH Type 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Under Ceiling Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type Concealed Duct Standard Type eq Ajuo ued YIOMJOU SUL pejoeuuoo syy SSO9 9JIM Z YIM 9 5 5 SI JI syun 0 dn ued spun 9 0 jun yun Joopino 400 0 goinos 99Jnos
127. indoor outdoor communication circuit error is output 2 When manual address setup has been done from a remote controller and central control over refrigerant lines is to be done setup the header unit of each line as follows e Using SW13 SW14 on the interface PC board of the header unit of each line setup the line address for each line e Except for the line with the smallest line address number set SWO3 bit 2 to off for the interface PC board of the header unit of lines connected to the same central control put the resistance of the end terminals of the central control line indoors and outdoors into one Connect the relay connector between 01 02 and U3 U4 of the header unit for each refrigerant line After that set up the central control address For central control address setup refer to the installation manual of the central control devices Confirming the indoor unit addresses and the position of an indoor unit using the remote controller Confirming the numbers and positions of indoor units To see the indoor unit address of an indoor unit which you know the position of When the unit is individual the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one to one or it is a group controlled one Starts running SAVE VENT SWING FIX LOUVER 2 Execute it while the units are running 1 Push the 295 button if the units stop 2 Pushthe gt button lef
128. n 7 NT OM EE v See Balance pipe ee ir lt Liquid pipe pe gt Gas pipe gt E Gas side service valve Balance pipe packed valve Full closure 2 Full opening 4 E 4 Liquid pipe gt n i doo gt hw _ gt QU ___ TC i TOT TC2 Lj TC2 TC2 TC2 TCJ TCJ TCJ TCJ 44 Normal refrigerant line Refrigerant recovery line Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication 67 The diagram shows a 32 HP system 16 HP 16 HP as an example 4 5 Emergency Operation Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario Set Up as Temporary Header Unit during Leakage from PMV Liquid side service valve Full closure Emergency Operation Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit MMY MAP1604 HH PMVA 2 Liquid tank r 5 1 TE1 4 Way valve 4 Way valve Pressure sensor high pressure 0 51 Pressure sensor high pressure Pressure sensor SV3D 6 low pressure SV low pressure Y
129. yun Joopino y uo pue seuo L3N IV dnoJ6 Buunp uey 190 syun 3y uo pe ejdsi dnojD e ui 1epeau Jo 949911 Jepeeu Joopu 96 207 pereotidnp JO OML E FR peri debian 96 907 9 9 94 213 eJnpeooJd ss y pJeoq 99 uodn e dn jas pJeoq d JO yey uonoojes dnjes y seues 14 0 1 yun JOOP NO y 404 991195 SS y J I eui L3N IV Se os dn 195 u q jou seu jeduunf Bunosjes jesun Ajyoedeo 88 017 eu 931188 pJeoq 5 JI Joopino uo 499u2 9 lt joajaq 499429 LL 300032 91495 Joopur Ajoedeo dn asun sdnjes L3N IV jesun Ajoedeo _ 97 607 94 jesun s sun Joopu 9 dn 195 jou 5 SSoJppe y uo
130. 0 a a lt oj lt 5 amp gt gt gt 5 lt a 8 4 25 5 o nr 5 I I 0 I A Liquid tank Compressor 2 Compressor Compressor 1 Rear side Front side 2 7 Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly Outdoor Unit 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAPO0804 1004 1204 Inverter P C board for fan Interface P C board Fan IPDU Outdoor control P C board MCC 1610 MCC 1606 Noise Filter PT T E P C board Qj iue ae SIG 1 MCC 1608 aires eager MUS 4 2 wis terminal block List avs ji L is Ee T 4 k 4 al gt a E 3 E 2 ma A lt 4 2 Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Magnet switch Inverter P C Board for Inverter P C Board for Compressor 2 Compressor 1 A3 IPDU A3 IPDU MCC 1596 MCC 1596 55 Outdoor Unit 14 16HP Model MMY MAP1404 MAP1604 Inverter P C board for fan Interface P C board Outdoor control P C board Fan MCC 1606 MCC 1610 Es Noise Filter P C board MCC 1608 Power supply terminal blo
131. 0010 Floor Standing Cabinet 0013 Floor Standing Below 6HP 0014 Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP MH 0016 Fresh air intake unit Duct type 1 The initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P C board 2 Model Name MMU AP 2H For the above models set CODE No to and the setting data 0000 initial to 0001 282 B Outdoor Unit 13 2 Replacement of Outdoor P C Boards 13 2 1 List of service P C boards Applicable model P C board type code Product code 431 6V 420 Interface P C board 804 1606 ASM PCB I F 431 6V 441 Comp IPDU P C board 1004 MCC 1596 ASM PCB A3IPDU MMY MAP1204 431 6V 422 Fan P C board 1404 MCC 1610 ASM PCB FANIPDU 431 6V 440 Noise filter P C board MMY MAP1604 MCC 1608 A B ASM PCB N F 13 2 2 Configuration of inverter assembly MMY MAP 4204 1404 MMY MAP1604 MMY MAP 1004 MMY MAPO0804 Interface P C board Outdoor control P C board Inverter P C board MCC 1606 Inverter P C board for fan for fan Fan Fan IPDU Power supply MCC 1610 goara 1610 terminal block Outdoor control P C board MCC 1606 Power supply terminal block Communication terminal block Magnet switch Inverter P C Board for Inverter P C board Inverter P C board Inverter
132. 027 i NV 702 V 02 Gu mi ZL LoL B B 8 812 539 W 507 0 CLL 9 9 NV 02 5 5 Lal 702 244 coz 212 WY 300 T8 Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E T amp Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E 5 5 REACTOR ORT 2 2 3 LU CONTAGTOR WAGRET 1 1 3 3 Frio 5 me ason seare _ 4918 680 PCBOARD worse enter meos 1 3 ot 714 4918 0 PCBOARD assy INTERFACE Jo 3 Eris 4918 622 PCBOARD assy Fan __________ _ _ ot Erie evan 8680898557 696 586 6 6 2 12 12 5 5 3 3 6 5 3 5 5 12774 1 301 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAPO0804T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG E 1 DH es PR d 1 US 302 Sere 5 T ey Wa m DA 4 gt D vus CER N 4 i T A
133. 4 72 965 593 edid 88 0 5 1 8498119 2 jueJejjip e Jo Joopul eJ ou 99 00 LYAS SI 839 103 109 EVAS ZpAS LrFAS LAS opis seb jueJeBujeJ 5900 52 5151894 Josues LAL Jo sonsuejoeJeuo O d 4 1 Joopino 9 poq 2 uonoouuoo JOJOSUUOD ANd Joopino v peuedo sepiS pinbi pue seb 93 198 L3N IV 99 849 8 1 eu ejeuiuui3 AWd Ue uonoeuuoo 40939 03 sued Ajnej Josues eJnsseJd eu eoejdes 9 129109 pue 9 sued o9u5 g SI MS 4 8940 8 4 9 0N 935194 pJeoq 2 4 0 NO LOEND ZAWd OOEND LAINd SJ0j9euuo 54 JO Aue eJeuj S lt BuneeH OL e 8 002 lewiou 11092 S HOYS un Joopino j
134. 5 Ph 0 Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette YH Type Fresh Air Intake Type jun jun Joopino Joopino 990 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 yun QUO UI 5 ued SUL Z 9 Cx y 889186 syy SSO9 9JIM Z 9 5 5 SI YOWU JI dn ued 9 0 dN 8 ver 4 7 MEME CRM 00995 uonoes e dsiq Josueg uoneoiunuJuloo 989 84 2 09 A0ZZ 209 02 022 Wun 1 9210 Joopino en LA 0409 84 NO 240 ndur eu peo1 0 99 08831 031 uoneziuoJpus sna 40121900 jndino eunssaud ayes ufiu jonp 0 JON y yndul 8014 L 6 0 8H 2009 1011 10805 2 Josuas Y 19 0 02 084221 Ajddns COVL OOW pJeoq Joopu ed
135. 9 dund 02 49113 9 9 MS 32015 AGO uw049 00L NO Josues 21 AGO 9 5 0 Josues 1 AGO L NO op ed DIR JOSU S Y 8 jndino ANd ASO AGO 6ioelq LOLNO 1 Eo un 5 2 gd 105095 221 UL d 2 597 t ere E 5 20 5 0 lt C A 10 SAIC he T3 A LOSMS MS 1ueujjsnipe Bureo uBIH 91luM 09NO jeuondo pes Losa SUUM EEEND O1 U09 131 991005 JAMO 1e1ndu020J9I A 51 83 Buiqnoq jndino ue 9 931uM pCENO 49 0 UoneoiunuJuJoo Joopino Joopu 4 94 9 OLL VH 431 Uorneoiunululoo 01 03 2 peJ eora 031 92Jnos y9e q 29ND JOMOd wolleA 60ENO ddns Jamod 94 10 9 yL Bunias 404 pes BuiotAJes 40 pes 4514 uoneoiunuiuoo 1o
136. 9994 5 YOIUM JO OM 4 au 99 409 L3N IV o3uoo 86 027 9poo 94 9 I SININS uw esr Jo 59495 SSIS yun JOOPINO ue 591195 vSININS 400pjno I SININS UV syun Joopijno L3N IV jo 98 17 9poo 94 ue pue seues PSS HUN I SININS 39 214 938199 eJnjie J 49949 PC O d JO YOO JOU ay 955 99 3sixe Z L snadr ev 91 JO ul 9890 00 8 151 pue ON Snadrev uid asuodsal uJnjoJ AG 01 02d 0 99 03 op stadi pue ev snaadi 562 eu 19 S9 Aq 839 03 40 39 03 Y 9 0NQ JO uonoeuuoosip pJeoq 4 1 pseog O d 4 1 00919 99100 JO 404189 ON Jo suid pue e u
137. At the beginning of cooling operation a higher speed steeper downward temperature gradient is chosen As long as the temperature difference remains on a boundary line the fan speed stays the same lt Heating gt Ta C L 0 5 1 0 0 Tsh 0 5 1 0 1 0 2 0 1 5 3 0 2 0 44 0 Figures inside applies to remote controller thermo operation Figures outside applies to body thermo operation Speed modes shown in lt gt apply to heating operation under AUTO air conditioner operation mode In AUTO fan speed mode the fan speed remains the same for 1 minute each TC2 Indoor heat time a speed change occurs exchanger sensor However a speed change command issued via the remote controller can temperature override this and the fan speed changes accordingly At the beginning of heating operation a higher speed steeper upward temperature gradient is chosen As long as the temperature difference remains on a boundary line the fan speed stays the same When TC2 2 60 C the fan speed is raised by one step 3 If the air conditioner goes thermo OFF during heating operation the fan speed HEATING drops down to LL breeze STANDBY 6st displayed 71 Cold air discharge prevention control Freeze prevention control low temp release Specification outline Remarks 1 heating operation the upper limit of the fan tap is set according to the lower of TCJ Indoor
138. Compressor 3 Short circuit protection for compressor motor driver circuit components is activated momentary ALT Compressor position Compressor motor position detection error is 9 detection circuit error detected Note The above check codes are examples only and different check codes may be displayed depending on the outdoor unit configuration e g a Super heat recovery multi system For details see the service manual for the outdoor unit Activation of G Tr IGBT short circuit protection 9 9 9 9 Heat sink overheating Temperature sensor built into IGBT TH detects 01 Compressor 1 02 Compressor 2 03 Compressor 3 172 8 3 Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller Using main remote controller RBC AMT32E 1 Checking and testing When a fault occurs to an air conditioner a check code and indoor unit No are displayed on the display window of the remote controller Check codes are only displayed while the air conditioner is in operation If the display has already disappeared access error history by following the procedure describe below d Check code l Indoor unit No in which fault has occurred 2 Error history The error history access procedure is described below up to four errors stored in memory Error history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down lt Procedure gt To be performed when system at rest
139. Detected outdoor unit No central control remote controller Location of detection Description 4 way valve reversing error Activation of high pressure protection Error detection System status condition s All stop Abnormal refrigerating cycle data is collected during heating operation All stop Pd sensor detects pressure equal to or greater than 3 6MPa 190 Check items locations Check for defect in main body of 4 way valve Check for coil defect in 4 way valve and loose connection of its connector Check resistance characteristics of TS1 and TE1 sensors Check output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps pressure sensors Check for wiring error involving TE1 and TL sensors Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor Check service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check for defect in outdoor fan Check for defect in outdoor fan motor Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check indoor outdoor heat exchangers for clogging Check for short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air flows Check SV2 circuit for clogging Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check for defect in indoor fan system possible cause of air flow reduction Check opening status of indoor PMV Check indoor outdoor communication line for wiring error Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check gas b
140. FEAS 9 10419 JOSUBS GEGNI GML 5 YAL 9 2 8946 ZEGNO ZAL LESNO ILMAL Uone jejsuisiuu BuuimstuJ 1294102 408 998 JO uone ejsul 12941002 pJeoq 29 2 1019 ON LOH 9965 eui jo 0 ur m 40 40113 2945 1019 ON poJepisuoo x29uo 5 8 Jo aqn uonezijenbe io jo Jo e sey eunjeJeduue Jo duuej apis no eunjejeduua J sey 10sseJduioo Jaye Q due M 20949 2 eV 0 0 uo eunjeJeduja 408 99 ejdsiq V3H JO 1009 84900 159 e 82885 9 3845 Josuag 6 8 uo Josues eJnjeJeduue JOOPINO an Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 45108098 6511 9 41 6541 341 LAL uo Jo 20805 YL 100 S iays 10sseJduuoo eu uoneuBejs LO epoo qng f ejlIdeo
141. Fig 4 Address setup check the number of connected outdoor units operation finished without recognizing a miswired follower unit Miswiring of communication lines between indoor units After modification of wiring set up the addresses again and or an unconnected wire Fig 5 Address setup check the number of connected indoor units operation finished without recognizing a miswired indoor unit The indoor remote controller is not connected with wire Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group Miswiring of the indoor remote controller start a test operation specify the unit that is not operating the unit not connected to the group and then check the wiring Indoor remote controller communication circuit error Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group If 220 240 V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller start a test operation and then specify the unit that is not terminal the remote controller communication circuit operating the unit not connected to the group Remove the fails fast on terminal connected to remote controller terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied normally 15 to18 V replace the PC board 141 Miswiring example Remote Header unit controller 7 segment Miswiring example status display Header unit Header unit Fig 1 iis E19 00 response response Header unit Follower unit Line 1 Line 2 Fig 3 iis E2
142. IS Jx lt 42 59 ZINA S 7 A A gt A je ejeorpui uexoJq pue Y 72 Je Jo 3uo9 Jo1dpv Je joujuoo pJeoq eu 1 Jequunu euruue 9 sejeoipul ioo q euius Y sejeorpul i uondo 2 EET uondo IHM 09NO 01 1 IHM 13A HM ZENO LOND OSNO SI 2 NAN A S n N 19 EY 1 Ny 194 03 JOJON 2 2 EX lt lt lt lt Ye W N A gt 7 I 2982 o ANA S QQ oo fA OQ ZN N lt lt 54 JANA m 9009009 lt 2 8 9 pue peso 2 106 Jojoe es MO 4 e ZHO9 AO00c ZHOS 002 A ddns md
143. MdnofuneH 59 0 Jepun 40 AG 1009 uonejedo Jeuonipuoo alym NO 1 27 NO 5 SIUM NO NO wx woaz 1 O9NO indino jeuondo jndjno 9 9 _ 98 5 0 440 58 ul LOr WH 20 015 265 indui 0015 2615 LOND 08NO 8 8 5 vH NO JejoJuoo uo 8 155940 Aq uo eq ueo uey jndino 159119 Joopui UBUM 4 0 pue uaym NO 101224 AZLOG _ ZEND jndino ue J 6 4 Test Operation of Indoor Unit Check function for operation of indoor unit Functions at indoor unit side This function is provided to check the operation of the indoor unit singly without communication with the remote controller or the outdoor unit This function can be used regardless of operation or stop of the system However if using this function for a long time a trouble of the equipment may be caused Limit using this function within several minutes How to operate 1 Short circuit pin CN71 on the indoor P C board The operation mode differs according to the indoo
144. Resetting power supply applicable to all indoor units connected to remote controller in case of group operation 276 Method 2 If itis not possible to turn on the indoor unit or read the setting data from the P C board to be replaced via a wired remote controller or operate the remote controller due to the failure of its power supply circuit Replacing EEPROM 1C503 IC10 For the location of this component and the method to replace it see the EEPROM Location Diagram section EEPROM the P C board to be replaced needs to be removed and mounted on the service P C board 54 Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 Reading data Procedure 1 If data cannot be read go to Method 3 Replacing EEPROM 1C503 IC 10 again For the location of this component and the method to replace it see the EEPROM Location Diagram section old EEPROM supplied with the P C board to be replaced and now mounted on the service P C board needs to be replaced with the new EEPROM supplied with the service P C board Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 5 Writing EEPROM data in new EEPROM Procedure 3 Resetting power supply applicable to all indoor units connected to remote controller in case of group operation Method 3 If itis not possible to read the setting data due to the failure of the EEPROM itself Replacing P C board
145. SSeJppe Joopul 1994102 SseJppe 94 uo peuun syun Jo se od eJy peinoexo uoneJedo dnoub s Jo yoo q Jo uonoeuuoosip Aue 3194 S g v S JIM 09 pue Jepeeu Joopul 13 SHUN pajoeuuoo 19 0 415868 Mera Me m pue JOO uoneoliunuluo 66 26 819 9 pejoeuuoo JO 94941 9 339 03 Jo Ajoedeo jequinN 68 913 9 9poo 94 9 9poo 94 198 5 y Saul y uonoeuuoo y 9158759095 9 Jeujoue Joopul Ue JO 9 0 20 Jeujoue ue 0 epoo qng pejoeuuoo si Jeujyoue L3N IV sseJppe Buunp Ul e 5 Joopur Bunjejs ueuM PS JOSUUOD PUN 27 023 9poo 94 9 49 89 y se si pue Jooputr
146. ZEND eoq 2 d Jonuo2 JON 000000 0900000 S AGA 20 22 c 700000000 009009090900 IHM 1 2 2 98 LINN YOLOATAS 50090 X 1110 0 18 1819 2 41 L9 494 4 MUN 3349 Nao 0113 3349 13A NH9 39NVHO NYO X NId Add MOVIG 8 8 MOT113A 34 1 1 034 038 M38 011731414 301 80103 9 NH9 ENO 3 did TAA NUD 2 09 A066 ZH0G 070 000 eseud Ajddng 37 AP0181H and AP0241H t Type ine ing Cab MML AP0071H AP0091H 0121 0151 1 2 13 Floor Stand Models ______ pueoq o d y 7 5194 0 0 400 S00AM epis je eul 419911 V00AM 9jeoipul pue 2 7 20044 jequunu sejeoipur 19437 Mu JeAno i a HOS 072 040 L00A jeurulJe y sejeoipu o aseud
147. except the unit that has the lowest address For unifying the termination of the wiring for the central control of indoor and outdoor units Connect the relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals of the header outdoor unit of each refrigerant line INDOOR p OUTDOOR 127 Set the central control address For the setting of the central control address refer to the installation manuals of the central control devices Header unit interface P C board 7 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 M SW13 SW14 SW01 SW02 SW03 SW30 Header units are connected to the same central control except the header unit with the smallest line address number 128 Switch setting setting example when controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines centrally Outdoor units setting manually items in bold font must be set manually Follower unit Follower unit Factory default SW13 14 No 1 No setting 5 required Line system address required required line and central control addresses addresses line Dip switch 2 of SW30 Terminator of indoor i Set to OFF Set to OFF outdoor communication No setting after setting No setting after setting Connect after Connect after Connect after Relay connector setting setting setting addresses addresses addresses remote Header unit Follower unit controller Relay connector B Remote
148. gt A A LI aA 54 1 psa 9 NN NN GV i 3 NCC we SF NY 77 Ls ES Vi a Y __ 59 690903 636 d lat 6 1 AN AN 69 69 _ 3 LA gt 27 NNUS di TA RI Js U p D 7 Al 2 Ves VT P Emm 068 542 202 2 A oS 5 1 M vo Ef ju LI NY LP AY 7 A SS is eh b 007 042 008 E ce KO 2 361 4 ZS u 9 4 YN fr Kage U SJ e aw 2 068 7 3 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TE TANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRE
149. i 3 3 1 1 1 saneso 2 5 5 5 61 5 0 3 s noos 2 2 3 3 661487 58888 3 3 _ 55 0 25 1 1 Yt 320 SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG 22000000000000000000000000000000000000 1 00 0 0000001 00 00 000 00 0 712 J 703 N 714 715 723 706 N 707 N 707 321 MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST vam aha Geen 2 4 LLZ 5 02 W122 CLL 602 291 131 11 81 Yx ps pup N lt O MM CN
150. 0 0 6 0 09 __ 10 9 es 041 ae 08ND 9 2 episino 1 nadrev pue 13 LAN IV NddI EV gt 7 O d 20 des 30940941 7 49 ec il episjno ey jewouqy JOOPU UI 49O J9 U 99 027 9poo 94 9 9 215 pue edid ou si 949 9 y Jo uonounj xXoeuo y 1094102 SX 9 LPAS 105 JO 1294102 9 499u2 80 5 9 3848 408 96 6 8 uo Josues eJnjeJeduie yun 996 58 99 4 N LOEND ZAINd 00 NO LAMWd S101 9uu0 AlNd Joopino SN uedo uonejejsursiu 10945 PAS 79 G Buldid 84981194 Jo 10419 Josues 1
151. 059079 22022820210 2 LASS X ECL ANE _ D UF lt 2 V 24 E E 016018 SV3D Coe P ee lt ee SSN o POL LIS Zc AN f ull um 007 oN A 3 8 E MESS JS ilii Serna X UST 77 Nue T ES Vi VC ND 59 690903 636 j 5 A PRA A pu 7 05 22 if As Re EN y y an 4 lat EN 1 AJA CIC _ 3 7 A RS UA SI 1718 DN Stee H di TA RI 4 a 1 2 D eor gt gt Mi 542 202 EN AN 2 uU M F me A d AA A S El 2 May Lost AJ gt 2 5 007 042 008 VIT
152. 10 seconds after E 0 was displayed Release Press the push switch SWO05 on the interface P C board the header unit for 2 seconds or more The outdoor fan which was operated stops Check that U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A and then finish the work 161 7 7 10 Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature Sensor This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure etc an emergent operation is available by setting up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature Operation 1 Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board to numbers as follows e SW01 SWO02 SWO3 to 2 1 15 e segment display t 0 2 Keep pressing the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board for 1 second or more The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode 3 As shown in the following table TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch 5 02 on the interface P C board Clear Return 5 01 5 02 5 03 on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit to 1 1 1 SWo2 7 segment display IBI TO sensor value 60 i9 55 rer de 5 19 65 NOTE If operated with TO sensor fixed by this function the system control operation of the air conditioner may not be based on the specification of the
153. 11 50 seconds Current mode 11 75 seconds Mode raised up to 13 Hold Mode 1 to highest Current mode 1 50 seconds Mode being raised mode 0 1 Mode being lowered Highest mode 1 1 Current mode 1 Interval control The fan speed Mode lowered as rapidly as Mode 0 180 seconds corresponding to the highest every two seconds Mode 1 30 seconds mode varies with the HP down to mode 0 capacity of the outdoor unit Available control modes are 0 at rest to 63 2 Heating fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor 2 If TE1 25 C is continuously detected for 8 minutes the fan may be turned off However this condition is the same as normal thermo OFF so that fan operation will be restarted 3 For a specified period after air conditioner startup and during defrosting this control is disabled 4 When refrigerant is in extremely short supply this control may cause the air conditioner to be repeatedly turned on and off TE1 temperature C Zone A Lowest mode timer count for forced compressor shutdown 25 Zone B 2 15 seconds down to lowest mode Zone C 1 15 seconds down to lowest mode Zone D Hold staying at current mode TTT ai MN The fan speed Zone E 1 15 seconds up to highest mode corresponding to the highest mode varies with the HP Zone F Highest mode capacity of the outdoor unit
154. 3 5 Only the CODE No 5 of U1 outdoor unit gt KR Outdoor unit individual data 2 4 Cr Header unit is displayed 165 8 TROUBLESHOOTING 8 1 1 Before engaging in troubleshooting a Applicable models All Super Module Multi SMMS i models Indoor units MMO APOOO Outdoor units 4 b Tools and measuring devices required Screwdrivers Philips flat head spanners long nose pliers pin to push reset switch etc Multimeter thermometer pressure gauge etc c Things to check prior to troubleshooting behaviors listed below are normal Behavior Possible cause A compressor would not start Could it just be the 3 minute delay period 3 minutes after compressor shutdown Could it just be the air conditioner having gone thermo OFF Could it just be the air conditioner operating in fan mode or put on the timer Could it just be the system going through initial communication EN An indoor fan would not start Could it just be cold air discharge prevention control which is part of heating An outdoor fan would not start or would Could it just be cooling operation under low outside temperature change speed for no reason conditions Could it just be defrosting operation 4 An indoor fan would not stop Could it just be the elimination of residual heat being perform
155. 9 pu3 pJeoq O d 4 1 syun 9 9 Joopjno 9 9 40 6 13 Joopino uonooeuuoo Joj2euuoo gt 7 pue usemjeq jo uoroeuuoosi Ajpuenb JepeeH 96 613 Joopjno jeus st 223 9 94 9poo 94 10119 O d 4 1 J100pino 2 L3N IV uel y dojs 0 S0MS spes 10119 Jo 0 enp peddoijs y 94 jun Japesy jo Aejdsip y uo si 82 3 Jey uonipuoo JO VOMS 990 YOIYM y jroeds MOH y eunpeooud esouBeip Udy pue 48 0 6 BY uo By uo epoo 99 99S PUN e uo UY ON Joopino epoo qngs L3N IV 10139 Joopyno 4 Zp 823 9 9poo
156. AUTO HEAT 10 Type 0001 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Depending on model type Indoor unit capacity 0000 Unfixed 0001 to 0034 According to capacity type 0001 No 1 unit 0030 No 30 unit 0099 Unfixed Indoor unit address 0001 No 1 unit 0064 No 64 unit 0099 0099 Unfixed Group address 0000 Individual 0001 Header unit of group 0099 14 0002 Follower unit of group Louver type 0000 No louver 0001 Swing only According to type Air direction adjustment 0002 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type Under Ceiling type 0003 2 way Air Discharge Cassette type 0004 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type Temp difference of 0000 0 deg to 0010 10 deg 0003 3 deg AUTO mode selection Ts 1 5 COOL HEAT HEAT COOL 2g Automatic restart of 0000 None 0001 Restart 0000 None power failure 2A Selection of option error 0000 Filter input 0001 Alarm input Air washer 0002 None input CN70 0002 None 2E HA terminal CN61 0000 Usual 0001 Leaving ON prevention control 0000 Usual select 0002 Fire alarm input HA terminal Ventilating fan control 0000 Unavailable 0001 Available 0000 Unavailable TA sensor selection 0000 Body TA sensor 0001 Remote controller sensor 0000 Body TA sensor Temperature unit select 0000 at factory shipment 0001 F 0000 C owing mode 0001 Standard 0002 Dual swing 0001 Standard FO 0003 Cycle swing Louver fixed position Release 0001 Horizontal d
157. Ceiling Type Concealed Duct Standard Type Slim Duct Type High Wall Type 95 Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet MCC 1403 1 way Air Discharge Cassette YH Type Floor Standing Type Concealed Type Fresh Air Intake Type pejeeouoo Josues JDL ui yous Josues YL Josues 1 50 BUIJS 244 3 9 0090 891144 OV JO Josues 221 indul 40 19 EUJ9 X3 WS 121 VON Tao 02989 6 40 m z A ddns gt DM 8 21 0 d x 150 E E Jeduunf tr Ue 2021 age 1915235 5 ior 2 jndino jeuond o 5 _ i gt i 09 5 0LDvH S 5993 _ Tg 49 EX 05095 S TAH 00212750 B 31 x apis JeMod 48104 059 f 49 0 5 84 z C9 Mad A ddns jewog 9 27983 8242 A103 7 9550723 tino n wal uoneoiunuJuJloo se uonejedo uoneoiunuJuJoo Joopino J00pu ANd
158. Check of Concentration Limit The room in which the air conditioner is to be installed requires a design that in the event of refrigerant gas leaking out its concentration will not exceed a set limit The refrigerant 410 which is used in the air conditioner is safe without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia and is not restricted by laws to be imposed which protect the ozone layer However since it contains more than air it poses the risk of suffocation if its concentration should rise excessively Suffocation from leakage of R410A is almost non existent With the recent increase in the number of high concentration buildings however the installation of multi air conditioner systems is on the increase because of the need for effective use of floor space individual control energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power etc Most importantly the multi air conditioner system is able to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with conventional individual air conditioners If a single unit of the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small room select a suitable model and installation procedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out its concentration does not reach the limit and in the event of an emergency measures can be made before injury can occur In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit create an opening with adjacent rooms or install mechanical ventilation combined
159. Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low SV3B valve SV3C valve Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection 7 Oil level low LAM SV3D valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 7 Oil level low SV3D valve circuit capillary H Strainer Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 04 SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 05 Oil circuit error Oil level low detection and protection 7 Oil level low SV3F valve Oil return distributor SV3C bypass capillary Leakage Site of fault Unit generating Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow error P13 Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection 7 Other connected unit Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Discharge temp error TD3 P18 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Rise of discharge temp compressor 3 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown Compressor error lockup Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protecti
160. DISTRIBUTOR 315 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG lt lt 2 XC EN 15 rU X BN NS X N JUN NOS S I ud A USS SU IE OWN Ir d 1 2 MM gt EA E 2 _ Ei ul n m 6 316 RO c 019018 5 30 4249079 COG 019018 SV2 019 86 269 019029 SV3E ale AH nd HB 48 SW IW aw LEM gt 6 tt 2 gt e ANG 5 4 5 NOR Ae AM EN aN 6 e f SS NI E 7 5 LEA 19 ala 2 lt a N 2 i 4 ________ PEEL 49050079 317 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TE T
161. IPDU featuring in SMMS i standard outdoor unit typical examples Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormain remote Sub code controller CPetation Timer b Flash display D amp 01 Compressor 1 Error in temperature TE Compressor 2 built into indoor IGBT TH l Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 3 Compressor breakdown Inverter current Idc detection circuit detects overcurrent Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 3 Compressor error lockup Compressor lockup is detected b 6 Compressor 3 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Compressor 3 Current detection circuit Abnormal current is detected while inverter error compressor is turned off Compressor 1 Activation of high pressure 4 Compressor P04 is Compressor 3 Compressor 1 P07 02 Compressor 2 07 Compressor 3 SW High pressure SW is activated error overheating IGBT circuit Position detection circuit error Motor lockup error Motor current detection TH sensor error TH sensor error Inverter DC voltage error outdoor fan Note Although letters O to F appear at locations indicated by please ignore them Outdoor fan IPDU error Outdoor fan IPDU detects error 01 Compressor 1 6 02 Compressor 2 03
162. Indications on the Air Conditioner Unit Confirmation of warning label on the main unit Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions If removing the label during parts replace stick it as the original ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing Moving parts Do not operate unit with grille removed Stop the unit before the servicing CAUTION High temperature parts You might get burned when removing this panel CAUTION Do not touch the aluminum fins of the unit Doing so may result in injury CAUTION BURST HAZARD Open the service valves before the operation otherwise there might be the burst CAUTION Do not climb onto the fan guard Doing so may result in injury WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing WARNING Moving parts Do not operate unit with grille removed Stop the unit before the servicing CAUTION High temperature parts You might get burned when removing this panel CAUTION Do not touch the aluminium fins of the unit Doing so may result in injury CAUTION BURST HAZARD Open the service valves before the operation otherwise there might be the burst CAUTION Do not climb onto the fan guard Doing so may result in injury Precautions for Safety The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description
163. JE SUISILU BULIMSIW 1294102 OU S uone ejsu 1294102 Josues 201 S 83 8 81584 JO JOS sonsuejoeJeuo GuuiMwsiul AL JO ZAL LAL Jo uonelejsuistw Z uonoeuuoosiu 2011 sosues Josues 201 JO jJo 8uiuo eBueuosip Joopin Oo Lv StH 94 9 Dd 29 2 4019 ON 9905 eui jo ejonue XON JELAS 55 99 r Fio JEANS Jo Jong 49949 40 9 ON Medeo si Y90949 Jo eqn Aejdeo e epi seu 94 9 J E 103594909 2 gt ejdsip uo Josues e dsiq 928199 WAH 10 1009 uoneiedo 159 e 5 eui 9994 82 08 930845 Josueg 6 9 uo sonsuejoeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduue 995 eee 40149 JOSUBS 93 5 515894 JOSUSS ON JO sonsuejoejeuo Pal GEGNI SM L PESNI
164. JeMOd 9 9 Veg MS uonesedo a v 2 qan 481980 JOSUBS 2409 0 2405 A0v2 022 01 Wun 201195 jeog Joopino en 400 1 0 00 01 S 4 0 02 1V3H JO OW 84 1009 NO sowy L Dumas jeubis y uoneJedo jndino BUJ9 X3 adh aunssaud onejs oj JON y yndul 38014 6505 8 Josuas 2 4 MS Bunjes oueBJeu3 UOfjeoIunuJuJoo pJeoq O d Josueg SSejaJlM jddns INOHd33 161900 ZOVL OOW O d Joopu ed adA oj 9198519098 jon x HOML3N IV 10 8985 ul 189 8H 01531 03 leua LOVL OOW uopounuuo P4eoq epuey Od JoYdepe XJOM9N YIOMJON L 89 56 gt ac 5 Oc ans 0 Zo o 9 c LL
165. Jow Banog Wl J9UJJOJSUEJ JOMOd dL Joyoedeo Buuuny _ 2M jgouue4 15900099 Swed joqu s 8 8 0 9 65 1 aec 1 7 29 Od Jo depe IHM 40139 03 1 pue 3M Od ANS 95 8429 ZONO 1 gt pee un Jojoejes MO 22 I 7 N uondo ue 0609000 Wu 20900000100100000088000000 IN ZN A Y SV SV SV SV IHM IHM 13A IHM 090NO ZEOND L90NO G 0NO 80NO NL IHM ena 07083 7 N WN VY N IN IN LOXAP 5 40NO OK Y OSA 60 NO 00 PW Naz 090NO 4 LOL 10130002 4 gt lt gt 4 Ma O0LNO VN O O 3349 NYO NMO8 NYO E 4 VOEND AHO 9 Pus JojeoH COL E SUM LY c0LNO LO NO
166. KC L EXCEL nyo 0 cf 0 eX Yi 890 2 wer mL SN 900000 90 900000 08 E d 4490 1 CA E IN IN D YD MAIS E Joopu 40 1 2 16 Air Intake Indoor Unit for S MMS Model MMD AP0481HFE Option BED TCJ 2 1 CN033 s a CN104 YEL CN102 RED CN101 BLK Control P C Board for Indoor Unit MCC 1403 CN309 YEL 99 Fuse T5 0A 250V m 11111 lt supply circuit CN067 pply 343 RED ACIN 082 BLU cNoes wHi 044 040 CNO41 050 074 075 CNO61 CN032 CNO60 BRW BLU BLU WHI YEL WHI WHI X ERN TET EMG T10 Fan drive Option CN02 YEL BLU BLK BLK Sub P C board MCC 1520 DEOD XB RED Outdoor unit Remote controller 2 controller board WHI Connector RED F1 T10A 250V RED tL __ __ RED 5 6 2 8965 M Indoor unit 3 4 RC th earth screw YEL Power supply E 2 220 240 SOHz Closed end 1 220V 60Hz connector BLU oRN x zo 1 2 3 BLU RED
167. Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are undefined Modify the setup L05 Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority L06 Displayed on the indoor units except the one set up with priority 139 7 5 2 Operation from the indoor remote controller is not accepted and a check code is displayed on the 7 segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit Indoor remote Headerunit controller 7 segment Cause Countermeasures status display Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected Set up addresses 108 indoor units are not set There is no header unit of group control Set up a group address Indoor unit power is not turned on Turn on the power again In the order indoor outdoor Indoor outdoor communication line is not correctly connected Correct wiring to the U1 U2 terminal of the header unit Fig 1 Indoor E19 lt gt 00 outdoor cannot communicate before address setup Alternate blinking There is no of outdoor terminal resistance or there lt Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit two or more resistances before address setup 1 2 connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 2 is on Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line No response When connecting an indoor outdoor communication line Correct wiring E19 lt gt 02 betwe
168. Outdoor 7 segment display AI NETcentral Main remote controller Check 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 TK3 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error 05 TK5 sensor error Location of detection control remote controller I F 07 07 47 Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection TD2 sensor miswiring incomplete insertion Description System status Low oil level protection All stop All stop 184 Error detection condition s Operating compressor detects continuous state of low oil level for about 2 hours Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Air discharge temperature of TD2 does not increase despite compressor 2 being in operation Check items locations lt All outdoor units in corresponding line to be checked Check balance pipe service valve to confirm full opening Check connection and installation of TK1 TK2 TK3 4 and TK5 sensors Check resistance characteristics of TK1 TK2 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for gas or oil leak in same line Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor casing Check SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV
169. PALA e 9 IN IN IN IN IN A E E F Col TOL Wk 0303 0303 uondO Jo depe 7 4 1 W D 10900 0990 20 Zh 422 Ex A 2 vA TEX ASK 424 46 A ISAS 4 4 30 Scc IHM INS Sa my98 80NO 49 yseds JOjoeuuoo pue peso 2 09 9 D um d x AOSc VO LL 435 yes Jojoe es 2809 2409 0 5 oseud 4 04 ET 5 e Jojoeuuoo pue peso 2 3339 NYO NYO anid nid MOTI3A 13A ALIHM IHM qas das uoneoipul 10102 32 MMD AP0721H and AP0961H Models 2 09 10 ZHOG Aq JayIp oJnssaJd onejs oj de au uSuM 9 JO JO OO S 9JIM pes pue 94 8 se Jequunu eui xoeuo uonisod 41 MOJJE JO 9JIM y eJnsseJd onejs
170. PML iSIosuos GNO EML 499 16 ZEGND ZML UO 0 15 5 15 LESNO JO DAHIN gu 12941025 134 S 708098 amp peu ejep jo 1294102 208096 Z JOU S 5 5 10sseJduuoo eu uoneuBejs 20 epoo qng 10 119 8 983 9 40 99 uonezijenbe IO 72 13 92UEJSIS9J JO eAnoejep eunjejedue 241 Buuiwsiu JJO BUILUOD 10149 949 p 911 9 9poo 94 210 8 208919109 10119 JOSUBS GEGNI GML SEGNO 2 99 6 ZEGNO ZAL LESNO LML 129410025 JO uone ejsu 1294102 1945 10sseJdujoo eu uoneuBejs 2 499u2 40 9 uonezijenbe IO 2 95 5 81894 JO JOS sonsuejoejeuo 40sues JO 4 pJeoq O d 10 49 ON 9965 x euo eui jo eui 0
171. Push the button to return to step 2 After returning to step 2 select another system address and check the indoor unit addresses of the line TEST 6 Pushthe button to finish the procedure Changing the indoor unit address using a remote controller To change an indoor unit address using a wired remote controller V The method to change the address of an individual indoor unit the indoor unitis paired with a wired remote controller one to one or an indoor unit in a group The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically SET DATA A EO WON OFF FILTER SET TEST 1 267 Execute it while the units are stopped CL TEST Push and hold the C buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds If 2 or more indoor units are controlled in a group the first indicated UNIT No is that of the head unit 2 Pushthe gt button left side of the button repeatedly to select an indoor unit number to change if 2 or more units are controlled in a group The fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on 3 Push the TEMP buttons repeatedly to select 7 for CODE No 133 4 Pushthe TIME buttons repeatedly to change the value indicated in the SET DATA section to that you want 5 Push the button 6 Pushthe button le
172. Remote controller controller Individual B Group Indoor units automatic setting Line system address 1 2 Indoor unit address 1 Group address 9 p w yj T 1 N CAUTION Relay connector connection Never connect relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals before completing address setting of all the refrigerant lines Otherwise the addresses cannot be set correctly 129 Manual address setup from the remote controller With indoor wiring work completed and outdoor wiring work not done in cases where indoor unit addresses are decided in advance from the wired remote controller or in cases where addresses are change after address setup Wiring example for 2 refrigerant lines a I Remote controller group control 1212 In the above example where remote controllers are not yet wired set the address manually after individually connecting the wired remote controller Wiring during manual address setup terrre SEM After address setup return to the original wiring over remote controllers Group address Individual 0000 Header unit 0001 In cases of remote controller group control Follower unit 0002 DN code CODE No 1 Arrange one indoor unit and one remote controller set t
173. S ni Y 4 Way valve N i T PMV2 4 Way valve AN M Pressure sensor um gt z S3 S1 i E AT high pressure Y 5 E SV6 E S Pressure sensor 2 K AY Y Pressure Sensor _ high pressure Y i 5 D Pressure sensor EH i TL SV3D low pressure i v SV2 i i SV3D os g 1 Y 4 gt lt AA i 22 pe 4 i i SV41 MEE 41 _ S 5442 4 Accumulator E gt lt Liquid tank HPS HPs Accumulator Liquid tank NE i 5 3 68 mpres compressor MEE Hem gt 4 1 i Y i 3 lt SV3A i SV3B i 2 Balance pipe Liquid pipe lt q Gas pipe Gas pipe Liquid pipe Indoor unit Note In DEFROST mode PMVA also opens High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication The diagram shows a 28 HP system line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 16 H
174. Specification outline Remarks Selection of 1 The range of operations that can be performed via an indoor unit remote controller In the case of a wired central control can be determined through the setting of the central controller 0 5 2 Setting details CONTROL IN TCC Link central control PROGRESS FN 5 e displayed lit up while Operation Operation via 2 in caentralcontrol Link 2 Start stop Timer Temperature Fan speed control selection clacton setting setting setting setting p ay The display blinks when a control mMas function inaccessible Central 1 GENTEM to a remote controller CONTROL is chosen A wireless remote Central 3 PROGRESS controller has the same set of control functions although Accessible Inaccessible there is no display When a control operation is performed via a wireless remote controller while in central control mode a peep sound alert 5 times is provided 16 Central 2 Central 4 Louver control 1 Louver position setting When the louver position is changed the louver turns all the way down before settling in the set position Louver position is adjustable in the range shown in the diagrams below During cooling drying During heating fan only operation During group operation position setting can be performed individually or collectively 2 Swing setting e The SWING si
175. Unit 158 7 7 6 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit 158 7 7 7 Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit 159 7 7 8 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit 160 7 7 9 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function 161 7 7 10 Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature TO Sensor 162 7 7 11 Monitor Function of Remote Controller 164 9 TROUBLESHOOTING 4469 Yes xq ER ER EE SEXIES 166 Orley JOVENVIEW on acte Lo bare ee eet eds 166 8 2 Troubleshooting Method 167 8 3 Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller 173 8 4 Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS i Outdoor Unit 7 Segment Display on Board and Locations to Be 178 8 5 Diagnosis procedure for each check code 194 8 6 7 Segment Display Function 225 8 7 Oil Level Judgment 231 8 8 Leakage Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle 1
176. WHI YEL BLU BLK 7 9 _ m _ 6180 co oy mw _ 5 1 indicates the terminal block WHI Y GRY PNK ORN BRW G amp Y Sold separately gt gt lt gt Pa Pa Pa LM Z gt 11229992926 m HE BED RED 11 1 1 XI 11213 112 112 7 2 4213 112 Color Identification 2 E ITI 3 Fan motor inside wiring diagram Motor over heating protection switch RED WHITE YELLOW BLUE BLACK GRAY PINK ORANGE BROWN GREEN amp YELLOW Latter at inside indicates the terminal number Terminal Dlock Ne Fan motor wiring 4 indicates the control P C board Pu aie qe position is connected to terminal block when change to static pressure A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site F1 Low static pressure tap Blue 50 60Hz DE F2 Intermediate static pressure tap Orange 50 60Hz At shipment from factory When installing the drain pump connect the froat switch connector to connector F3 High static pressure tap Bkack 50 60Hz MERE Excha
177. Wiring error in heat exchanger sensor TE1 and liquid temperature sensor TL Outdoor unit temperature sensor wiring installation error F46 Wiring error in outdoor high pressure sensor Pd and low pressure sensor Ps Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error F22 F23 F24 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 error Low pressure sensor Ps error Outdoor unit pressure sensor High pressure sensor Pd error errors Operation Timer Ready Oz doe 29 Fault in indoor EEPROM ______ Synchronized blinking Operation Read H01 Compressor breakdown H02 Compressor lockup Outdoor unit compressor e Q related errors 1403 Current detection circuit error Blinking Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 Abnormal drop in low pressure sensor Ps reading Proreativash fdowmof outdoor 07 Abnormal drop in oil level unit Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection circuit TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 or TK5 H15 H16 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 Oil level detection circuit error Error in outdoor unit TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 or TK5 circuit Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 Duplicated indoor group header unit Operation Timer Ready 1 Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed on priority indoor unit
178. aaa ELNA 9X9 XV YET CIL Nao XL EX na 11 255 1351 16 IHM Yi W1 990NO Y YeY YZY Y6 e9oNo s a 500000 n X 1211151919 iy 2 EH 38 1 2 14 Floor Standing Concealed Type asma Ue J 200 500 4 24 OU 76 3389 9 8 wy Yey ong 0 p ong 024 e A 0 0NO W H 8 6004 8 004 104 lt 26 1 Nao 224 ER LY LUE 454 164 IH 915195222 f 900 890NO 454 49 d re coll oo 900000 aS A 900900 OO 2 eoo 5 Models 39 1 2 15 Floor Standing Type 0151 AP0181H 0241 0271 AP0361H AP0481H and AP0561H Models anen oou asna 9 apis uexoJq pue eui 2 8184 01409 4030 200 S00AM Jequunu BY je 19497 JOYS o 5194 4
179. attached to the sensor section in order to prevent continuous test operation RN D When the test operation has finished push the button to stop the operation The same display as in procedure 1 appears in the Receiver unit display section Push the Test button to clear the test operating mode TEST disappears from the display section and the status returns to the normal stopped status M4 x 25 screw 2 pieces E TEMP D ON OFF Notch gt _ 24 Small screw FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER Cm ew 144 Wireless remote controller 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type Operation content Turn off the air conditioner s power Remove the adjustment corner cap attached to the sensor section from the ceiling panel For removing method follow the installation manual attached to the ceiling panel Be careful when handling the sensor section because it has cables connected to it Remove the sensor cover from the adjustment corner cap held with 1 screw Change Bit 1 TEST of switch 5003 on the sensor PC board from off to on Replace the sensor cover and attach the adjustment corner cap with the sensors to the ceiling panel Turn on the air conditioner s power Push the b button of the wireless remote controller and select the 2 COOL or X HEAT operating mode with the Mode button All disp
180. circuit breaker to the OFF position and contact a qualified service person Take steps to ensure that the power will not be turned on by marking out of service near the circuit breaker for instance until qualified service person arrives Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other failure When you access inside of the service panel to repair electric parts wait for about five minutes after turning off the breaker Do not start repairing immediately Otherwise you may get electric shock by touching terminals of high voltage capacitors Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes Place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker while the installation maintenance repair or removal work is being carried out There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to ON by mistake Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work check that the electrical parts box cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed and set the circuit breaker to the ON position You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks If in the course of carrying out repairs it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor un
181. coil 4 2 way valve coil 640 AC208 230V 60Hz SV41 SV42 SV5 AC208 230V 60Hz 8 Pressure sensor For low pressure NSK BC010F 067 5 8 54 0 0 98 5753019001 DC2BOVIIRW Case heater For accum 7 AC240V 55W er 46211 9 6195551959 o 204 of e MMY MAPI404 oj quel 44 2 3 Outdoor Inverter 50Hz model MMY MAP 4HT8 E MAP 4HT8 TR MAP 4HT8 MAP 4T8 SG gt gt 1 Power suppi terminaro Tofo Reacior Forfan forss fsm weones epetan 9 86 6 CS o o o 552 0 o MCC 1596 25A DC1200V P C Board o PS22A76 12 o o E o o 0804 MMY MAP1004 286 Baao thermistor MZ32 13A AC500V 101RMARDO1E 1 29 GUmbenmprame 191 1 exchanger temp sensor tre 20 80 Ambient temp range 20 Outside temp ___ ________ O O zioren sesno ferons Ambient tem _____ _________ 161616 16 QE lt lt
182. conditioner has been shut down set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel If you fail to heed this warning you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes and other parts will be very hot to the touch In addition before proceeding with the repair work wear the kind of insulated heat resistant gloves designed to protect electricians Take care not to get burned by compressor pipes or other parts when checking the cooling cycle while running Q the unit as they get heated while running Be sure to put on gloves providing protection for electric shock and heat Cooling check When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor reactor inverter or the areas around these parts to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel If you fail to heed this warning you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor reactor inverter heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch In addition before proceeding with the repair work wear the kind of insulated heat resistant gloves designed to protect electricians 11 Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to install the air conditioner the air conditioner is installed by an unqu
183. control address seconds 3 Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates A d c L and set SW01 SW02 and SWO3 to 1 1 1 respectively 4 After a time U 1 L08 appears on the 7 segment display if the address clearing has been completed successfully If the 7 segment display indicates A d n G the outdoor unit may still connected with other refrigerant lines Check the connection of the relay connectors between U1 U2 and U3 U4 NOTE Take care to carry out the procedure above correctly otherwise addresses in other refrigerate lines may also be cleared 5 Setthe addresses again after finishing the clearance 136 Bin the case of an increase address undefined indoor units extension etc To set up the indoor address of a unit with an address that is undefined due to the extension of indoor units or replacement of PC board etc follow the methods below Method 1 oet up an address individually from a wired remote controller Line address Indoor address Group address Central address For the setup method refer to Manual address setup from the remote controller above Method 2 Set up an address from the outdoor unit Leave the addresses of the units for which addresses have already been set up as they are Set up an address only for the unit where the address is undefined Addresses are allocated from lower numbers Setup procedure Set up the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to w
184. controller OPERATION 1 When any of the DN codes listed below is displayed e 05 Detection of an open phase in the power supply wiring Per P10 Detection of indoor flooding in at least one indoor unit No display provided L30 Detection of an interlock alarm in at least one indoor unit on wireless remote 2 Forced thermo OFF controller e COOL DRY operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in HEAT mode HEAT operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in COOL DRY mode under priority cooling setting bit 1 of SW11 on outdoor I F P C board ON 3 All indoor units not able to engage in any of the above operations stand by in thermo OFF state 4 The indoor fan has been turned off because the system is engaged in a heat refrigerant oil recovery operation Heating standby Displayed on remote controller HEATING 1 Normal thermo OFF STANDBY GE During heating the indoor unit goes thermo OFF as the heating temperature Gisplayed setting is reached 2 During heating the fan rotates at a breeze speed UL or lower or remains stationary to prevent cold air from being discharged including defrosting operation 3 Forced thermo OFF e HEAT operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in COOL DRY mode under priority cooling setting bit 1 of SW11 on outdoor I F P C board ON 74
185. cut control has been reached or exceeded normally OFF 1 SW2 Power peak cut control OFF switch OFF as long as target power peak cut control has not been reached exceeded normally ON 1 1 The inputs of SW1 SW2 can be either pulse 100 msec or wider or step signals Do not turn on SW1 and SW2 simultaneously Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal Power peak cut control settings Interface P C board of header outdoor unit SW1 SW2 L1 SWO7 Bit 1 OFF SWO7 Bit 096 forced stop 60 capacity upper limit regulated 10096 normal operation 10096 normal operation Two core cable support only available with SMMS i 4 series SMMS i models allows ON OFF power peak cut control to be implemented using a power peak cut control ON input SW1 alone provided that the J16 jumper wire on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit has been removed Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured Optional PCB Power Outdoor unit Display 1 Supply interface PCB relay e J16 Cut SO SF OPERATION Shield wire CN513 TB2 1 Shield wire ON 2 39 4 i Bit 2 ON 110 lt SW07 Bit 2 OFF two step control Power peak cut control is enabled as long as SW1 as shown on the wiring diagram is ON continuously Jumper wire Input SWO
186. displayed E TEMP 2 Push the temperature setup buttons to select the CODE No to be monitored For displayed codes refer to the table next page 2 5ON OFF TIMER SET FAN MODE TIME SAVE VENT 3 Push C button to determine the item to be monitored Then monitor the sensor temperature or operation status of indoor unit and the outdoor unit in the corresponding refrigerant line SET SWING FIX LOUVER 8 TEST 4 Pushing c button returns the display to the normal display 164 CODE No TY format E Remote controller display example ee Tir sien oper FA ENLNNNL I T EE Indoor coil temperature TC1 4 6 1 0 Lo a Indoor unit data 2 0150 1500 0048 48 units unit 0415 41 5 y 10 20 30 40 High pressure sensor detention pressure Pd 10 20 30 40 A Low pressure sensor detention pressure Ps MPa Compressor 1 discharge temperature Td1 E NEN 13 Compressor 2 discharge temperature Td2 14 24 34 Compressor 3 discharge temperature 03 15 12535 Suction temperature TS 5 24 C 16 Outdoor coil temperature 1 TE1 17 27 37 Outdoor coil temperature 2 TE2 18 at liquid side TL unit 0004 4 units System data 1 PMV1 2 opening
187. during defrosting During defrosting control compressors are controlled so that their speeds do not exceed 76 6 rps During standby operation compressor speed is in the 24 33 5 rps range It varies from outdoor unit to outdoor unit Description of operation numerical data and other information 8 Release 1 SV2 gas balance control valve control This control function is aimed at achieving gas balance by opening SV2 while compressors are turned off so as to reduce their startup load the next time they are turned on It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit 1 Control conditions In cooling compressors have been turned off n heating the header unit has been shut down 2 Control details The control point is changed according to AP Pd pressure Ps pressure registered just before the compressors were turned off When AP 2 P1 SV2 is opened When this results in AP P2 SV2 is closed When AP P1 SV2 is closed Unit MPa Control points for Pd Header unit compressors Header unit compressors Header unit compressors P1 P2 2 SV2 high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise while a compressor is in operation at low speeds 1 Control conditions Heating operation is in progress except periods of defrosting control Alone compressor from the header unit is in o
188. failed follower unit Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed follower unit in the following manner n case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board Leave the power supply off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor by turning on the case heater When the power supply to the unit is turned on E19 error in the number of outdoor header units will be displayed on the 7 segment display However this will not cause any problems 7 Perform settings needed to gain permission for backup operation from the header unit error clearance 1 Set 5W01 02 03 on the interface P C board to 1 1 1 and confirm that U1 E26 dropping out of an outdoor unit is displayed on the 7 segment display 2 Set SWO01 02 03 on the interface P C board to 2 16 1 Upon confirming that Er is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 3 Er CL error clearance completed will be displayed on the 7 segment display 4 Set 5W01 02 03 back to 1 1 1 The display should change to U1 Set SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 U1 226 will be displayed H SWO4 5005 SWIS Set SW01 02 03 to 2 16 1 Ol 5 ll be displayed 0600 0607 0602 0603 0604 Pre
189. fully when turning off the power and executing an operation Operation Open fully Set the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 3 1 and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for 2 minutes as follows P FF Close fully Set the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 3 1 and press SWO5 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for one minute as follows P 00 Clear After 2 minutes 1 minutes for Close fully after setting up the opening automatically returns to the normal opening 7 7 6 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully P M V PMV1 PMV2 PMV4 used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes PMV1 PMV2 Open fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF and short circuit CN30 PMV1 PMV2 Close fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF and short circuit CN31 4 Open fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW 12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to ON and short circuit CN30 PMV4 Close fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW 12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to
190. gas may catch fire 2 not use welder in the closed room When using it without ventilation carbon monoxide poisoning may e caused 3 Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R410A Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it For the products which use R410A refrigerant the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see To prevent miss charging the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R22 For an air conditioner which uses R410A never use other refrigerant than R410A For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant R22 etc never use 410 If different types of refrigerant are mixed abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant will be mixed in the refrigerating cycle Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction Do not charge refrigerant additionally If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air condit
191. gt BS Cb 44 SS Dy PAS h 357 2 gt e 2 1 Ne KZ TIN REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID CN 8 X 5 gt LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT CHECK STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 359 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404T8 SG MMY MAP1604T8 SG lt lt 2 gt c EN 15 rU X BN NS X N JUN NOS S I ud A USS SU IE OWN Ir d 1 2 MM gt EA E 2 _ Ei ul n m 6 360 RO c GO G COS 059079 22022822012 te Sie JT E X 016018 SV3D Coe P Ps E XL qe ANNI Ex ILL PM NAI uS LL
192. heat whichever is the higher between TC2 sensor and TCJ sensor temperatures on exchanger sensor the one hand and TC1 sensor temperature on the other temperature e f the fan continuously operates in zone B for 6 minutes it automatically moves In zones D and E into zone C priority is given to the e During defrosting the control point is shifted by 6 speed setting CC In zone A HEATING 32 STANDBY i Zone A OFF displayed Zone B 26 or above and below 28 C Breeze 28 Zone C 28 C or above and below 30 C 26 Low Zone D 30 or above and below 32 C 20 Medium Zone E High 30 16 1 During cooling the air conditioner is operated in the manner described below TC1 Indoor heat according to the temperature readings of the TC1 TC2 and TCJ sensors exchanger sensor If zone J operation is detected for 5 minutes the air conditioner is forced into temperature thermo OFF In zone the timer is put on pause with the current timer count retained If zone operation is detected the timer count is cleared and the air conditioner returns to normal operation If continuous zone J operation forces the air conditioner into thermo OFF the indoor fan is operated in breeze mode until it moves into zone The control is terminated under the following conditions Termination conditions 1 TC1 2 12 C TC2 2 12 C and TCJ 2 12 C 2 Passage of 20 minutes after stoppage INN 55 Temperature
193. heat control 4 PMVs are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermo OFF state or upon being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality Opening of PMV1 2 Minimum Maximum 2 PMV4 control applicable only to 14 and 16 HP outdoor units MMY MAP1404 and 1604 1 When using a small capacity split type heat exchanger mainly a sub heat exchanger to a combination of a sub heat exchanger and main heat exchanger during cooling the pulse count of the PMV pulse motor valve is controlled between 45 and 500 The PMVA opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 and TE2 temperature sensors 2 During heating the PMV4 may be used as a pressure relief bypass valve by opening it to a certain degree Opening of PMV4 Minimum Maximum 76 Description of operation numerical data and other information 2 Outdoor 1 Cooling fan control fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor 2 For a specified period after the start of cooling operation the header outdoor unit controls outdoor fan speed mode on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor Follower units on the other hand control outdoor fan speed mode on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor Pd pressure 3 0 Current mode 1 Mode raised as rapidly as every second Highest mode Current mode
194. however it may take up to 10 minutes 4 It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner to achieve address setup 7 4 2 Address Setup and Check Procedure Indoor unit power Turn on the power of the indoor unit for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up on Outdoor unit power on Turn on the power of all the outdoor units for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up 7 segment display Check that L08 is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface PC board of the check header unit in the system where the address is to be set up Address setup start Confirm the items in 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure and then set up the address according to the operation procedure Be careful to note that the setup operation may differ in group control and central control systems Note The address cannot be set up if switches are not operated Display check after e After address setup 01 is displayed on the 7 segment display 5 setup For follower outdoor units U2 to U4 are displayed on the 7 segment display A f an error code is displayed on the 7 segment display B remove the cause of the problem referring to 8 TROUBLESHOOTING System information Using the 7 segment display function check the system information of the scheduled system check after setup This check is executed on the interface PC board of the header unit Rotary switch setup 7 seg
195. i i gt sva x C _ l S SV3B X i E H E E xX X 2 MIU ee ool Elec itc acai E Balance pipe ir 2 Liquid pipe lt Gas pipe Gas pipe 4 4 Liquid pipe oS TCJ c y Indoor unit Uligh pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Note With a 14 or 16 HP outdoor unit the main heat exchanger and sub heat E t fri ta exchanger may be switched over depending on the outside temperature and vaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas air conditioning loads lt Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 28 HP system 16 HP 12 HP as an example 65 4 3 Normal Operation HEAT Mode Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit MMY MAP1204 TO PMV1 PMV E 1 1 A lt gt Pw 4 Way valve 2 PMV2 gt 0600 m Pressure sensor l i a high pressure 4 Y TS1 MEE SV6 A Pressure sensor 2 AY i Pressure sensor A low pressure T 2 4 high pr
196. install repair maintain relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations The qualified service person who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation repair relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly Qualified service acquainted with the knowledge related to this work person The qualified service person who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation repair relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus t
197. master ON OFF 0 112 6 8 5 Night operation sound reduction 113 6 8 6 Operation Mode Selection 114 6 8 7 Error Operation 115 6 8 8 Compressor Operation 116 6 8 9 Operating Rate OQUIDUL uu actu d ono he od dodo 117 l TEST OPERA LION 2 web uet c ore dor dir ace d aea 118 7 1 Procedure and Summary of Test Operation 118 7 2 Check Items before Test Operation before powering on 119 Check ar eaten oe ae ode aay 123 7 4 Address Sel e ACC aya _ _ _ 124 1541 1 0 191 1518 124 7 4 2 Address Setup and Check Procedure 124 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure 125 7 4 4 Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected 138 2 7 5 Troubleshooting in Test Operation 139 7 5 1 A Check Code 15 Displayed on the Remote Controller
198. mode The setting can be changed only when the system is at rest Be sure to turn off the system prior to this operation CODE No SO SET 1 Pushthe c C5 buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds The display window will start flashing in a little while Verify that the displayed CODE No is 10 2 OFF TEST e If the displayed CODE No is not 10 press the button to erase the display and repeat the procedure from the beginning TIME gt Note that the system does not respond to remote controller operation RESET TEST 5 SWINGER UNT LOWER TEST for about 1 minute after the button is pushed In the case of group control the indoor unit No displayed first indicates the header unit CODE No SET DATA ARINEN 2 Eachtime the 2 2 button is pushed one of the indoor unit Nos under group control is displayed in turn Select the indoor unit whose setting is to be changed The fan and flap of the selected indoor unit then come on so that the position of this unit can be confirmed 3 Use the button to select the CODE No 04 4 Use the button to select the SET DATA 0001 Priority set 0001 No priority set 0000 5 Push the button The setup is finished when the display changes from flashing to steady 6 Upon finishing the setup push the 7 button This finalizes t
199. more After test operation return the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 5 01 51 02 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt 153 4 Individual start stop individual test operation function This function is provided to start stop ON OFF individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Set SWO1 16 and set SW02 SWO03 to indoor address No 1 to 64 to be started Refer to the following table only the setup indoor unit starts operation In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped In this case is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit Operation procedure Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed with SW01 SW02 SW03 n cA being 1 1 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case operation ready or ee operation mode controlled is displayed on the remote controller 4 Set up the operation mode of the remote cont
200. not include the refrigerant for pipes at the local site For refrigerant to be charged in pipes at the local site calculate the amount and charge it additionally NOTE If the additional refrigerant amount indicates minus as the result of calculation use the air conditioner without additional refrigerant Heat Outdoor unit type 080 MAP100 MAP120 140 160 S Charging amount kg Cooling only Outdoor unit type 080 MAP100 120 140 160 Corrective amount of refrigerant Additional refrigerant charge Additional refrigerant charge TNT Em ni depending on HP of co Table 2 Table 1 Additional refrigerant amount 1m liquid pipe kg m 0 025 0 055 0 105 0 160 0 250 0 350 19 Table 2 l Combined HP HP Combined outdoor units HP 8HP 10HP 12HP 16HP 10 5 10HP MCN P NEN p cM x 5 89 89 89 88 Standard type 11 5 16HP 12HP 16HP 12HP 16HP 12HP 16HP 14 16 16HP iN N gt N 10HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 10HP 2 0 Ww Ww High Efficiency type AJN gt gt gt gt o gt CO CO OD olojo gt
201. of this manual N DANGER Turn off breaker Electric shock hazard Prohibition Stay protection Before carrying out the installation maintenance repair or removal work be sure to set the circuit breaker for both the indoor and outdoor units to the OFF position Otherwise electric shocks may result Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit set the circuit breaker to the OFF position Failure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position may result in electric shocks through contact with the interior parts Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard be absolutely sure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and place a Work in progress sign on the circuit breaker When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit set the circuit breaker to OFF without fail and place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work When you have noticed that some kind of trouble such as when an error display has appeared there is a smell of burning abnormal sounds are heard the air conditioner fails to cool or heat or water is leaking has occurred in the air conditioner do not touch the air conditioner yourself but set the
202. operation are operated at the minimum speed with those currently not in operation turned on Indoor units are set to the cooling oil refrigerant recovery control mode with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree Compressors are operated at the target speed After recovery control is performed for a specified period of time it is terminated and normal cooling operation resumes Heating refrigerant oil recovery control Performed during heating this control function aims to recover any liquid refrigerant trapped inside indoor units that have been turned off It also serves the additional purposes of recovering indoor outdoor refrigerant after defrosting and recovering oil present in outdoor heat exchangers during heating overload operation This control function is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control commencement conditions When heating operation has started compressors have just been turned on When heating takes over upon completion of defrosting When heating operation has continued for 60 minutes 2 Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed with those currently not in operation turned on Indoor units are set to the heating refrigerant oil recovery control mode with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree Compressors are operated at the target speed Upon completion of refrigerant recovery for all the indoor units normal cooling operation resumes 79
203. or another external factor Speed estimation is not going on normally Sub code 4 Fan IPDU over current protection circuit Flow of current equal to or greater than the specified value is detected during operation of the fan Sub code C Higher temperature than the specified value is detected during operation of the fan Sub code D The resistance value of the sensor is infinite or zero open or short circuit Sub code E Fan IPDU DC voltage protection circuit The DC voltage higher or lower than the specified value is detected Overcurrent is momentarily detected during startup of compressor Position detection is not going on normally There is error in other indoor unit in group resulting in detection of E07 L07 L03 1 08 Check items locations Check fan motor Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check fan motor Check connection of fan motor connector Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check fan motor Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check fan motor Check connection of fan motor connector Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check fan motor Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check power voltage of the main power supply Check for defect in fan IPDU P C board Check connection of fan IPDU P C board Check connector connection and wiring on A3 IPDU P C board Check for defect in
204. output adjust pressure to outdoor unit falls below 0 10 MPa fully close around 0 12 MPa by slowly closing balance pipe packed valve gas pipe service valve Press SWOS5 to finish pump down operation 12 Set SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 to have low pressure sensor output displayed Ps 7 277 Press SW04 to have low pressure sensor output displayed Ps Wait until low pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical and after letting system continue operating for while longer fully close gas pipe service valve 14 Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device Measure amount of recovered refrigerant This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation oet SWO01 02 03 of the failed outdoor unit and the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment back to 1 1 1 250 10 1 3 Refrigerant recovery procedure B Case of outdoor unit backup operation setting Outline If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed use an alternative refrigerant recovery procedure as described below provided that the power cannot be turned on for the failed outdoor unit Refrigerant will be recovered from the failed outdoor unit using the test cooling operation function Note 1 If cooling season outdoor unit backup operation or outdoor unit backup operatio
205. pJeoq 938199 nadrev 49949 O d 4 96 594 edid jueJeDujey ewou 12919 jo Josues foL eouejsisai OU 894 S 10 pue 201 595165 ER y jo uonounj 9 6 y 9 jueJeyp Jo QU 12902 pue yoo u pue 72945 syun 400 1 Aue pue 5 5 Aue uo poq ANd 8494 S Joopul S joo uonoeuuoo 40 29 02 syed Aney 5 Ive uonoeuuoo 1998 49114 JO JosseJduJoo Nddl y s eu yun 498109 Jeay JO eoueJepe ul Aue 9491 88 0 pue syed 0199 03 10290000 S 01 617 08 x 0 JOMOd 594109 8
206. procedure Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system Push concurrently C buttons for 4 seconds more Using the setup temp or button specify the CODE No Using the timer time or button set to the SET DATA Push TEST Push button The status returns to the usual stop status Q A N 3 Wiring n the figure the contact indicates a status that the card is taken out Indoor control PC board Power supply Outside contact Card switch box etc Procured locally Note Determine the cable length between the indoor control P C board and the relay within 2m V Power peak cut from indoor unit When the relay is turned on a forced thermostat OFF operation starts Wiring example Relay procured locally Note Determine the cable length between the indoor or outdoor control P C board and the relay within 2m 2P plug RED Relay coil signal Indoor control P C board 105 6 7 Applied control for Outdoor Unit The outdoor fan high static pressure support and priority operation mode setting cooling heating number of units or priority indoor unit functions are made available by setting relevant switches provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit 6 7 1 Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift Purpose characteristics This function is used when connecting a duct to the
207. recommended to select Copper or copper base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 40mg 10m or less Also do not use crushed deformed discolored especially inside pipes Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes lt Flare nut gt Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit 2 Joint The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner However clear impurities when using them 21 4 5 1 Required Tools for RA10A Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge clogging of capillary etc Accordingly the tools to be used are classified into the following three types 1 Tools exclusive for R410A Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant R22 2 Tools exclusive for 410 but can be also used for conventional refrigerant R22 3 Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant R22 The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability Tools exclusive for R410A The following tools for R410A are required Explanation of symbols N Newly prepared It is necessary to use it exclusively with R410A separately from those for R22 or 407 Q Former tool is available Used tools Usage Proper use of tools parts Gauge manifold N Exclusive to R410A Charging hose and oper
208. refrigerant line i Line address 2 Line address 1 gt 7 Other refrigerant line mU A E Follower unit B Follower unit C Outdoor unit Indoor unit Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller Main check items Relay 1 15 the relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup connector 2 Is the relay connector of the follower unit removed Terminal 3 Is the end resistance SW30 bit 2 of the header unit with the smallest line address number resistance in the central control turned on Setup is unnecessary for follower units 4 15 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 of the header units except for the line with the smallest central control line address turned off Setup is unnecessary for follower units Line address 5 Are addresses the line address SW13 SW14 not duplicated in each refrigerant line NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 138 7 5 Troubleshooting in Test Operation If there are phenomena such as the output of a check code or the remote controller is not accepted when powered on after wiring work or during address setup operation the following causes are considered 7 5 1 A Check Code Is Displayed on the Remote Controller Check the code Header displayed on the unit 7 indoor re
209. segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected system T capacity System horsepower Check No of outdoor units 7 segment display Set the rotary switches 5 01 5 02 5 03 on the interface A B P C board of the header unit to 1 3 3 Then No of outdoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment P display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of outdoor units No of connected outdoor units Check No of indoor units No of units with cooling thermo ON Set the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 4 3 Then No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment T display A Check that this display surely matches with the No of No of units 7 segment display A B connected with cooling outdoor thermo ON units expected No of indoor units Check No of indoor units No of units with heating thermo 7 segment display ON Set the rotary switches 5 01 5 02 5 03 on the interface B P C board of the header unit to 1 5 3 Then No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of indoor units No of No of units connected with heating outdoor thermo ON units SWO02 to SW02 to Check incorrect wiring 7 segment display According to the indoo
210. spacer 431 6V 440 7 05 8A SIDE _ MCC 160 COMPONENT Noise filter P C board A Remove terminal block MMC 1608 sub assembly 7 2 Screw Lead black 8 a Lead gray a 2 E Lead white x 4 Power supply X x os amp terminal block 7 E Lead red Screw Em E 3 5 T zu isis Noise filter P C board B MMC 1608 3 3 6 Screw 7 288 3 Disconnect the connectors and fastons used to connect wiring to the noise filter P C board The line filter 9 and its leads both connected to the screw on terminals 8 of the noise filter P C board A will be removed in step 6 Disconnect all the connectors and fastons 4 Remove the earthing screws 5 6 The removed earthing screws 5 6 will be reused during the installation of the service P C board so keep them in a safe place 5 Remove the noise filter P C board assembly by unlocking the four card edge spacers used to secure the P C board 7 6 Remove the line filter 9 and its leads both connected to the screw on terminals 8 of the just removed noise filter P C board A and reinstall them on the service P C board A by firmly connecting them to the screw on terminals 8 in the same manner as before Line Filter installation screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as below The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is
211. step 5 until all the setting data has been jotted down See the CODE list CODE No DN code go from 01 to FF with a few gaps along the way When finished push the button to bring the system back to normal off state 6 It takes the system about 1 minute to become responsive to remote controller operation CODE No DN code necessary at minimum DN Comes _ Indoor unit capacity Indoor address Group address The type and capacity of the indoor unit are necessary for fan speed setting Remote Controller Operation Diagram Fig 1 RBC AMT32E Fig 2 41 gt OQ C 278 Procedure 2 Replacing P C Board 1 Replace the faulty P C board with a service P C board Be sure to replicate the old jumper setting removal switch setting SW501 and connector short circuit setting e g CN34 on the service P C board See the diagram at below MCC 1570 Connector for drain pump CN504 The type and capacity of the indoor unit are necessary for fan speed setting Set the jumper wire J02 according to the capacity class as shown below 102 009 030 Cut AP036 APO056 Present factory default If a short circuiting plug had been used on the Be sure to set this jumper as required to make replaced P C board reuse it on the service P C board the selection of a motor protection level possible MCC 1402 CN41 MCC 1403 CNO41 o Fr
212. the disconnected compressor the SV3E valve or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part Clogging of SV3E valve Clogging of oil return distributor Clogging of SV3D valve 8 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3D valve If gas Clogging of oil return capillary does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3D valve oil return Clogging of oil return distributor capillary or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part B Check valve sub heat exchangers Check valve main heat exchangers High pressure sensor Discharge pipe check joint J Low pressure sensor High SV3C pressure H Liquid pipe check joint G Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve service valve packed valve MMY MAPO0804 MAP1004 and MAP1204 Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor s disconnected 1 With PMV1 and 2 fully closed apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases there is a leak from 1 or 2 A and check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the faulty
213. to the same refrigerant piping system is limited to 48 6 Display of Outdoor EEPROM Writing Error Code Displayed on Header Unit Only The latest error code written in the EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed This function is used to check the error code after the resetting of the power supply To display the error code press 5 04 and hold for at least 5 seconds after setting SWO01 to 03 as shown in the table below Indoor address 7 segment display section A Latest error code of header unit U1 Latest error code of follower unit No 1 U2 Latest error code of follower unit No 2 U3 4 Latest error code of follower unit No 3 U4 7 Segment Display Section A Section B D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 Set SW01 SW02 SW0O3 to 1 1 16 and press SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds The latest error code of the header unit U1 will be displayed If the setting of SWO02 is changed the latest error code of a follow unit U2 U4 will be displayed 230 8 7 Oil Level Judgment Display The current compressor oil level judgment results can be accessed by setting the switches provided on the interface P C board of an outdoor unit Perform the checks in accordance with the procedure described below 1 Operation Procedure 1 Start the operation 2 Set the switches provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are required as follows SW01 SW02 SW03 1 16 1
214. torque wrench in the specified manner Compulsion Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after long period which may result in refrigerant leakage Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack For the installation moving reinstallation work follow to the Installation Manual If an incorrect installation is done a trouble of the refrigerating cycle water leak electric shock or fire is caused Once the repair work has been completed check for refrigerant leaks and check the insulation resistance and water drainage Then perform a trial run to check that the air conditioner is running properly After repair work has finished check there is no trouble If check is not executed a fire electric shock or injury may be caused For a check turn off the power breaker Check after After repair work installation of front panel and cabinet has finished execute a test run to check there is no repair generation of smoke or abnormal sound If check is not executed a fire or an electric shock is caused Before test run install the front panel and cabinet Be sure to fix the screws back which have been removed for installation or other purposes Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant The valve is opened Do not Ru
215. unit that is not displayed on Turn on the power the indoor remote controller The indoor remote controller is not connected with a wire the Modify the wiring unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller No display on the IIo Miswiring of the indoor remote controller the unit that is not Modify the wiring controller no line displayed on the indoor remote 21 Indoor remote controller communication circuit error the unit Remove the fast on terminal connected to that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller indoor remote controller terminals A B and If 220 240 V is incorrectly applied to the indoor remote check the voltage If voltage is not applied controller terminal the remote controller communication normally 15 to 18 V replace the PC board circuit fails 140 7 5 4 In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup a lower number of connected units is displayed There are outdoor indoor units that do not operate in a test operation Status Cause Countermeasures The number of connected outdoor units is too few The number of connected indoor units is too few The number of outdoor units connected to a group is too few in group operation from an indoor remote controller Miswiring of communication lines between outdoor units After modification of wiring set up the addresses again and or an unconnected wire
216. uonisod seb Ajroeds 1009 ie jo yea seb yoouD pue LH Aejdsip e 1 2 0 20 L0MS 195 Joopino 5 Joopino 104 104 xoeuo 5 5 JOSUBS 6 8 uo sonsuojoeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduue JOOPINO ees AEA YEAS e2e des YEAS 94 U sun290 eDexee pesieJ eunjejedujej 4 08 58 5 4009 JO y ui Buunp epis 94 5490 9 y 72940 ON 0 L1 JO Jaye 159 e 5 pue aye Ajddns Joopino 104 JCAS YOOYUD 1 2 SegNO GML 019 PESNI PML Ajedoid ou s UBYM 11 UCU s sesu 9 d opis jepuooss OLAS DEAS jou 1291109 941 2 JO 8 096 GY pue
217. where the density limit is exceeded the volume of the next smallest room becomes the object Indoor unit M Refrigerant piping Outdoor unit Indoor unit Large room Medium room Mechanical ventilation device Gas leak detector NOTE 3 The minimum indoor floor area compared with the amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows When the ceiling is 2 7m high 40 Range below the density limit of 0 3 kg m m2 35 30 countermeasures 25 not needed FO O Range above the 15 density limit of 5 0 3 kg m 9 10 countermeasures c needed 5 gt 0 10 20 30 Total amount of refrigerant kg TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION 23 17 TAKANAWAN S CHOME MINATOKU TOKYO 108 0075 JAPAN Copyright 1999 to 2012 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION ALL Rights Reserved 2nd publication in Mar 2012 File No A10 005 1 REVISED EDITION 1 1st publication in Nov 2010 File No A10 005 Specifications subject to change without notice
218. with a gas leak detection device The concentration is as given below Total amount of refrigerant kg Min volume of the indoor unit installed room m lt Concentration limit kg m The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi air conditioners is 0 3kg m NOTE 1 If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single refrigerating device the amounts of refrigerant should be as charged in each independent device Outdoor unit e g charged e g amount 10kg charged amount 15kg EE RE Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Indoor unit For the amount of charge in this example The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms A C is 10kg The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms D E and F is 15kg 368 Important NOTE 2 The standards for minimum room volume are as follows 1 No partition shaded T 2 When there is an effective opening with the room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas opening without a door or an opening 0 15 or larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or bottom of the door Outdoor unit pue piping 3 If an indoor unit is installed each partitioned room the refrigerant piping is interconnected the smallest room of course becomes the object But when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room
219. 0 01 response Figure Status Miswiring example The number of connected outdoor units is too few Fig 4 The number of connected indoor units is too few Header unit Follower unit Fig 5 Wiring forgotten 142 7 6 Test Operation Check 7 6 1 Fan Check START Check code appears Push the Start Stop button on the remote controller Check code appears Select the 3 Fan operating mode Is air discharged from the discharge port of NO the indoor unit YES NO Is the sound normal YES Normal Check every indoor unit in turn 143 When a check code has been displayed on the remote controller remove the cause of the error referring to Check code and check position displayed on remote controller and outdoor unit Check the indoor fan fan motor and fan circuit Check positions around the fan 7 6 2 Cooling Heating Test Operation Check The cooling heating test operation check can be performed on both the indoor remote controller and the outdoor header unit interface PC board 1 Test operation start stop operation Test operation from the indoor remote controller Wired remote controller Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wired remote controller Wireless remote controller Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wireless remote controller Wired remote controller Wireless remote controller Except the 4 way Operat
220. 04 Wear a pair of gloves 1004 Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a 4 Brazed point 1204 replacement part or some other object Before starting the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device 1 Detachment 1 Remove the lower cabinet front side 2 Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions 3 Disconnect the 4 way valve coil and PMV coils 2 pieces and get all wiring located near the 4 way valve out of the way 4 Remove brazed points 2 locations for the PMV assembly which is placed in front of the 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 5 Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the E brazed points for the pipes located above the 4 4 way valve 3 pieces cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw etc 6 Detach the pipe located below the 4 way valve 7 Remove the end sections of the pipes above the 4 way valve which were cut in step 5 8 Install a new 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the 4 way valve to protect it from overheating During the installation insert pipes firmly into the 4 way valve or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result 9 Reinstall the PMV assembly which was removed in step 4 Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 10 Reinstall all the coil
221. 04 and 1204 Refrigerant charging Inject the same amount of refrigerant as the recovered residual refrigerant via the charging port of the liquid side service valve 259 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage Are the balance pipes of all outdoor units connected to the same refrigerant line fully open No Yes Are there any miswiring or incorrect connection of TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensor in the unit that has No replaced compressor Yes characteristics of the TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 or TK5 sensors of the unit that has replaced compressor NO correct Yes With the compressor s disconnected check the oil circuit in accordance with the procedure described below To next page 260 Open the balance pipe valves fully Correct the miswiring or connection TK1 CN531 TK2 CN532 TK3 CN533 TK4 CN534 TK5 CN535 Replace the faulty sensor lt MMY MAP1404 MAP1604 gt Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor s disconnected 1 With PMV 1 2 and 4 fully closed apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases there is leak from PMV 1 2 or 4 A B and either discharge pipe check valve C D Replace the faulty parts 2 If the pressure does not
222. 07 1 08 09 110 20 28 1 06 r 110 28 No of priority indoor units Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit AI NET Indoor unit Duplicated indoor header unit Duplicated outdoor line address Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed on priority indoor unit Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit Connection of group control cable to stand alone indoor unit Indoor group addresses not set Indoor capacity not set Outdoor capacity not set Duplicated central control address Too many outdoor units connected Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop 186 There is more than one header unit in group There is duplication in line address setting for outdoor units belonging to different refrigerant piping systems More than one indoor unit has been set up as priority indoor unit More than one indoor unit have been set up as priority indoor unit There is at least one stand alone indoor unit to which group control cable is connected Address setting has not been performed for indoor units Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor unit Jumper wire p
223. 1 Invoke the SERVICE CHECK mode by pressing the C5 buttons simultaneously and holding for at least 4 seconds The letters gt SERVICE CHECK light up and the check code 01 is displayed indicating the error history This is accompanied by the indoor unit No to which the error history is NE related and a check code n 2 2 To check other error history items press the CB button to select another check code CR Check code 01 latest Check code 04 oldest e ER Note Error history contains four items 3 When the amp button is pushed normal display is 31 Normal display is restored restored Steps to follow 1 2 3 Do not push the button as it would erase the whole error history of the indoor unit How to read displayed information lt 7 display symbols FOL Ct LOCUTI _ OLG Corresponding alphanumerical letters 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 b C d E P 1 l 71 NN Ey gt 173 Using TCC LINK central control remote controller TCB SC642TLE2 1 Checking and testing When a fault occurs to an air conditioner a check code and indoor unit No are displayed Pp oe E on the display window of the remote controller UNIT TEST Chec
224. 1004HT8ZG E MMY MAP1204HT8 E MMY MAP1204HT8Z E MMY MAP1204HT8ZG E MMY MAP1404HT8 E MMY MAP1404HT8Z E MMY MAP1404HT8ZG E MMY MAP1604HT8 E MMY MAP1604HT8Z E MMY MAP1604HT8ZG E MMY MAPO0804HT8 TR MMY MAPO804HT8Z TR MMY MAPO0804HT8ZGTR MMY MAP1004HT8 TR MMY MAP1004HT8Z TR MMY MAP1004HT8ZGTR MMY MAP1204HT8 TR MMY MAP1204HT8Z TR MMY MAP1204HT8ZGTR MMY MAP1404HT8 TR MMY MAP1404HT8Z TR MMY MAP1404HT8ZGTR MMY MAP1604HT8 TR MMY MAP1604HT8Z TR MMY MAP1604HT8ZGTR MMY MAPO0804HT8 MMY MAPO0804HT8Z MMY MAP0804HT8ZG MMY MAP1004HT8 MMY MAP 1004HT8Z MMY MAP1004HT8ZG MMY MAP1204HT8 MMY MAP1204HT8Z MMY MAP1204HT8ZG MMY MAP1404HT8 MMY MAP1404HT8Z MMY MAP1404HT8ZG MMY MAP1604HT8 MMY MAP 1604HT8Z MMY MAP1604HT8ZG MMY MAPO0804HT7 MMY MAP0804HT7Z MMY MAPO0804HT7ZG MMY MAP1004HT7 MMY MAP1004HT7Z MMY MAP1004HT7ZG MMY MAP1204HT7 MMY MAP1204HT7Z MMY MAP1204HT7ZG MMY MAP1404HT7 MMY MAP1404HT7Z MMY MAP1404HT7ZG MMY MAP1604HT7 MMY MAP1604HT7Z MMY MAP1604HT7ZG MMY MAP0804T8 E MMY MAPO0804T8Z E MMY MAPO0804T8ZG E MMY MAP1004T8 E MMY MAP 1004T8Z E MMY MAP1004T8ZG E MMY MAP1204T8 E MMY MAP1204T8Z E MMY MAP1204T8ZG E MMY MAP1404T8 E MMY MAP1404T8Z E MMY MAP1404T8ZG E MMY MAP1604T8 E MMY MAP1604T8Z E MMY MAP1604T8ZG E Co Co N Co Co N N Co Co N N Co Co N N Co Co N Sound power level dBA Cooling I Co Co N N N N
225. 102 JOOPU En pIAIpul SI 84991 198 eui pL pue EL 9poo we Burgeo 046 8 941 51 SSoJppe y 12905 dnjes Jo sessaJppe 2949 ssejppe yun 4 3 1 Joopino Joopjno dnies 96 701 dnb y Ue S SIXe y 66 707 9 94 dnjes si Ajuoud ui Joopur euo Sy sseJppy sesseJppe dn 5 403 dnjes sseJppe Syys Joopjno 94 pue se 195 y peuun ueeq seu Jewod jeuuou ssejppe pue dnos6 y c y uey Jeuyo uo si xoeuo SIU JO si ueuM 9 51 sJej oJ3uoo 9 0 194 BU uo Burjoeuo sseuppe pue dnojJ6 95 15 u q seu uo uonoeuuoo xo9uo Aod Jo 9poo qns n L3N IV
226. 12111181 7658510153 3ONVHO NHO GE AMO v LL 8 8 ame nia 46107 8 6 6 22589 098 3 a p beo E diio 2 Al ds om 20901 1080 0097 ZENO SLMS SOMS POMS LENO tam 00440 LOSNO Thao 905 9 SOENS 2552 VLSNO ISNO IO Oa 0000 IQOOO I20000LIDOOCOOLIOOOODI 0000 Eu ET INDA ZADA 5 965 L OON HO 5 2 1 35 un 39 do NO NO TIME NO NO d YEZL 752 o OLMS 90 5 5 p 5 _ img ODENO LOEND ZLSN LLSN OLSNO 60SNO X SOSNO Obs 1 V E ER eb sb s 5 lt eosi oow Ten pn za 2rd jeuondo Joy 4012euu02 1 1 d 1 d sa zx 144 7 ooann OL WHINE 1 HOOGNI OL 7 1
227. 139 5 2 Operation from the indoor remote controller is not accepted and a check code is displayed on the 7 segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit 140 7 5 3 There is no display of a check code on the 7 segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller a t Dabit eX E A de e A d 140 7 5 4 n checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after ad dress setup a lower number of connected units is displayed There are outdoor indoor units that do not operate a test 141 1 0 Test ODeralon GlIB CK 143 135091 iras Pe edo EACUS 143 7 6 2 Cooling Heating Test Operation 144 Service Support Fuhctlofi 4 sunu do dk EE bee sn NO we oc i 148 7 7 1 Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines 148 7 7 2 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit 150 77 5 Error Cleaning FUNCHOM xcu cuted acs a SERE E E XGA e Eee ER utres 155 7 7 4 Remote Controller Distinction Function 157 7 7 5 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Close Function in Indoor
228. 18 0 92 5181894 10895 CL Jo sonsuejoeJeuo aly O d 4 1 Joopino uornooeuuoo JOJOSUUOD 8 0 Joopino lt peuedo septs pue se jo 92IAJOS L3N IV 9 9 eBueuosiq 23 8 41 9 9poo 94 9 0 JO 2 02 Awe episino deoxe suosees ui 5581 2 06 SI S1 JEUuJON JOSUSS 61 9 0 JO 2 02 Awe episino 49 1 1 deoxe suosees y ui 5581 2 0 SI LAL JI JEWION JOSUSS 13 lt gt 5 31 lt z e0MS lt 5 Iil2L0MS Josues 61 z l e0Ms 9 L LOMs 3 0 Buiuunu SI YOIUM yun y 3 pue 61 499u2 40 9 uBnouu epis 84900 uojons ssed q seb 5900 pesa uoneJedo eBueuosip 169 y ui 840300 1049 OU JJ uoneJedo 159 pes pue Ajddns 19594 405495711 0 OcSNO 08095 41 840 99 03 S0SNO 10 49 LSL Josues 1 pue UOnoeuuoo J0joeuuoo 1294102 LIL 81 Sol suejoeJeuo 408 96 6 8
229. 2 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt NOTE The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 152 3 Batch start stop ON OFF function This function is provided to start stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Operation procedure Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side pm before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed with 5 01 5 02 5 03 being 1 1 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation Set up the operation mode of the remote controller If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode FAN COOL HEAT The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case operation ready or E operation mode controlled is displayed on the remote controller Set SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 7 1 is displayed on 7 segment display The indoor unit to be started operates Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller misconnection is considered Press the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or
230. 25 and AP0242SH Models dnjes IHM ZENO A0SZ VSV L esn4 014 9900900 600060 Nas 13A L90NO 49 94 03 498 94 03 uondo 9 0uJ8J 899 9 0 184 Jejdepe 10 2409 ZHOS 0 0 oseud ojDuis Joopino LAN IV 901 71 mons yes 15 VD soopu LOVL DOIN OSNO 60 NO 9 980 IHM o ax ye MO OON LAY 8 94547544204 5 Lex 44 zeno XL 5349 NH9 MOV 18 3079 T3A 3LIHM IHM 039 40193 tee ooo 6054 PSHM JO Wi E 1 po sts dg 251 Iosua dL S IN VL 28 AP0121WH AP0151WH AP0181WH AP0241WH AP0091WH MMU AP0071WH 1 2 5 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 series AP0271WH AP0301WH Models I
231. 25 35 0 7 High pressure MPa 2 0 3 3 2 5 3 3 Pressure Low pressure MPa 0 5 0 9 Criteria after 15 minutes or more has passed since operating started 3 On rotations of outdoor fans Outdoor fans may rotate slowly to control pressure when cooling with low outer air temperature or heating with excessive load For control content also refer to items in Section 5 Control Outline Outdoor Unit Outdoor Fan Control 147 7 7 Service Support Function 7 7 1 Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines This function is provided to check misconnection of the refrigerant pipes and the control transmission line Wiring over lines between indoor unit and outdoor unit by using the switch on the interface P C board of the header unit However be sure to check the following items prior to executing this check function 1 This check function does not work when a group operation by remote controller is performed and it is used over outdoor units 2 When using this check system be sure to check for each 1 line in the unit of outdoor unit If checking the multiple lines at the same time misjudgment may be caused Check procedure Be sure to turn on the power at indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit System capacity check 7 segment display Set the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface A B P C board of the header unit to 1 2 3 Then the system HP capacity is displayed on 7
232. 2WH series MMU AP 1MH series 431 6V 437 MMU AP 2SH series 1402 1 series MMD AP 1SPH SH series 431 6V 325 1 series MCC 1402 MMU AP 1WH series MMU AP 1YH series MMD AP 1H series 431 6V 326 MME AP 1H series MCC 1403 MML AP 1H series 1 series 431 6V 343 MMD AP 1HFE series MCC 1403 Points to Note When Replacing Indoor P C Board Assembly The electrically erasable programmable read only memory hereinafter EEPROM 10 mounted on an indoor P C board holds important setting data including the type and capacity codes intrinsic to the model set at the factory as well as the line indoor group addresses high ceiling adjustment setting and the like during installation either automatically or manually Proceed with the replacement of an indoor P C board assembly in accordance with the procedure described below After completion of the work check the settings again including the indoor unit No and group header follower designation and confirm the integrity of the refrigerating cycle by conducting a test operation etc lt Replacement procedure gt Method 1 If it is possible to turn on the indoor unit and read the setting data from the P C board to be replaced via a wired remote controller Reading EEPROM data Procedure 1 S Replacing P C board and turning on power Procedure 2 Writing EEPROM data in new EEPROM Procedure 3 JE
233. 3 The oil level judgment result will be displayed on the 7 segment display 7 segment display oL The letters and are digits that represent judgment results for compressor Nos 1 2 and 3 respectively See the table below for the interpretation of the judgment results 4 When checking is completed revert the SW01 SW02 SW03 setting to 1 1 1 Interface P C board of outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are Start operation Oil level judgment results are displayed 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 1 SW O2 SWOS3 1 1 Nu Neu 4 SWO01 SWO02 SWO3 setting to 1 1 1 The amount of oil in the compressor is sufficient SWO5 SWI5 2 Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 16 1 1 The amount of oil in the compressor is insufficient Both 1 and 2 stand for insufficiency 2 If this result persists the system will turn itself off in a protective shutdown Display example 7 segment display oL 0 010 Oillevel is normal for compressors 1 2 and oL 12 2 2 Oil level is low for compressors 1 2 and 3 oL 0 2 0 Oil level is low for compressor 2 and normal for compressors 1 and 3 Judgment result for compressor 3 Judgment result for compressor 2 Judgment result for compressor 1 231 6 8 Leakage Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit List of Check Codes Generated upon O
234. 3E and SV3F valves for defect Check oil return circuit of oil separator for clogging Check oil equalizing circuit for clogging Check connection of TK1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check connection of TK2 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK2 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check connection of TK3 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check connection of TK4 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK4 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check connection of TK5 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check installation of TD2 sensor Check connection of TD2 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Error detection condition s Check items locations remote controller Check code Location Main Outdoor 7 segment display ALNE T Description detection controller coda Sub code H16 H25 H16 H25 01 TK1 oil circuit error 02 TK2 oil circuit error 03 TK3 oil circuit error 04 4 oil circuit error 05 TK5 oil circuit error Oil level
235. 499 S pue 5 asiou 99 Aue 4219 esiou ou 9499 S ojeuiuio pue 9910 9 01 Jooput UO JOJOSUUOD uo 604 139 03 pue 4291102 SI S Joopino pue JOOPU 4 990 99 Je9 2 Jamod e dn 1991109 dnjes ssauppe S uo yun JO amod uo 400 1 49 00 S dnjes 95 51 91594 8 0 8 8 8 pue eui 109409 Joopino dnjes eouejsiseJ pue eui pJeoq 5 1 uo JOJOSUUOD LOND 9 03 51 0 49 1 0899 03 JOJOBUUOD 129 409 m jo suus 51 lewiou pJeoq 2 1 40 09 35 Jo 1294102 UO OYNI uonoeuuoo ewou 9JIM yun J9jur Joopino Jooput sjeutuuei uonoeuuoo 51 49 1294102 ueewjeq 9 uo OU S uoneoiunuJuJoo 1994102 Joopino
236. 56 T8 SG T8 SG T8 amp SG T8 SG 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 12 7 2 2 2 049 43149358 RUBBER SOPPORTER PIPE 9 52 4 02 059 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT Lewewa meemcusON mu 068 ost 1 6 5 5 5 61 5 0 3 s noos 2 2 3 3 661487 58888 3 3 _ 55 0 25 1 1 Yt 364 MMY MAP0804T8 SG MMY MAP1004T8 SG MMY MAP1204T8 SG SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST 912 JV ez4 NV 0000 00 0 00 00000 00 0 020 0 202 N 202 01 207 102 81 1027 N 702 612 GXDN v02 812 xD W 702 63 NV i 02 ERI 902 02 riz WY ezz 365 Geen 212 NB
237. 6 lewou pue JO OW AWd JossaJduio 0 Jesuepuoo uonoeuuoo z 1 5 5 20 Joj euuoo 4098940 0 amp 1 10 49 Dd seoq y 104 y jo CL3N IV Uohipuoo 10419 W S S 72 10419 xuis DI eBeyxeeJq edid 9 03 Y29949 9 318 1 ul LLO OW Jo uoneJedo gt 9 JO uonoeuuoosip 5 02 LLO OW 10 uonoeuuoo 9 VAS E BWIOU PAS SI 940 39 09 9 ou 949 9 ___ pJeoq O d 4 1 Jo 10119 9 219 BULIM Jo uonoeuuoosip HUN Joopjno y Je Mod y jo eseud y 9 JosseJduio2 uo jeuuouqy 20 JosseJduio uo eBeyoA jeuuouqy 20 ZAS 40889400 uo jeuuouqy 0
238. 604 Liquid tank 4 e 2715 oma io LT e KA 269 Temperature sensors Product Front View locations and identification colors TD1 sensor yellow TD2 sensor red MAPO0804 MAP1004 1204 a JM ho k an beats Ber inne b m m TK1 sensor black One closer to you KT TK5 s sensor gre T 7 IX en E 7 a 2 sensor blue Oil Terum TL sensor TL sensor white E One farther from ce HEU a 1 Liquid tank 270 sensor yellow TD2 sensor red TD3 sensor black Temperature sensors Product Front View locations and identification colors continued 1404 1604 Compressor 1 Product Rear View 4 sensor white TS1 sensor gray sensor yellow TK4 sensor black One closer to you a Y m T TK5 sensor go TK2 sensor blue One farther from you 271 Pipe fixing rubber detachment attachment 804 1004 1204 MAP1404 MAP1604 This product employs pipe fixing rubber eyeglass type combined with a SUS band to restrain pipes su
239. 8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG c 1 7 Cooling Only Model 804 8 MMY MAP0804T8 MMY MAP0804T8 SG Z ZG MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG E E E Z ZG MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1004T8 SG MMY MAP1204T8 SG MMY MAP1404T8 SG MMY MAP1604T8 SG Contents In strucllon z uuu ix Iun eR ae Rae Redi 5 New Refrigerant 4 21 1 Wiring Diagrams odor PA edat Qs Xe Dae dee US 23 Outdoor UNE ict chin etate EV 23 1505 JDdoor 33e de 25 1 2 1 4 way Air Discharge Cassette 25 1 2 2 Compact 4 way Cassette Type 26 1 2 3 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Compact 2f 1 2 4 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type SH 2 28 1 2 5 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 29 1 2 6 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 2 30 1 2 7 Concealed Duct Standard
240. 9 0 2 JOSues dwal jsuesduey opu vi SM Jeumpuen 2 Joyoedeo 5 1 4 M N3389 MH8 NYO anid MOTI3A 13A IHM das uoneoipul 49105 1 s I 1 OME cuu pue peso M S yee 0 5 0261 2214 qng uondo Jeydepy 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 161 1 l J NS KAN A bd UJ UJ UJ PEN anaa TANNE e NYS IH 5244 ows 90000 6 IHM IHM G34 IHM 19 6 090NO ZEONO L90NO 94039 050 2 LONO ey L80NO Kjddns 49 04 wana 120 1 cL 19x3 Z0NO 9 198 080NO 0 23 4 24 0310 LOL 22 aT ELLY WO vA vA 4 91 lt 1 1
241. ANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 318 m Part No Description MAPO804H T8 Z ZG T8 Z ZG 8 2 26 T8 Z ZG T8 Z ZG 007 43141518 COMPRESSOR DA421A3FB 29M 008 43151283 SWITCH PRESSURE ACB 4UB32W HEATER CASE 29W 240V 010 HEATER CASE 55W 240V EM Lo CASE CASE DE 25 4 Ufo d 018 019 020 43146712 VALVE 303511 e __________ 025 026 027 MEM MEME NS NE NG M MN UN Eas 028 43148241 SEPARATOR 5SL 029 43148249 SEPARATOR 6L 1 030 43148247 TANK LIQUID 11L 031 43148248 TANK LIQUID 20L 032 43148245 ACCUMULATOR 28L 3148245 033 43148246 ACCUMULATOR 24L 3119505 ___ 1 1 1 ___ GUARD FAN 0 CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW L
242. AOW pueog 1 eui 8618219 1 4 dwndurig eoa 4 eys ejyeorpur pue penop JO OW uey 00 800A 4equunu 99 SSjeoIpul 5164 JejeeH vOOAY OPISUI 1949 5 e 9J ueq Z00AM o 3u09 49 0 LOOAM Joopino 0 20 8 408 8 dwa ro1 201101 josuesduejioopu yL 49 15 541 Hl Buuund oy 96 TET CL LOND Cosy FEZ A i d pure 24109 A0ZZ TOR 2409 0 0 2 uondo GO IHM oseud LONO LAK XIX A ddns syed OCSL OOIN JOMION Wy M9J9S 48 4 eur NAKA yun Joopul Dd 975 1 I 7 c ram W W ia KIKA KEXAK w 27 A 4 rs a 0000 L 106 Jojoe es MO 4 uondo 9 7
243. All stop All stop TS1 sensor error TH sensor error Outdoor temperature sensor wiring error TE1 TL Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error Pd Ps TD3 sensor error Ps sensor error Pd sensor error All stop 182 Error detection condition s Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit During compressor operation in HEAT mode TE1 continuously provides temperature reading higher than indicated by TL by at least specified margin for 3 minutes or more Readings of high pressure Pd sensor and low pressure Ps sensor are switched Output voltages of both sensors are zero Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Output voltage of Ps sensor is zero Output voltage of Pd sensor is zero Sensor open circuited Pd gt 4 15 despite compressor having been turned off Check items locations Check connection of TO sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TO sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check connection of TA sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TA sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board Check connection of TF sens
244. B A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 03 033 035 GUARD FAN 036 CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW LEFT 45146206 CONDENSER 3 48675 vavEcHekepgovaupy 32 3 3 3 oat 9 72 wo sme s 3 5 06 3 3 3 4514007 RUBGER 9 88 568 2 9 2 2 2 42140096 8 6868 8 6898 22 1 2 0 6 28149818 RUBBER SUPPORTER 8 56 3 3 3 5 wr 4638 RUBBER SUPPORTER 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 gt of 5 a of 5 apo a 330 Q ty Set MMY MAP1004 MAP1204 MAP1404 MAP1604 T8 Z ZG 2 26 T8 Z ZG 8 2 26 0804 T8 Z ZG Description 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 12 7 049 43149358 RUBBER PIPE 9 52 4 059 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 062 43100485 ASSY FRONT DOWN 063 43100486 ASSY BACK DOWN CABINET ASSY FRONT Down 5 CABINETASSY BAGK DOWN _ RUBBER CUSHION 068 43149324 RUBBER CU
245. C2 Sensor TC1 Sensor Fan motor TA N CAUTION 7 AP012YH type air conditioners have no TC2 sensor Explanation of functional parts in indoor unit Functional part name Functional outline Pulse Motor Valve Connector 082 6P 1 Controls super heat in cooling operation 2 Controls under cool in heating operation 3 Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation 4 Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation Connector CN104 2P Yellow 1 Detects indoor suction temperature Connector CN100 3P Brown 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation Connector CN101 2P Black 1 Controls PMV under cool in heating operation Connector CN102 2P Red 4 TCJ 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation 2 IMMU APO007YH to AP012YH only Controls PMV under cool in heating operation Temp Sensor 1 2 TC1 3 TC2 4 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams 4 1 Normal Operation COOL Mode DEFROST Mode High Outside Air Temperature Roughly 20 or Above Header unit 4604 Follower unit 1204 i PMV1 i 06902 E i Y TE1
246. Check connection of TC2 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TC2 sensor Check for defect in indoor board Check connection of TC1 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TC1 sensor Check for defect in indoor board Check connection of TD1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check connection of TD2 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check connection of TE1 TE2 sensor connectors Check resistance characteristics of TE1 TE2 sensors Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check connection of TL sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TL sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check code central control Outdoor 7 segment display Main remote controller code i i m gt DEN _ 01 Compressor 1 side F13 F13 02 Compressor side 03 Compressor 3 B B controller Location I F I F I F of detection om System Description TO sensor error All stop Indoor TA Stop of sensor error corresponding unit Indoor TF sensor error Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop All stop
247. Check for defect in central control communication line Check termination resistance setting Check for defect in central control device Check for defect in central control communication line Check termination resistance setting Check power supply for devices at other end of central control communication line Check defect in P C boards of devices at other end of central control communication line Check error input Check check code of unit that has generated alarm Check address settings V Points to Note When Servicing Compressor 1 When checking the outputs of inverters remove the wiring from all the compressors How to Check Inverter Output 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove compressor leads from the IPDU P C board A3 IPDU Be sure to remove all the leads 3 Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation Be careful not to make simultaneous contact with two or more faston connectors for compressor leads or a faston connector and some other object e g the unit cabinet 4 Check the output voltage across each pair of inverter side CN703 704 705 If the result is unsatisfactory according to the judgment criteria given in the table below replace the IPDU P C board Red White 380 580V White Black 380 580V Black Red 380 580V When connecting the compressor leads back to the compressor terminals after checking the output check the faston connectors thoroug
248. DEAS 925199 LESNO IIAL ZAL IALAY OEAS Oy sunooo eunjyeeduie 5 juejeAinbo s j uonej ejsuisiu pue 994105 54168 2 epis 2 404 49 0 uoneJedo yes pue 7 Jaye 159 5 u y pue DEAS Ajddns y yo jddns 1959 II Spun edid uodo JO edid 9A EA OSAS JO ON 4019 ON pexeos YEAS YEAS 99 pesieiJ y Buunp YEAS epis 72940 Jaye 159 e 5 pue YEAS aye Ajddns 5 Joopino 104 YEAS 2942 INDIO 60 5
249. E i HH PMVI d PMV2 PMV2 lt H DA rn i TE1 7 HE TE1 4 2 PMV4 TE2 ue E 5112 R gt i i 4 Way valve i 4 Way i i 1 N r a gt gt N Pressure sensor Pressure sensor ieee high pressure 5 i high pressure A EM SV6 Y SV6 i 4 i 6 101 TL sup T es Sv2 pressure TL os 5 2 low pressure i i 1 v Hii i A l lt Y E 1 5 41 svat E i e c Accumulat 1 e a lt 5 S 17 AZ 67 sva 5 ccumulator 4 4 sv42 4 5 Accumulator Liquid tank 1 SV3C lt Liquid tank 43 TD1 HPS Kx d 9 TD2 HPS TD3 011 ups Kx TD2 HPs i i essor ressor i i i Compressor Compressor J i i i 1 bam 2 4 t Tox i 22 1 95 i i i i TK 1 TK2 1 TK3 i i B J Ah Ah lon TK5 SV3E 5 5 SV3F i i i EE N E i i amp SV3B 52 SV3B i 1 Le eee i
250. E valve Clogging of oil return distributor Clogging of SV3D valve 8 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3D valve If gas Clogging of oil return capillary does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3D valve oil return Clogging of oil return distributor capillary or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part Fan Fan motor Right side SV5 Reducer A PMVA High pressure sensor J Discharge pipe check joint E i TL i i i i Fusible SV3D plug i i i E i 4 i SV41 ill 5 Gv capillary i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i H i Oil pipe Oil return E 1 i joint i SV3A JOX NET i Check valve 3 V V i IN ERE EE E EE EE EE EE EE EE E EE EE EE EE E EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE ER EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve service valve packed valve 1 ZOUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS N WARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet
251. EFT 1 45146206 CONDENSER assy Taree Re 3 vavE cHekepgovaupy 3 3 5 3 3 3 RUBBER SUPPORTER PRED Jo 2 72 2 2 os 42140096 RUBBER SUPPORTER PREz2 oo 2 3 06 2149818 RUBBER SUPPORTER PESO f 3 3 3 5 41636 186668 SUPPORTER 5 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 35 36 MUN 62 NE 025 d 1 pe NEM NN 28 Nu 848 rm oo 5 al alto a 319 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 0804 MAP1004H MAP1204H MAP1404H MAP1604H T8 Z ZG 8 2 26 T8 Z ZG 18 2 26 18 2 26 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 12 7 2 2 049 43149358 RUBBER SOPPORTER PIPE 9 52 4 059 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 062 43100485 ASSY FRONT DOWN 063 43100486 ASSY BACK DOWN CABINET ASSY FRONT Down _ GABNETASSY BAOK bown 3 RUBBER CUSHION BONNET IN 068 43149324 RUBBER CUSHION 3 70 BONNET 1 2 IN 1
252. ESHOOTING Check basic items mainly the installation work Be sure to enter the check results in checklist 1 and 2 Checks before test operation This check is done after the power has been turned on Check that the refrigerant circuit system is turned on normally Check that the main power supply is turned on Start the address setup in the outdoor indoor units Note Operation does not start simply by powering on Set up the addresses Carry out a test operation Check air blowing and cooling heating operation in the indoor unit Test operation 118 7 2 Check Items before Test Operation before powering on Prior to the test operation check the following items to verify there are no problems with the installation work Main check items for electric wiring The communication system differs from that of R22 or R407 refrigerant Modular Multi system air conditioners Check wiring points again carefully 1 In the case that a central control system is not connected Outdoor unit Indoor unit Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller 1 Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1 U2 terminals 2 15 the relay connector between the U1 U2 terminal and the U3 UA terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory 3 1 the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5 U6 terminal 4 5 the terminal res
253. Floor Standing Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Fresh Air Intake Type J9 OJ uOO qns pajoeuuoo eq 10 53 pJ99M v QUO eq ued 2 pejoeuuoo 949 04 03 qns 5 SI JO depe e Siun dn ued g 0 df youms 2409 7022 209 1072 022 01 921106 jewog Joopino cn yun yun 100pino 400pU Joopino Joopino zal 1 NOS 5 JeMOd J MOd ue 1009 i NO 10242 08816 959 1910821609 uopeoiunuuuuoo uoneJedo ed Kem 8 3 adh 91155910 5 oj ejqeoi dde 10 yndul Cx 9 405055 1 80 1 ojosseo Kem ejqeoidde jon 49 0 5 541 6 0 8H Ajddns LOvL OOW yamg Ajddns amog
254. I NET central Outdoor 7 segment 5 Indicator light block Main control display Typical fault site Description of error remote with use of controller network Flash adaptor a No master remote controller Signals cannot be received from indoor unit faulty remote controller master remote controller has not been set communication reception including two remote controller control Faulty remote controller communication transmission Signals cannot be transmitted to indoor unit Both remote controllers have been set as master remote controller in two remote controller control alarm and shutdown for header unit and continued operation for follower unit Duplicated master remote controller Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block Typical fault site Description of error central with use of control network Sub code T REAY Pish adaptor 1 e 292 Faulty central control communication transmission Central control device is unable to transmit signal due to duplication of central control device No indication when Faulty central control Central control device is unable to receive main remote controller reception signal also in use P Multiple network adapters are connected to Multiple network adapters remote controller communication line Al NET Blanket alarm for general Device connected to gene
255. JOE Joopino Joopu p uoneufejs esneo see 5 505695 IIo 10 66 3 15 Io 4 eoe des 10 e si e4nje1eduje esu 9 y Jo apis fuepuooes eunjejueduje 9 LH Aejdsip JEAS IEAS OLAS UO pue 8 2005 dn 195 9 y 8JOUJ JO 2 JO usnd eoejdes 400pjno JO DEAS 1991109 pue LH Aejdsip lt 0 Z0 LOMS dn 195 s yun YEAS 10 9168 10 10 xoeuo T Y92949 EML ZML LM 5 05 95 je jou seop 94 15490 9 si JI Wow o 20 20 5 SI FEAS eunjejeduue episino 81 100 seBueuo Jeujeuw
256. K DOWN 3 3 3 2 49100885 Front omn J Si os ws emwwe wemn 066 43049683 BAND 4 4 4 067 43149323 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPES 52 127 2 969 43147195 075 44246239 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 12 o 1 076 43019904 HOLDER SENSOR 9 9 077 43197184 BOLT COMPRESSOR 6 6 6 078 43149325 BAND FIX 5 5 5 8 8 071 43194029 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE __ 1 1 081 43146093 STRANERIDAS 1 1 1 1 082 43140094 STRANERIDSOB 2 2 083 43140054 STRAINER1D127 5 5 5 6 086 4314007 STRANERID264 1 1 1 087 43140095 STRAINERID28 68 2 088 43140096 2856 1 1 1 1 a gt gt 5 1 3525 12 342 SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG TR MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG TR 712
257. L OOW e stun dn Uoneolunuuuoo 9 5 0291 22 O d 1 ued 9 0 jeuondo L ga v ga v 2 110343 A ddns Ajddns ART ZNO lyoums uoyMs Dunes uonounJ adol 091 ui 5 2 dn 491 93 qns 85 2409 208 0 0 5 yun Joopino en 400pino JOOpU Joopino cn 1 08 1 1 99 108 1 1 1 1 ue4 NO 9477 uoneziuoiupu s 5 ai 0154900 94 7 ed yong indyno H988dIAL jnp pejeeouoo 9198310098 qns e 0 49 18
258. MV Liquid side service valve Full closure Header unit MMY MAP1604 Set Up as Temporary Header Unit during Emergency Operation Follower unit MMY MAP1604 Hum EE E I cuu ci CE _ i Ch
259. Model featuring three Model featuring compressors two compressors 116 6 8 9 Operating Rate Output Locally procured Header outdoor unit Outdoor unit interface PCB SW16 514 MONITOR 1234 II Operation At the output terminals a signal is present relay closed or absent relay open in various combinations according to the system operation factor as shown in the diagram The operation rate FA is the percentage ratio of the current output of the system to the maximum output 100 System operation ate cuba Mn off Relay open on Relay closed Connect the optional P C board to the header outdoor unit Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications e Output terminals 1 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating e When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K1 K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 220 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load 117 TEST OPERATION 7 1 Procedure and Summary of Test Operation A test operation is executed with the following procedure When problems or an error occurs at any step remove the causes of the problem or error referring to 8 TROUBL
260. N INN NES ME Yes Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAP1004HT5 Z ZG MMY MAP0804HT5 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT5 Z ZG MMY MAP1404HT5 Z ZG The following characters can be attached to the end of model name in according with the destination E TR TR SG C K Interface P C Board 1 1 PCB 431 6V 420 Mounts Dip Switches swoe swoz 5 sw10 uU T ELE 1o IY Push this part to the 1 ME 54 direction of the arrow SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 ais E 4 And remove the PCB sw16 sw17 THEM 4 5 Set the switch settings of the service board to match the switch settings of the being replaced 6 Install the service board to the outdoor control unit Confirm that it is securely fixed to the PCB Mounts 7 Connect the connectors and fast on terminals Confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted 8 If a component on the board is bent during board replacement adjust it manually ensuring that it is not short or contact other parts 9 Install the cover then turn on the power supply Check the operation 284 13 2 4 Comp IPDU P C Board 1596 Replacement Procedure This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment Set the dip switch SW800 setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement Replacement Steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit
261. OD NO GOOD NO GOOD Plaster m L Pro i Rectangular holes for lifting Reinforcing plate 16 B Weight centre and weight Weight centre of an outdoor unit A B Anchor bolt position Anchor bolt position 700 920 Anchor bolt position 755 Anchor bolt position Weight kg Model type X mm Y mm Z mm Heat pump model Cooling only model MAP1 IMAP400 p m IMAP120 160 17 Selection of Pipe Size Coupling size of brazed pipe Connected section External size Internal size Unit mm External size Internal size gt ier di Min depth of Min thickness 4 andard outer dia insertion of couplin copper pipe Allowable difference value n 12 70 12 70 0 03 15 88 3 I I oO O I D D D Screw size and tightening torque Screw size Tightening torque 6 M8 Power supply terminal 2 5 10 3 0 Communication wire terminal 0 80 to 0 96 18 Adding refrigerant After finishing vacuuming exchange the vacuum pump with a refrigerant canister and start additional charging of refrigerant Calculation of additional refrigerant charge amount Refrigerant charge amount at shipment from the factory does
262. OEMS af rt 2 0290 5 910107 TT 295 0 EUN DN DV n SUME NO B 7 69689 09 _ 70007 End 2 vEZL i SOSNO Jo 0 Ho Ho ers DB BB Roc ENS OENO o Milo ru Q 9 NO 20983 5 5 5 E fi 808 qz 00983 LOSNO 065 HAN 6na aas LOENG AYS DENO SOEND _ SEND BEZa LIGNO DLGNO 60575 BOSNI T ili ili ii 54 ol AVA 00009 8210225225 5000 0559 0000 56559 555 Q NA o UA SONJ Z 7 4 4 oe EP Sos oow 9 2 890 10 Ld Psa oa 4 idid id d ZAWd 085 2 09 ASL 086 ZHOS NE HOGGING 01 OL HOOCNI OL 23 1404 and MAP1604 Models peoqgod 4opeuco yog euu I 59566 12 Bu
263. ON and short circuit CN31 Clear For both open fully and close fully after 2 minutes the opening returns to the normal opening Be sure to remove the cord used for short circuit after confirmation and set the dip switch SW 12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF 158 7 7 7 Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit Use this function to check there is no refrigerant clogging with ON OFF operation of the solenoid valve Operation 1 Set the switches 5 01 5 02 5 03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 2 1 3 2 When is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 From when 2 is displayed in 7 segment display B SV2 is turned on 4 After then ON and OFF of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch 5 02 ON OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as shown below NOTE 1 Display in 7 segment display B is exchanged just when the number of SW02 has been changed on the other hand the solenoid valve output is exchanged when 5 02 has been kept with the same number for 5 Seconds or more NOTE 2 The mark O in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on NOTE 3 The mark in t
264. ONT DOWN 063 43100486 ASSY BACK DOWN CABINET ASSY FRONT Down 5 CABINETASSY BAGK DOWN _ RUBBER CUSHION 068 43149324 RUBBER CUSHION 70 BONNET 1 2 IN 1 3 3 3 2 smawRpms nosa sran y e 5 5 6 1 E s anos 2 2 3 3 66148 7 58885 3 3 _ 353 SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0804HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1004HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT7 Z ZG 22000000000000000000000000000000000000 1 00 0 000000 00 00 00 00 0 712 703 N 714 JN 715 723 706 A 707 N 707 354 MMY MAP1404HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT7 Z ZG SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST va ala ETS Geen LLZ 07 12 CLL 604
265. P 12 HP as an example 64 4 2 Normal Operation COOL Mode Low Outside Air Temperature Roughly Below 20 Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit MMY MAP1204 Eu L EF oo i ora i 4 TO i 6 11 a iPMV1 069009 EE l ee 20 EL PMV4 teh i E EN i i j t ipea bi Y i 4 Way valve PMV2 S LEE 1 4 Way Pressure sensor E i i gt gt high pressure Y TS1 1 t Pressure sensor 2 Y Pressure sensor A low pressure high pressure i 18 d SV Y AY AY i T SV2 SV3D_ 0 5 i i 2 88 _ 1 S 5 41 S 42 S Accumulator d E gt 4 SK Liquid tank HPS HPS Accumulator i Liquid tank EZ i 15 36 4 HPs MEE LI Compressor TK4 Compressor mm ms 9 i TK1 TK2 0 i SV3E e TK5 i i i
266. P C board Compressor 1 for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2 Compressor A3 IPDU MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 Inverter P C Board for Compressor 2 IPDU MCC 1596 Magnet switch Communication terminal block 283 13 2 3 Interface board MCC 1606 replacement method This Interface board is commonly installed in different models before shipment When the board assembly is to be replaced check the displayed inspection contents below and replace the board in accordance with the model following the below procedure Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit 2 Remove all of the connectors and fast on terminals connected to the interface board Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove the interface board from the six PCB mounts 7 4 Cut the jumper wires of the service board as instructed in the table below The jumper setting differs from original supplied PCB therefore be sure to configure the Jumpers as in the table below If the model is not specified inspection code L10 is displayed and the equipment will not operate jo2 322 Cut Cut Cut 3 Ye 1 wvMAPimaTNZjZG OU 22 NEN E
267. R 3 48675 vavEcHekepgovaupy 32 3 3 3 oat 9 72 wo sme s 3 5 06 3 3 3 RUBGER SUPPORTER PER 8 6868 8 688 22 1 2 0 6 2149818 RUBBER SUPPORTER 8 66 15151351 4636 186668 SUPPORTER 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 gt of 5 a of 5 apo a 308 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 1004 MAP1204T MAP1404T 1604 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 12 7 2 049 43149358 RUBBER SOPPORTER PIPE 9 52 4 02 059 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 4 6 RUBBER CUSHON mu 068 3 3 3 6 nosa sran y e 5 5 6 1 E s anos 2 2 3 3 66148 7 58885 3 3
268. R S 77 p THR mu 2 Hm m ai 4 HJ 74 REMIT 7 d ix lt i a bd ot EA 11 1 9 v 8 gt TTL Nes Amr LEES ish nit ZEN ial US ae ae Ex I e gt gt S ge 2 al zs 28 e 5 gt 0 2 gt oc gt gt gt Oo 2 x 5 z Q LL Z wo c S 2 5 2 6l O Ew cao 7 cC o c 5 5 25 5 amp 5 9 9 ole 9 6 52155 i o 5 3 2 o z LLI o 1 cmi E Sg Oy 13 IU EN AE itches aen 4 d rs E IL ET 2 1 n n ED emm a 1 gt mij TOY Wee ae em dp lt lt PIT ae TET NS MY of of 5 5 5 5 gt gt gt o ovo 51 o 51 2 C o gt gt gt
269. REFRIGERANT power switch and RECOVERY NWARNING recover refrigerant using METHOD a refrigerant recovery device 1 When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Turn off the power switch of the failed outdoor unit 1 The full opening of PMV1 2 and 4 short circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes causing the valves to fully close To maintain fully open state turn off the power Dismantle the faulty compressor switch of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes 2 The SMMS i 4 series the SMMS 3 series use different types of compressors Measure the amount of oil in the faulty compressor Be sure to check the service part code Check the color of the oil in the faulty compressor N grade Is it 4 above Replace the faulty compressor only Judge the condition of the oil against color samples and decide whether to replace the faulty compressor only or all compressors YES Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor s Measure the amount of oil in the normal compressor s Adjust the amount of oil according to the oil quantity measurement result s This flowchart only shows the standard compressor replacement procedure Since the situation can differ site by site perform the task in accordanc
270. Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario Failure Header unit MMY MAP1604 Follower unit 1204 9 69 Y TE1 p PMV1 t 4 Way valve D i PMV2 59 02 09 i mE Tm Pressure sensor i high pressure i H y ISP Y Liquid line bypass Y gt Pressure sensor TL high pressure low pressure Pressure sensor ro in 4 low pressure i SV2 44 4 i lt gt Y s SV42 1 E Liquid tank gt b Y Accumulator T Liquid tank m 0 Y t S SV3B Ps MX ot SX 1 Balance pipe packed valve MNA m HM 1 5 4 fn opp EV opening Balance pipe Liquid pibe Gas side service valve Full opening gt Full closure 10 minutes after system startup Gas pipe 4 4 Liquid side service valve Gas pipe 4 Full closure 4 Liquid pipe n OEC 1
271. S o 416256 CONDENSER ASSY THREEROW RGHT tt 0 0 6 75 vave 2 2 3 5 oat 06919 2 3 5 45 95 RUBBER SUPPORTER PPEZa ao 2 2 2 ws 6 6 8 RUBBER suPPORTER PPE 1 3 0 6 45 9 8 RUBBER SUPPORTER PESO a 3 3 5 5 wr swsss mueem SUPPORTER press 3 5 5 03 033 035 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MCN 62 NE 025 d 1 pe NEM NN 28 Nu rm oo 5 al alto a 297 Q ty Set MMY T8 Z ZG E 8 326 T8 Z ZG E T8 Z ZG E 8 7 76 2 2 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 12 7 049 43149358 RUBBER SOPPORTER PIPE 9 52 4 059 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 062 43100485 ASSY FRONT DOWN 063 43100486 ASSY BACK DOWN CABINET ASSY FRONT Down _ GABNETASSY BAOK bown 3 RUBBER CUSHION BONNET IN 068 43149324 RUBBER CUSHION 3 70 BONNET 1 2 IN 1 i 3 3 ost mamas
272. SHION 70 BONNET 1 2 IN 1 3 3 STRANERIDWS 3 saneso 2 nosa sran y e 5 5 6 1 E s anos 2 2 3 3 66148 7 58885 3 3 _ 331 SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0804T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1004T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204T8 Z ZG 22000000000000000000000000000000000000 1 00 0 000000 00 00 00 00 0 712 703 N 714 JN 715 723 706 A 707 N 707 332 MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG SMMS i SERVICE PARTS LIST va ala Geen LLZ i 07 12 CLL 604 231 20 Lal 20 202 1 LOZ 51 5341 w lt E E N
273. SSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 362 rip Part No Description T8 SG T8 SG T8 SG T8 SG T8 SG 06192 EwPRueR 1 896671 sworz omerammerrmoN 1 5 _ wwors oemerammErseK 1 5 1 _ 65 480694 CABINET AIRINLET FRONT S 3 48100475 oaser aera we 41725 HEATER 2 A fora 86688 3 5 _ oe 451 635 con SOLENOID vevos f e 5 5 5 ___ ___________ 1 08 89 979 5 5 5 5 fore 2 5 5 020 46872 2 35 2 43146780 269 05 8 78 1 a 89482 vve 1 1 25 451463
274. SW 15 to start the automatic address setting It may take up to 10 minutes normally about 5 minutes to complete one line s setting 4 The 7 segment display indicates Auto 1 gt Auto 2 gt Auto 3 After the indication starts flashing on the display When the flashing stops and remain lit on the display the setting is complete Interface P C board on the header outdoor unit SW04 SW05 SW15 3 D600 601 D602 D603 604 M SW01 SW 2 SW03 REQUIREMENT When 2 or more refrigerant lines are controlled as a group be sure to turn on all the indoor units in the group before setting addresses e f you set the unit addresses of each line separately each line s header indoor unit is set separately In that case the CODE No 03 Indoor header unit overlap is indicated as running starts Change the group address to make one unit the header unit using wired remote controller 125 Example Controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines as a group System wiring Remote Group control controller Address setting procedure 2 1 Seta system address for each system using SW 13 and 14 on the interface P C board on the header outdoor unit of each system Factory default Address 1 NOTE Be sure to set a unique address on each system Do not use a same address as another system refrigerant line or a custom side Interface P C board on the header outdoor unit 5 06 507 5
275. T ey Wa m DA 4 gt D vus CER N 4 i T A A 2 7 x M 2 Wj A SA N 9 SS P O C 5 ay gt wr XE eS SY gt Ns A ex s E TW HS REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID Qo 2 X 5 CHE gt LIQUID LINE GAS LINE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED VALVE SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 326 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP1404T8 Z ZG MMY MAP1604T8 Z ZG lt ye DY 2 2 EN 5 X BN NEN X N JUN fd i NOS N I v ud A USS OWN d P AL T A gt gt a Ne i 227 p VN in Hl n gt 327 998 TOT
276. T Bit 1 Indicator relay J16 SW1 Bit 1 OFF Bit 1 ON L1 096 forced stop 60 capacity upper limit regulated 10096 normal operation 10095 normal operation Note 1 Specifications of display relay contact terminal for display output Operation terminal must satisfy the following electrical rating Electrical Rating 220 to 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to the display relay load insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 6 8 2 Power peak cut Control Extended Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control ad ccm cM Locally procured Optional PCB Outdoor unit Display p4 Supply interface interface PC 3 ES Shield wire 513 e 1 SW1 Bit 2 ON 8 SW2 Shield wire Connection cable For SW1 and SW2 be sure to provide no voltage contacts for each terminal Operation An external power peak cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit L1 Power peak cut control indication lamp SW1 Power peak cut control ON switch 1 SW2 Power peak cut control OFF switch 1 1 The inp
277. T TIE 2 328 9 6 99 068 068 7 3 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PULSE MOTOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TUE TANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 329 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 0804 1204 1404 MAP1604 8 2 26 T8 z ZG T8 Z ZG 8 2 26 8 2 2 a WEM 007 43141518 COMPRESSOR DA421A3FB 29M 008 43151283 SWITCH PRESSURE ACB 4UB32W 1 1 2 2 2 2 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 2 2 010 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 44222222 7 018 019 4314 028 PMV HAM MD12TF 6 5 2 5 2 5 2 020 VALVE 2WAY VPV 303DQ1 021 VALVE 2WAY VPV 603DQ2 2 3 3 2 3 3 025 4314 043 VALVE PMV HAM BD28TF 1 026 4314N044 VALVE 2WAY FDF3A06 027 4314 047 VALVE 2WAY FQ G593 028 SEPARATOR 5L 3 GUARD FAN CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW LEFT 0 023 43146734 VALVE CHECK ZGV S55B A 024 43146742 VALVE CHECK ZGV S66
278. TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormain remote Sub code controller Timer nea Flash display 455 suction Outdoor suction temperature sensor 51 has F12 F12 ALT temperature sensor 751 been open short circuited error Outdoor E a Wiring error in outdoor temperature sensors 1 error Outdoor pressure sensor Wiring error in outdoor pressure sensors Pd Ps Outdoor discharge F22 F22 ALT temperature sensor error e Output voltage of low pressure sensor Ps is zero Output voltage high pressure sensor Pd is zero ALT or provides abnormal readings when compressors error have been turned off Outdoor EEPROM is faulty alarm and shutdown F31 F31 9 9 SIM Outdoor EEPROM error forheaderunit and continued operation for follower unit Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 has been open short circuited Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor 05 05 8 temperature sensor TD1 discharge temperature sensor TD1 has been wiring error detected HOG Activation of low pressure Low pressure Ps sensor detects abnormally low protection operating pressure H07 H07 Low oil level protection Temperature sensor for oil level detection TK1 5 detects abnormally low oil level TK1 sensor error TK2 sensor error Error in temp
279. TOR CONDENSER VALVE 1 PLUG FUSIBLE TUE TANK LIQUID PULSE MOTOR TE2 VALVE 4 RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SV3C PRESSURE SWITCH 083 COMPRESSOR 3 LIQUID LINE GAS VALVE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 2 VALVE CAPILLARY SENSOR 2WAY TUBE VALVE JOINT STRAINER DISTRIBUTOR 307 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 8 MAP1004T MAP1204T MAP1404T MAP1604T Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 8 Z ZG E 1 1 5 NK a WEM 007 43141518 COMPRESSOR DA421A3FB 29M 008 43151283 SWITCH PRESSURE ACB 4UB32W 1 1 2 2 2 2 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 2 2 010 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 44222222 7 018 019 4314 028 PMV HAM MD12TF 6 5 2 5 2 5 2 020 VALVE 2WAY VPV 303DQ1 021 VALVE 2WAY VPV 603DQ2 2 3 3 2 3 3 025 4314 043 VALVE PMV HAM BD28TF 1 026 4314N044 VALVE 2WAY FDF3A06 027 4314 047 VALVE 2WAY FQ G593 028 SEPARATOR 5L e 3 GUARD FAN CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW LEFT 0 023 43146734 VALVE CHECK ZGV S55B A 024 43146742 VALVE CHECK ZGV S66B A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 03 033 035 GUARD FAN 036 CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW LEFT 45146206 CONDENSE
280. TOSHIBA Leading Innovation gt gt gt AIR CONDITIONER MULTI TYPE SERVICE MANUAL FILE No A10 005 1 REVISION 1 Mar 2012 Re edit version file volume down Contents have NOT been changed This service manual provides relevant explanations about new outdoor unit SMMS i Please refer to the following service manuals for each indoor units 4 way Air Dis charge Cassette Type MMU AP 2H 08 004 Compact 4 way Cassette 600 x 600 Type MMU AP 1MH 06 002 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type SH 2 series MMU AP 2SH A05 007 2 way Air Dis charge Cassette Type 2 series MMU AP 2WH A10 007 Slim Duct Type MMD AP 1SPH A05 007 Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit Type MMD AP 1 A06 016 High wall Ty pe 2 series MMK AP 2H A05 005 High wall Ty pe 3 series MMK AP 3 SVM 09059 Other indoor units SMMS 1 series A03 009 A03 010 Outdoor Unit SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEM i Model name Heat Pump Model MMY MAP0804HT8 MMY MAP1004HT8 MMY MAP1404HT8 MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG Z ZG Z ZG MMY MAP0804HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1004HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1404HT7 Z ZG MMY MAP1604HT7 Z ZG TI TI ITI ITI ITI MMY MAP0804HT8 MMY MAP1004HT8 MMY MAP1404HT8 MMY MAP1604HT8 Z ZG TR Z ZG TR MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG TR Z ZG TR Z ZG TR MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG MMY MAP1404HT
281. UMULATOR 28L __ 033 43148246 ACCUMULATOR 24L 3119505 GUARD 1 1 1 NC GUARD FAN 0 CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW LEFT 1 45146206 CONDENSER THREEROW RIGHT 3 484675 vavE cHekepgovaupy 3 3 oat 45146721 vuve cmekgovemov o 3 tt wo sme s creckeoscvaoay 3 5 3 3 3 3 4514007 86858 SUPPORTER PRED 2 2 2 42140096 8 6868 8 6898 27 1 3 0 6 28149818 RUBBER SUPPORTER 8 56 3 3 3 5 wr 4638 RUBBER SUPPORTER 5 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 35 36 N NE 62 NE 025 d 1 pe NEM NN 28 Nu BBB gt 1 0 gt rm a a of 5 apo a 352 Q ty Set MMY Part No Description 0804 MAP1004H MAP1204H MAP1404H MAP1604H 17226 7 2 26 T7 ZZG 17226 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 12 7 2 2 049 43149358 RUBBER SOPPORTER PIPE 9 52 4 059 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 062 43100485 ASSY FR
282. a specified amount of time passes from the time the compressors reached the minimum speed the outdoor fans are turned off by closing the 4 way valves 3 All compressors currently not in operation are turned and operated at the target rotational speed for defrosting control Defrosting termination conditions Defrosting termination conditions are met when the TE1 temperature sensor measurement reaches a specified value roughly 12 a certain period of time after the commencement of defrosting control In that event defrosting termination control takes over f the outdoor units are a combination of different models defrosting termination control commences when all the units satisfy the defrosting termination conditions As long as one or more outdoor units are yet to satisfy the defrosting termination conditions those that have engage in standby operation Details of defrosting termination control 1 Compressors are operated at the standby operation speed 2 When a specified amount of time passes the 4 way valves are opened 3 Indoor heating refrigerant recovery control is performed For control details see 6 Refrigerant oil recovery control 80 Frost formation temperature is 1 5 C If the outdoor units are a combination of different models defrosting operation once started cannot be manually terminated for about 2 minutes To protect the refrigerating cycle circuit the fan mode may be controlled
283. above the 4 4 way valve 3 pieces cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw etc 6 Brazed point 6 Detach the pipe located below the 4 way valve 7 Remove the end sections of the pipes above the 4 way valve which were cut in step 5 8 Install a new 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the 4 way valve to protect it from overheating During the installation insert pipes firmly into the 4 way valve or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result 9 Reinstall the PMV assembly which was removed in step 4 Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 10 Reinstall all the coils removed in step 3 and put the wiring back to its initial state 11 Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions 12 Reinstall the lower cabinet 5 Cutting line re Cutting through of pipes located above 4 way valve 3 pieces Removing of brazed point on left side of strainer 1 location Removing of brazed point at back of PMV 1 location Removing of brazed point for pipe located below E 4 way valve 1 location EM NL Before Removal of PMV Assembly 275 After Removal of PMV Assembly 1 BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES B indoor Unit 13 1 Replacement of Indoor P C Boards Model type P C board type 431 6V 379 MMU AP 2H series MCC 1570 MMU AP
284. actory default setting When compressor No 1 front left is faulty When compressor No 2 front right is faulty 3 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system This is the end of compressor backup operation setting 242 9 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting Outline This product allows outdoor unit backup operation setting to be performed either at the header unit or a follower unit If any of the fault modes specified below occurs to one of the outdoor units in a multi outdoor unit system proceed with outdoor unit backup operation A compressor failure e g a layer short circuit or a compressor failure in which no compressor is available to back up the faulty compressor e A failure of a pressure sensor Pd or Ps or a temperature sensor TD1 TD2 51 TE2 TK1 TK2 TK3 4 5 or TL Note Keep the number of backed up outdoor units to one in the system single refrigerant line 9 3 1 Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of follower outdoor unit Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the indoor and outdoor units connected to the system Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 2 Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 3 Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipe fully open to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit However if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to cl
285. ads out Take care so that the wiring does not get caught in the way Reconnect all the wiring Pi Before pushing lower part in pull leads out through hole a When pushing lower part in be sure to keep wiring out of way 267 5 Reactor assembly 14 16HP case N WARNING Fixing claw slide stopper to right Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a 1 replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the inverter assembly See the inverter assembly dismantling method under item 4 3 With a 14 16HP unit remove the separately mounted reactor box To remove the reactor box remove the screws at the top and bottom M5 10 and unlock the box by sliding the stopper to the right Before pulling the reactor box tilt it back to free the bottom 4 Remove the reactor box located at the back of the inverter assembly M4 x 6 4 pcs The screws can be removed from the front With a 14 16HP unit remove the separately mounted anchor plate M4 x 6 4 pcs 5 Remove and replace the reactor M4 x 6 1 pc 4 Screws 2 locations 268 No Part to be replaced Work procedure 2 valve coils Pressure sensors locations 804 1004 1204 Oil separator sensor U compressor 1404 MAP1
286. alancing SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check for refrigerant overcharging Check code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NETcentral IS control ec remote 0 IGBT circuit 1 Position detection circuit error 3 Motor lockup error 4 Motor current detection C TH sensor temperature error D TH sensor error E Inverter DC voltage error outdoor fan Note Although letters 0 to F Location Main of remote detection controller controller appear at locations P22 P22 indicated by please ignore them 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side P26 P26 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side Indoor P31 47 Description Outdoor fan IPDU error G TR short circuit protection error Compressor position detection circuit error Other indoor error group follower unit error 191 System status All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit Error detection condition s Sub code Fan IPDU over current protection circuit Flow of current equal to or greater than the specified value is detected during startup of the fan Sub code 1 Fan IPDU position detection circuit Position detection is not going on normally Sub code 3 Gusty wind an obstruction
287. alified individual a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result Before starting to install the air conditioner read carefully through the Installation Manual and follow its instructions to install the air conditioner Be sure to use the company specified products for the separately purchased parts Use of non specified products may result in fire electric shock water leakage or other failure Have the installation performed by a qualified installer Do not supply power from the power terminal block equipped on the outdoor unit to another outdoor unit Capacity overflow may occur on the terminal block and may result in fire Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas Qo If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit a fire may occur Install the indoor unit at least 2 5 m above the floor level since otherwise the users may injure themselves or Installation receive electric shocks if they poke their fingers or other objects into the indoor unit while the air conditioner is running Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the qualified service person 1 If you install the unit in a small room take appropriate measures to prevent the refrigerant from e
288. alve output CN317 Accumulator heater SV61 62 CN334 CN315 Comp case heater 3 CN333 Comp case heater 2 CN332 SV43 Comp case heater 1 sU RSS CN331 amit 1 1 2 s wne wies 0 L2 51 52 5 2 SV3A SV3E SV3F B Heater CN3144 CN311 M SV3D 323 SV12 CN335 322 CN320 CN321 SV42 SV41 CN312 57 2 8 2 Inverter P C board for compressor MCC 1596 A3 IPDU HP SWE CN251 BL 1823 0252 0251 CN800 WHI CN85 RED CN801 WHI Ed s 1 57300 90 Power supply input L2 02 01 31 5A g_o 0 OV CNI1CNO1 REDE CN10 REACTORIAL SW800 For inverter address setting CN851 UART communication CN852 UART communication 58 Power supply input L1 CNO1 Power supply input L3 CNO3 Reactor connecting terminal CNO9 Reactor connecting terminal 10 Compressor output U phase CN211 Compressor output V phase CN212 Compressor output W phase CN213 2 8 3 Inverter P C board for fan MCC 1610 TM LAN CN702 CN602 if J EEE lt teat PF UART communication between interfaces CN504
289. and allow at least 3 minute for the capacitor to discharge 2 Remove all the connectors and the fast on terminals 7 connected to the Compressor IPDU Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove all the four screws 2 which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink These screws are to be re used after procedure 4 Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers 3 by pinching the top of the spacers by round nose pliers Compressor IPDU e g MMY MAP1004HT8 1 BLACK lead wire 1 WHITE lead wire 3 7 RED lead wire Pinch this part by round nose pliers for removing the PCB 7 RED lead wire A p Spacer 3 4 are in packed in this service assembly 2 Screw 1 WHITE lead wire 1 BLACK lead wire Compressor IPDU MCC 1596 5 Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the insulation sheet flesh color on the heat sink As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency and can cause a breakdown If the insulation sheet comes off the heat sink re apply the insulation sheet as shown in the following figure Remove the PCB lt Reuse the insulation sheet Using a little heat transfer paste io 88 on the heat sink will make easier Insulation sheet flesh color to install because the insulation Spread it on the heat sink sheet will stick to the heat sink 285 6 Set the dip switch 5 800 se
290. and turning on power Procedure 2 Sor Writing EEPROM data on basis of information supplied by customer e g high ceiling adjustment setting and optional connection setting Procedure 3 Resetting power supply applicable to all indoor units connected to remote controller in case of group operation 277 Procedure 1 Reading Setting Data from EEPROM Read the setting data from EEPROM including both the factory settings and any modifications made to them on site SET 1 Pushthe buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds 7 This number corresponds to the same number shown on the Remote Controller Operation Diagram n the case of group control the unit No displayed first is the indoor unit No of the header unit At the same time the CODE No DN code 10 is displayed and the fan of the selected indoor unit comes on with the louver swinging depending on the model 2 Eachtime the lt button is pushed one of the indoor unit No under group control is displayed in turn 2 The fan of the selected indoor unit comes on with the flaps swinging depending on the model 3 The 2 button allows you to move the CODE No DN code up down by one place 3 4 First change the CODE No DN code from 10 to 01 To set filter sign lighting time Jot down the setting data displayed 5 Change the CODE No DN code using the 5 button Again jot down the setting data displayed 6 Repeat
291. aring error by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Using the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit this function is to clear the currently detected error for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared and error detection is performed again Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board of 7 segment display the header unit as follows A B Set 5 01 5 02 5 03 to 2 16 1 Er I Press the push switch SW04 on the same board for 5 seconds or more CL is displayed in 7 segment display B on the 7 segment display board for 5 seconds and the error is completely A B cleared Er CL 5 01 SW02 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt 3 Clearing error by resetting power This function is provided to clear error in a system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units As same as the clearing method by the interface P C board errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared and error detection is performed again lt Method gt 1 Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units 2 Turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit If the power is turned on in reverse order a check code E19 No of header unit error is output NOTE After power reset it requires usually 3 minutes to power on due to the initial communicatio
292. ast one of its compressors is turned on or at least one of the follower units issues an oil level equation request This control function does not apply to a header unit only system no follower units connected 3 Oil depletion protection control 1 This control function is performed if oil equation control fails to achieve an optimum oil level In concrete terms if a low oil level situation continues for 30 minutes the unit is brought to a protective shutdown followed by a restart 2 minutes and 30 seconds later If protective shutdown is repeated three times the error is confirmed as final There will be no more restarts The error code is H07 Cooling oil refrigerant recovery control Performed during cooling this control function aims to periodically collect any refrigerating oil condensate that has built up in inter unit gas pipes and indoor units and return it to outdoor units when the compressor operation command is inadequate and prevent the accumulation of refrigerant in outdoor heat exchangers while cooling operation is in progress under low outside air temperature conditions It is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control commencement conditions When cooling operation has continued for at least 2 hours When cooling operation has started compressors have just been turned on though this does not always happen depending on outside air temperature conditions 2 Control details All compressors currently in
293. ation check N Exclusive to RA10A Charging cylinder Unusable Use the Refrigerant charging balance Gas leak detector N Exclusive to RA10A Usable if a counter flow preventive adapter is attached Vacuum pump with counterflow Q R22 Existing article Flare tool Usable by adjusting size Bender Bending processing of pipes Q R22 Existing article Refrigerant recovery device Recovering refrigerant IN Exclusive to R410A Torque wrench Tightening flare nut Exclusive to 212 7 and 15 9mm Pipe cutter Cutting pipes Q R22 Existing article l Exclusive to R410A Charging Enter the refrigerate name for identification Welding machine Nitrogen gas eylinder Welding of pipes R22 Existing article Refrigerant charging balance Charging refrigerant Q R22 Existing article Note 1 When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools adjustment of projection margin is necessary For this adjustment a copper pipe gauge etc are necessary Note 2 Charging cylinder for RA10A is being currently developed General tools Conventional tools can be used In addition to the above exclusive tools the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary as the general tools 1 Vacuum pump 7 Screwdriver Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump 8 Spanner or Monkey wrench adapter 9 Hole core drill 2 Torque wrench 10 Hexagon wrench Oppos
294. ault Concealed duct standard 0000 Standard filter factory default 0001 High performance filter 6596 9096 Static pressure selection Concealed duct standard Slim Duct 0000 Standard factory default 0000 Standard factory default 0001 High static pressure 1 0001 High static pressure 1 0003 High static pressure 2 0003 High static pressure 2 0006 Low static pressure 0006 High static pressure 3 Timer setting 0000 Available be performed 0001 Unavailable cannot be 0000 Available wired remote controller performed 101 DN code 10 1 Default value stored in EEPROM mounted on service P C board Indoor Unit Capacity DN code 11 029 MIN 0021 072 0023 096 type 1 Default value stored EEPROM mounted on service P C board 102 6 6 Applied Control of Indoor Unit Control system using remote control interface TCB IFCB4E2 Wiring and setting n the case of group control the control system functions as long as it is connected to one of the indoor units control P C board in the group If itis desired to access the operation and error statuses of other units relevant signals must be brought to it from those units individually V Control items 1 Start Stop input signal Start stop of unit 2 In operation signal Output present while unit in normal operation 3 Error signal Output present while alarm e g serial communication error
295. below provides a rough guide to this capacity reduction Outdoor unit During low noise mode Capacity Model 0804 approx 85 approx 80 Model 1204 approx 60 approx 55 Model 1404 approx 80 approx 80 Model 1604 approx 70 approx 7096 Relative to maximum capacity Position of noise measuring device 1 m from the front face of the set and 1 5 m above ground anechoic sound A 53 113 6 8 6 Operation Mode Selection Control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Outdoor unit interface SW1 Cooling mode specified input switch SW2 Heating mode specified input switch NOTE SW1 COOL mode selection switch SW2 HEAT mode selection switch Input signal Operation Remarks COOL SW1 HEAT SW2 Only cooling operation allowed OFF ON Only heating operation allowed The display gt Operation mode selection control in progress appears the remote controller Indoor unit operation intervention function only supported by SMMS i 4 series The statuses of indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode can be changed by changing the status of a jumper wire J01 provided on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit Description of intervention All indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode prohibited mode indoor units become non priority units thermostat OFF Prohibited m
296. bject to vibration to improve reliability Use of SUS band total 5 locations Suction pipe lt gt Distributor Oil header lt gt Liquid pipe 019 05 lt gt 022 22 25 4 lt gt 012 7 SV41 valve lt gt Suction 28 0 lt gt 219 D This product employs pipe fixing rubber eyeglass type combined with a SUS band to restrain pipes subject to vibration to improve reliability Use of SUS band total 10 locations Suction pipe lt gt Distributor 019 1 lt gt 09 52 eS c pipe gt SV3F valve 22 019 1 lt gt 09 52 Suction pipe lt gt 028 6 lt gt 12 7 SV2 valve gt Discharge pipe 35 lt gt 219 1 272 Pipe fixing rubber detachment attachment common N WARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Hold the pipe fixing rubber in such a manner that your fingers and thumb are in contact with the two longitudinal ends of the piece and squeeze it a little to create a small gap between the rubber and the SUS band wrapped around it 2 Push the hook end of the SUS band down to disengage the hook from the square hole 2 Attachment 1 The pipe fixing rubbers use a two segment design to accommodate a wide range of pipe combinations When installing them therefore it is recommended to first split them up into segments a
297. board of outdoor header unit More than 48 indoor units are connected Check indoor addresses Check for any change made to remote controller connection group individual since indoor address setting Check remote controller settings Check remote controller P C boards Check for defect in indoor P C board Perform automatic address setting again after disconnecting communication cable to that refrigerant line Check connection of indoor outdoor communication line Check for error in indoor power supply system Check for noise from other devices Check for power failure Check for defect in indoor P C board Check capacities of indoor units connected Check combined HP capacities of indoor units Check HP capacity settings of outdoor units Check No of indoor units connected Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NETcentral pem control ec Location of detection Main remote controller remote controller Indoor unit 97 99 00 No header unit 02 Two or more E18 E19 E19 header units 01 Connection of outdoor unit from other line 02 Connection of indoor unit from other line E20 E20 4 2 25 Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally E26 E26 Detected outdoor unit No 1 1 1 d E28 E28 Error detection Description condition s
298. case of fault in compressor electrical part P C board or IPDU P C board Leave the power supply off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor by turning on the case heater When the power supply to the unit is turned on E19 error in the number of outdoor header units will be displayed on the 7 segment display However this will not cause any problems This is the end of header outdoor unit backup operation setting Check the operation 246 9 4 Cooling Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting Outline Limited to summer and other situations where there is no need for heating operation this function makes it possible to get backup operation up and running quickly without going through the normal setup procedure regardless of which type of outdoor unit has failed the header unit or a follower unit In this backup operation the system behaves in exactly the same way as described in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section except that it cannot perform heating operation Note 1 When the system is set up for this function heating operation is not available The HEAT mode on the remote controller cannot be selected Note 2 Ifthe unit failure has been caused by a fault in the interface P C board or electric circuit this function is not available In tha
299. ccording to where it is displayed and work out the nature of the fault in consultation with the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on the indoor remote controller or TCC LINK central control remote controller See the TCC LINK remote control or main remote controller display section of the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on an outdoor unit See the Outdoor 7 segment display section of the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on the AI NET central control remote controller See the central control display section of the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a wireless remote controller controlled indoor unit See the Light sensor indicator light block section of the list List of Check Codes Indoor Unit IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit Inverter P C board Lighting Flashing 68 Goes off a ALT Flashing is alternately when there two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code TCC LINK AI NET central central control control display Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Typical fault site Description of error ormainremote with use of controller network display adaptor Sub code Flash Communication from remote controller or network adapto
300. ccurrence of Leakage Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part 0804 1004 1204 Clogging Unie generating Detected faut and check code WENT Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Activation of high pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure Activation of low pressure protection 06 Fall of pressure A Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Corresponding unit High pressure protection error P20 Abnormal rise of pressure High pressure SW system error 4 Check valve in discharge pipe C Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error 04 Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Capillary Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Strainer Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section SV3A valve SV3B valve SV3C valve SV3D valve SV3D valve circuit capillary Strainer Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 05 Oil circuit e
301. ceived from the indoor unit PMV Pulse Motor Valve 1 When the power is turned on PMVs generate a tapping sound as they are initialized If this sound is not heard there is a possibility of faulty PMV operation However in a noisy environment it may simply be drowned out by ambient noise 2 Do not separate the actuator head section from any PMV during operation It may result in an inaccurate opening 3 When transporting relocating the set do not under any circumstances keep the actuator separated It may damage the valve by causing it to close and exposing it to pressure from sealed liquid 4 When reattaching the actuator after its removal push it in firmly until a click sound is heard Then turn the power off and back on again Schematic diagram for oil equation control Unit transferring oil Header unit MMY MAP1604 Unit receiving oil Follower unit MMY MAP1204 Ord ora Bees PMV1 TE1 ED N SV5 PMV2 i 4 way valve i PMV1 4 way valve i 69 009 High pressure sensor Y High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor 7 E i TL Q TL SVD3 Low pressure se
302. ches SWO01 SWO02 SWOS3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 NOTE The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 154 7 7 3 Error Clearing Function 1 Clearing from the main remote controller Error clearing in outdoor unit Error of the outdoor unit currently detected is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units operated by the remote controller is connected Error of the indoor unit is not cleared For clearing errors the service monitor function of the remote controller is used Method 1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 2 Using S buttons set CODE No to FF 3 display in Section in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as 0005 gt 0004 gt 0005 gt 0002 gt 0001 gt 0000 When the count arrives 0000 the error is cleared However counting from 0005 is repeated on the display 4 When button is pushed the status returns to the normal status 2 MODE SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER V Error clearing in indoor unit Error in the indoor unit is cleared by button on the remote controller Only error of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared 155 2 Cle
303. ck Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Magnet switch Inverter P C board Inverter P C board Inverter P C board for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2 for Compressor 3 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 56 2 6 Outdoor Inverter Print Circuit Board 2 8 1 Interface P C board MCC 1606 Sensor input 03 504 TK3 CN533 TO CN507 TD2 CN503 TK2 CN532 TK5 CN535 2 CN521 Option CN511 508 CN510 CN513 i i i TL iCN523 PMVA output PMV2 output 1 output FED cuis 31 m i High pressure SW IC z 1285 3 CN305 306 307 a T 29 ry M SW04 05 15 i UART communication CN600 1 Se ur camp E W06 07 09 10 ull Gee T W11 12 13 14 01 02 03 PD sensor SW16 17 CN601 25 426086 Jumper select PS sensor ee ew 6996 CN500 SW30 For inter unit cable between indoor and outdoor units CN01 sel T T 8 For inter unit cable between outdoor units 5 E Dina doctor connecting terminal T 3 CN800 o du 4 way v
304. ck all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control SET DATA NI 1 TIME 2 RESET TEST SET C R 8 2 COCO 3 Execute it while the units are stopped You can check indoor unit addresses and positions of the indoor units in a single refrigerant line When an outdoor unit is selected the indoor unit numbers of the refrigerant line of the selected unit are indicated one after another and the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor units are activated 132 1 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds At first the line 1 and CODE No 27 Address Change are indicated the LCD display Select an outdoor unit 2 Pushthe 4 2 left side of the button and buttons repeatedly to select a system address 3 Push the button to confirm the system address selection address of an indoor unit connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and its fan and louvers are activated 4 Pushthe gt button left side of the button Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers of the selected refrigerant line are indicated one after another Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated To select another system address 5
305. compressor layer short circuit Check for defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU Check wiring and connector connection Check for compressor layer short circuit Check for defect in A3 IPDU P C board Check indoor P C board Errors Detected by TCC LINK Central Control Device Check code Main Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET central control remote remote controller Sub code Location of Description detection TCC LINK TCC LINK central control device transmission error controller Continued operation Continued operation TCC LINK central control device reception error General purpose Continued operation Blanket alarm for general device purpose device control interface TCC LINK Group control follower unit error Duplicated central control address Continued Differs according to operation nature of alarm causing error Continued L20 displayed operation 192 System status Error detection condition s Central control device is unable to transmit signal Central control device is unable to receive signal Error signal is input to control interface for general purpose devices Error occurs in follower unit under group control P30 is displayed on central control remote controller There is duplication in central control addresses Check items locations Check for defect in central control device
306. compressor contained A cc and how much oil the normal compressors contained B and C cc by following the steps below 1 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A B C cc 0 lt A B C lt 3000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to 1000cc each total 3000cc Lay the compressors down and draw 900 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes Notes Do not draw more than 900 cc of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage Ifthe faulty compressor contained 500cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 2 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A B C cc 3000 lt A B C lt 5700 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to A B C 3 cc each e Lay the compressors down and draw 5700 A B C 3 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes 3 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors cc 5700 A B C 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to A B C 3 cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject A B C 3 1900 cc of oil using a funnel etc 258 Installing compressor Install a compressor by following the dismantling p
307. ct inter line tie cable in accordance with automatic address setting method explained in Address setting section Check power supply to outdoor units Is power turned on Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire Check communication connectors on outdoor P C boards Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check termination resistance setting for communication between outdoor units Note Do not set outdoor addresses manually Backup setting is being used for outdoor units Check power supply to outdoor unit Is power turned on Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire Check communication connectors on outdoor P C boards Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check check code displayed on outdoor follower unit Convenient functions If SW04 is pressed and held for least 1 second while E28 is displayed on the 7 segmentdisplay of outdoor header unit the fan of the outdoor unit that has been shut down due to an error comes on If SW04 and SWO5 are pressed simultaneously the fans of normal outdoor units come on To stop the fan or fans press SWO5 on its own Check code Al NET central Main control remote controller E31 F01 F02 F03 F04 F05 F06 F07 Outdoor 7 segment display Check code E31 F04 F05 F06 F07 Sub code Symbol O si
308. ctrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs wear gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from electric shocks Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and installation manual Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand of 50 cm or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work G When working at heights use a ladder which complies with the ISO 14122 standard and follow the procedure in the ladder s instructions Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work When working at heights put a sign in place so that no one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work Parts and other objects may fall from above possibly injuring a person below When executing address setting test run or troubleshooting through the checking window on the electric parts box put on insulated gloves to provide protection from electric shock Otherwise you may receive an electric shock Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit You may injure yourself if you do so If the fin must be touched for some reason first p
309. cy is controlled with AC input current as detected by T02 mounted on the control P C board Current Zone A Compressors are operated normally Zone D The current operating frequency is maintained Zone B Operating frequency is lowered Zone C The lowering of operating frequency is halted to maintain the current frequency Current control values for various outdoor units are shown below HP capacity 5 95 55 9 5 95 90 1 2 Heat sink temperature detection control e A3 IPDU1 2 and are each 1 This control function is aimed at protecting IGBT from overheating via a thermistor Provided with a TH sensor TH sensor mounted in the compressor drive module Q201 of A3 IPDU 2 When TH 2 85 C is detected the fan operation mode is raised by one step followed by a series of additional step ups right up to the highest mode at a rate of one step 5 seconds 3 After step 2 the normal fan mode is restored when TH falls to 85 C 4 When TH 2 105 compressors are shut down 5 Compressors are restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later with an error count of 1 recorded If this is repeated four times error count reaches 4 the error is confirmed as final The error 7 is displayed There will be no more restarts Possible causes of the confirmed error include a heat buildup in the outdoor unit fan abnormality blockage of the cooling duct and IPDU P C board fault The TH temperature used
310. d sensor characteristics 0 to 4 41 MPa 0 5 to 5V output for O to 4 41 MPa Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN501 on indoor unit main P C board with negative side probe of multimeter placed on pin 3 MPa kg cm MPa kg cm MPa kg cm MPa kg cm MPa kg cm 000 0 00 0 0 0 02 0 00 0 0 004 0 00 0 0 006 0 00 0 0 0 08 0 00 00 0 10 000 00 012 0 00 111 060 61 0 14 0 00 0 0 0 16 0 00 0 0 0 18 0 00 1 17 0 66 67 020 0 00 00 119 0 68 69 022 000 0 0 023 000 0 0 025 000 0 0 027 000 00 029 000 0 031 000 0 033 0 00 00 035 000 0 037 000 00 0 39 0 00 00 139 0 87 041 000 0 043 000 0 045 000 0 047 0 00 00 147 095 96 049 0 00 00 18 0 97 98 150 0 99 10 0 0 59 008 09 066 0 16 161 090 039 40 0 94 4334 096 045 46 3 38 0 98 0 47 4 8 2 42 24 7 34 7 4 96 44 6 498 4 39 448 239 Outdoor Unit WV Ps sensor characteristics 0 to 1 47 MPa 0 5 to 5V output for O to 1 47 MPa Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN500 on indoor unit main P C board with negative side probe of multimeter placed on pin 3 VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps MPa MPa MPa kg cm MPa kg cm MPa 0 06 000 00
311. detection circuit error sensor miswiring incomplete insertion All stop All stop 185 No temperature change is detected by TK1 despite compressor 1 having been started No temperature change is detected by TK2 despite compressor 2 having been started No temperature change is detected by TK3 despite compressor 3 having been started No temperature change is detected by 4 despite compressor having been started No temperature change is detected by TK5 despite compressor having been started Air discharge temperature TD3 does not increase despite compressor 3 being in operation Check for disconnection of TK1 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK1 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for disconnection of TK2 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK2 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for disconnection of TK3 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK3 sensor Chec
312. discharge port of an outdoor unit as part of for example unit installation on the floor by floor installation Setup Turn ON the DIP switch SW10 Bit 2 provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit This function must be enabled with every discharge duct connected outdoor unit for both of the header and follower units Specification Increase the speed of the propeller fan units on the outdoor fan to allow the installation of a duct with a maximum external static pressure not greater than specified in the table below If a discharge duct with a resistance greater than 15 Pa 1 5 mmAq is to be used enable this function The maximum external static pressures of base units are shown below Table 1 In the case of combined use of multiple outdoor units set all the units to the same maximum external static pressure as the one with the lowest maximum external static pressure see table2 Table 1 Maximum External Static Pressures of Base Outdoor Units Model MMY 804 1004 1204 1404 1604 Outdoor unit air flow m3 h 9900 10500 11600 12000 13000 Calculate duct resistance from outdoor unit air flow Table 2 Maximum External Static Pressures for Combined Use of Base Units 1 Standard models static pressure 8 _ 89 10 weme 9 6 9 8
313. e Models MMU AP0071MH AP0091MH AP0121MH AP0151MH and AP0181MH 6 4 3 1 2 5 LIA a AN AN Prs LL CN309 122344516 111 13 11 13 42 2 PI ZI STATS IG 1812121 1218 112 7021 1212 13111 333 2 4 41 WHI CN100 CN34 104 CN102 CN101 BLU BRW RED YEL RED BLK Motor drive circuit 71 CN72 6 DISP out Jie Wireed e remote controller 80 51 GRN Fuse 3 15 e app BLK 250V NIS A 20 O DC20V DU TT Power DC15V se supply DC12V 2 313 circuit zy WHI Filter BLK 9 4 Indoor unit Flow selector 20 GRL earth screw unit earth screw BLU CN66 Control P C board T 2 WHI X for Indoor unit 1402 90 MIO O 21 Power cupi WHI Papa Md lo single p ase V4 N TAT WALZ 220 240 50Hz 5r 15 220V 60Hz 2 CN50 21 WHI 6 CN32 61 CN60 81 47 WHI YEL WHI BLK 90 121314516 11213141516 11213145 De A T10 ARN ZI AN Fan drive Symbol TA Indoor temp sensor TC2 Temp sensor
314. e controller The operation does not start for approximately 3 minutes after powering on or stopping operation Operation starts Note After powering on it may require up to 10 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communications of the system m NO Check the operating status of the Is cold air or hot air discharged compressor YES Test operation for every indoor unit in turn NO Is air circulation sufficient Check the direction of the louver YES Execute a test operation using etart Stop Function of the Indoor Operate all the indoor units at once Unit from Outdoor Unit in the Service Support Function section Note 1 Is there adequate temperature difference NO between suction and discharge YES Check power voltage of Is the operating voltage correct NO the main power supply 220 240 V 10 Check the cable size of YES the power supply Note 2 Is the operating current normal ne Check the temperature load of the indoor outdoor units YES e Check the pipe length and refrigerant Note 3 amount Check the operating Hz of the Is the operating pressure normal compressor Check the operation of the outdoor fans Check for abnormal sound in the outdoor unit Abnormal sound etc of the compressor and other components YES Notes 1 3 are on the next page 146 Note 1 Criteria for the difference between suction and discharge
315. e with the Install the new compressor s 2 following judgment criteria 1 New compressors are charged with 1900cc of oil per unit Perform a leakage check of the failed outdoor unit 2 The amount of oil held by an outdoor unit is as shown below L 0804 1004 1204 1404 1604 Perform vacuum drying in the failed outdoor unit 43006 670066 3 When a compressor is dismantled it usually Refrigerant charging contains 800 1400 oil The amount of oil held by an oil separator is usually 0 1000cc for MAP0804 MAP1004 and MAP1204 and 0 1500cc for 1404 and 1604 255 11 2 Replacement of Compressors Checking color of oil in faulty compressor Lay the faulty compressor down draw a small amount of oil via the oil equalization pipe and check its color against color samples Determine the number of compressors to be replaced according to the color checking result ASTM grade Below 4 gt Replace the faulty compressor only ASTM grade 4 or above Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor s Oil equalization pipe N WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts When replacing faulty compressor only Adjusting amount of oil in new compressor 1900cc at shipment Perform the adjustment on the ba
316. eJnsseJd wo 0SNO 2 1 uo UoneJE suisiuu ainsseid mo ON Jo sonsuejoeleuo SHUM ZOSNO LOL Jo 1294102 OU 9494 S ni jo edid pinbi pue UBdO 2 5 858 05 5 51 5 1 408 99 JO 0881 5 5 1294102 Josues SI 5 10419 Josuepuoo pue Ue Joopjno pue uoneoriunuJuJoo Jo BuulWsI N 10449 LAS TAS 10419 JOSUOS L3N 1V uone4edo 9Ano9joJd eunssaJd Mo oz 90H 83 8 81584 JO JOS sonsuejoeJeuo AL JO ZAL LAL Jo uonelejsuistw Z uonoeuuoosiu 43N1V 0565 01 30 joopino 0 SOH sop 9 9 9 ON CO SF CO 206 eDeyous eu eys ui 5 ueuM 92 946 5 0 9 uoneuBeis Jo esne2
317. ect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user s side After the work has finished be sure to use an insulation tester set 500V Megger to check the resistance is 1 or more between the charge section and the non charge metal section Earth position If the resistance value is low a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s side 10 If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire poisonous gas generates A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the D When the refrigerant gas leaks during work execute ventilation closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen occurs Be sure to execute ventilation Ventilation When the refrigerant gas leaks find up the leaked position and repair it surely If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted pump down and tighten the service valve otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub room it is necessary that the density does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks o If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused Tighten the flare nut with a
318. ed as part of the air conditioner shutdown process after heating operation 5 The air conditioner would not respond to a Could it just be the air conditioner operation under external or remote start stop command from a remote controller control 2 Troubleshooting procedure When a fault occurs proceed with troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure shown below E28 error Investigate check code Investigate check code displayed on interface P C board displayed on interface P C of header unit board of relevant follower unit Check fault site or faulty part Any other fault NOTE Rather than a genuine fault see the List of Check Codes below the problem could have been caused by a microprocessor malfunction attributable to a poor quality of the power source or an external noise Check for possible noise sources and shield the remote controller wiring and signal wires as necessary 166 6 2 Troubleshooting Method The remote controllers main remote controller and central control remote controller and the interface P C board of an outdoor unit are provided with an LCD display remote controller or a 7 segment display outdoor interface P C board to display operational status Using this self diagnosis feature the fault site faulty part may be identified in the event of a fault by following the method described below The list below summarizes check codes detected by various devices Analyze the check code a
319. ee aq OU 2194 SI uonenjonj Ajuo OY peddinbe y 104 LAN IV YOOUD 2 a 10418 20 19 Joopu bOd NG 0 094 9 9poo 94 19 59 4 119 O d 4 4 uo 009NO Jo suid pue uonenjon pueoq 100pjno Od pue UOIjoeuuoosip ou esiou A ddns i Joopino Jo pue amod IHE Aereo 2 Jeoq 9 1 JOj2euuoo JO uonoeuuoo 8 03 pJeoq 4 2 uoneoiunululoo 10 119 JOMOd JOOPINO 1 94019 1990 req 9 94 sdu V 6 8 siedunf yoouD 40j98uuoo JO 1291409 210900 pjeoq 2 5 1 100pjno jo dmes Jeduunf s 01 60 ji oje1edo poeuoo 1049 0 0 80 s pen ere _ OF OF 90 o Of 1 rol Jo Jof __
320. efrigerant recovery device etc and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant The refrigerant recovery rate can be improved by heating the accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired during pump down operation Note 2 If pump down has been performed the system cannot be operated until the faulty outdoor unit is repaired Continued operation would be impossible due to a refrigerant overcharge Note 3 If outdoor PMVs 1 and 2 both happen to be faulty unable to open or PMV 4 fails while fully closed the refrigerant in the heat exchangers or sub heat exchangers cannot be recovered In that case recover any residual gas in the heat exchangers or sub heat exchangers using a tube piercing valve or some other tool After a pump down operation do not perform any welding until the residual gas in the heat exchangers is recovered 10 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting Work procedure Turn on the power supply to the system at the source but leave the system switched off If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor remove the motor leads before the power is turned on Setup of failed outdoor unit 1 Connect the check joint of liquid pipe and the low pressure side check joint using a charge hose and purge the hose of air to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers 2 Fully close the liquid pipe service valve of the failed ou
321. en outdoor units under the condition of a connected Alternate communication line between outdoor units Fig 2 blinking SWOSG setup error Turn all 5 08 switches to off Address setup is performed with connecting an indoor Correct wiring E20 lt gt 01 outdoor communication line between outdoor units Fig 3 Alternate blinking Address setup is performed under the condition of Correct wiring connecting multiple refrigerant lines Fig 3 7 5 3 There is no display of a check code on the 7 segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller Indoor remote Headerunit controller 7 segment Countermeasures status display The communication line is not connected between indoor Modify the wiring and outdoor the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller Line address and indoor address are not set the unit that Set up the address does not respond to the indoor remote controller No response The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in Turn on the power indoor group control the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller Group address is set to the follower unit for individual control Set the group address to 0 in the case of the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote individual control controller The power is not turned on the
322. er Block Diagram 85 6 1 1 When Main Sub Remote Controller 85 6 1 2 When Wireless Remote Controller Kit 88 1 3 When Both Main Sub Remote Controller and Wireless Remote Controller Kit Connected 91 6 2 Indoor Printed Circuit Board 94 6 3 Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P C 97 6 4 Test Operation of Indoor Unit 98 6 5 Method to Set Indoor Unit Function DN 99 6 6 Applied Control orInaoor DIE decus ge on Gree ok eee Verb ace exce eat 103 6 7 Applied control for Outdoor Unit 106 6 7 1 Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure 5 106 6 7 2 Priority Operation Mode 107 6 8 Applied Control of Outdoor 109 6 8 1 Power peak cut Control 110 6 8 2 Power peak cut Control 111 6 8 3 Snowfall Fan 112 6 8 4 External
323. er Open phase power failure Open phase is detected when power is turned on 05 01 Compressor 1 ALT Inverter DC voltage Vdc Inverter DC voltage is too high overvoltage or too 02 Compressor 2 error low undervoltage 03 Compressor 3 MG CTT error 01 Compressor 1 ars P07 02 Compressor 2 07 sink overheating sensor built into IGBT detects 03 Compressor 3 9 Indoor unit has been shutdown in one refrigerant Indoor unit No detected P10 e Indoor unit overflow line due to detection of overflow detected by indoor unit Outdoor liquid backflow State of refrigerant cycle circuit indicates liquid 01 TS condition Outdoor suction temperature sensor TS1 detects 15 ALT Gas leak detection sustained and repeated high temperatures that 02 TD condition exceed standard value Outdoor discharge TD2 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 P17 ALT temperature error detects abnormally high temperature Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor P18 ALT temperature error detects abnormally high temperature P19 No detected ALT 4 way valve reversing Abnormality in refrigerating cycle is detected error during heating operation Activation of high pressure High pressure Pd sensor detects high pressure ALT protection that exceeds standard value MG CTT Magnet contactor interlock 171 Errors detected by
324. erature TK3 sensor error sensor for oil level 1 TK4 sensor error detection TK1 5 P TK5 sensor error Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H15 9 e temperature sensor TD2 discharge temperature sensor TD2 has been wiring error detected TK1 oil circuit error TK2 oil circuit error OllTeval detection No temperature change is detected by oil circuit error H16 o temperature sensor for oil level detection TK1 5 error 4 oil circuit error despite compressor having been started TK5 oil circuit error Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H25 temperature sensor TD3 discharge temperature sensor TD3 has been wiring error detected Duslicated outdoor Identical refrigerant line address has been L04 9 assigned to outdoor units belonging to different refrigerant line address ae refrigerant piping systems 11 priority indoor 105 6 unit as displayed on More than one indoor unit has been set up as priority indoor unit Number of priority indoor units indoor unit check code L05 or L06 depending _ unit as di priority indoor on individual unit LOG unit as displayed on More than one indoor unit has been set up as 9 indoor unit other than priority indoor unit priority indoor unit 6 5 110 110 SIM Indoor group address
325. eriod upon terminating the control 3 Operate the drain pump throughout the recovery control period and for about 1 minute after it While the outdoor unit is recovering heating refrigerant oil the indoor units perform the following control tasks 1 Open the indoor PMV to a certain degree 2 Control the indoor fan according to the operation mode Indoor units operating in heating thermo ON OFF state Let the indoor fan continue operating but turn it off if the temperature of the indoor heat exchanger drops Indoor units operating in FAN mode Turn off the indoor fan and display HEATING STANDBY on the remote controller Non operational indoor units Keep the indoor fan turned off 3 Terminate the recovery operation depending on the TC2 temperature reading The timing of termination is determined by each indoor unit 4 Operate the indoor fan and drain pump for about 1 minute after the termination of the recovery operation Applicable to 4 way air discharge cassette type 2 way air discharge cassette type and 1 way air discharge cassette type While the outdoor unit is engaged in defrosting control the indoor units perform the following control tasks 1 Open the indoor to a certain degree 2 Control the indoor fan according to the operation mode Indoor units operating in heating thermo ON OFF state Let the indoor fan continue operating for a while but turn it off as the temperature of the indoor heat exchanger drops
326. erminals are connected correctly and securely inserted 10 If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure straighten them so they do not touch other parts 11 Install the cover then turn on the supply Check the operation 35301 286 13 2 5 Fan IPDU P C Board MCC 1610 Replacement Procedure Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least one minute for the capacitor to discharge Confirm that the light of the LED D640 fades away 2 Remove all the connectors and the fast on terminals 7 connected to the FAN IPDU Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove all the five screws 2 which secures the FAN IPDU to the Heat sink These screws are to be re used after procedure 4 Remove the Fan IPDU from the three PCB Mounts 3 3 Fast on terminal 1 RED lead wire Fast on terminal 7 WHITE lead wire Fast on terminal 7 BLACK lead wire Push this part to the direction of the arrow And remove the PCB FAN IPDU MCC 1610 5 Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the sub heat sink As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency and cause a breakdown Remove the PCB IC701 lt 38510 Heat Sink Q590 Sub Heat Sink DB509 6 Align the PCB mount holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts and fix the FAN IPDU to the outdoor control unit by clipping the PCB into the PCB mounts 3
327. essure Y E Pressure sensor i A mE C lt 2 i low pressure 5730 _ 0 5 Q _ Y L od v E d 7 541 a S 5 42 42 4 S Accumulator D E 52 4 EX Liquid tank ui HPS Accumulator Liquid tank i 5 20 L HPS pss 8 zn 3 0 S TK1 1 1 SV3E e 5 Z gt SV3B X oa eee ee a ee 4 Balance pipe E gt Liquid pipe A Y Gas pipe 4 Lp gt Gas pipe 4 lt Liquid pipe N m a PV L c jd x LN EE a P AB PMV ii TOS 1 Totus 2 Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas lt lt Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication The diagram shows a 28 HP system line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units 16 HP 12 HP as an example 66 4 4 Emergency Operation Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario Leakage from P
328. etting button After checking for the receiving tone immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it to 29 After checking for the receiving tone immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it to 30 Then repeat steps 4 gt 5 4 gt 5 After approximately 10 seconds the OPERATION green and READY yellow display lamps on the sensor part of the wireless remote controller blink and the air conditioner starts operating If the lamps do not blink repeat step 2 and the subsequent steps After the test operation push the Start Stop button to stop the operation Outline of test operation from the wireless remote controller Test cooling operation Start gt 18 C 19 C 18 gt 19 gt 18 gt 19 C gt 18 Test operation gt Stop Test heating operation Start gt 30 29 C 30 gt 29 30 C gt 29 C 30 C Test operation Stop After checking for the receiving tone 4 immediately push the Temperature setting Always select 1 HIGH fan speed Refer to 7 7 2 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit in 7 7 Service Support Function Note The test operation returns to normal operating mode after 60 minutes 2 Test operation START Refer to Test operation procedure Test operation for one indoor unit of the indoor remot
329. fect in indoor P C board faulty EEPROM Check power supply voltage Check power supply noise Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check power supply voltage AC200V x 1090 Check for defect in compressor Check for possible cause of abnormal overloading Check for defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU Check for defect in compressor Check power supply voltage AC200V 10 Check compressor system wiring particularly for open phase Check connection of connectors terminals on A3 IPDU P C board Check conductivity of case heater Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU Check outdoor MG CTT Check current detection circuit wiring Check defect in outdoor P C board A3 IPDU Check installation of TD1 sensor Check connection of TD1 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check service valves to confirm full opening both gas and liquid sides Check outdoor PMVs for clogging PMV1 2 Check for defect in SV2 or SV4 circuits Check for defect in low pressure Ps sensor Check indoor filter for clogging Check valve opening status of indoor PMV Check refrigerant piping for clogging Check operation of outdoor fan during heating Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity MG CTT Magnet contactor Check code
330. ft side of the button repeatedly to select another indoor UNIT No to change Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique 7 Pushthe 3 button left side of the button to check the changed addresses 8 Ifthe addresses have been changed correctly push the 7 button to finish the procedure V To change all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control NOTE You can change the addresses of indoor units in each refrigerant line using an arbitrary wired remote controller Enter the address check change mode and change the addresses SET DATA DON OFF FAN MODE SAVE VENT SWING FIX LOUVER 2 Cancels the line selection If no number appears on UNIT No no outdoor unit exists on the line Push button and select another line following step 2 Execute it while the units are stopped 1 Push and hold the TIME buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds At first the line 1 and CODE 51 Address Change are indicated on the LCD display 2 Push left side of the button and buttons repeatedly to select a system address 134 SET 3 Push the button
331. g unit Error detection condition s Insufficient number of IPDUs are detected when power is turned on Signal is present at external error input terminal 80 for 1 minute Check items locations Check model setting of P C board for servicing outdoor I F P C board Check connection of UART communication connector Check A3 IPDU fan IPDU and P C board for defect When external device is connected to CN80 connector 1 Check for defect in external device 2 Check for defect in indoor P C board When external device is not connected to CN80 connector 1 Check for defect in indoor P C board Extended IC Continued There is part failure in P C Check outdoor P C board error operation board I F Check the lock of fan motor Ac fan Indoor unit Indoor fan motor error Discharge temperature TD1 error 187 Stop of corresponding unit All stop Discharge temperature TD 1 exceeds 115 Check wiring Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check for defect in 4 way valve Check for leakage of SV4 Circuit Check SV4 circuit wiring or installation error in SV41 SV42 SV43 Check code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET ce
332. g uedo sosuas 51 Josues S1 2 214 9 94 eoejdai Jeuuou 51 10sues JOSUBS 6 8 uo sonsuejeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduie 996 enjeA eouejsisaiJ Josues JO sonsuejoeJeuo pue VOLNS Josues v Jojoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 2 Jo uoug uedo uonoejep epoo 40 9 SIU L3N IV uousg uedo Josues v 10 149 Josues Joopu 90 oral 9 9poo 94 DJe0q O d 4 1 938199 jeuujou 51 Josues JI 105095 6 8 UO sonsuejeJeuo Josues eJnjeJeduie 996 93 8181884 Josues sonsuejoeJeuo pue JOGND Josues OL Jo uonoeuuoo 104 Jo uonoeuuoosip 9 408 98 JO uoug uedo epoo 10119 SIUL L3N IV uous uedo 10sues 10149 JOSUBS OL 311 80 1 epoo 9 9poo 94 pJeoq 4 4 1 Joopino 928198 81 Josues JI 388 9 3842 JOSUBS 6 8 UO sonsuejeJeuo Josues 996 eouejsiseJ Josues JO sonsuejoeJeuo pue 98 408 98 11 Jo uonoeuuoo JO uon
333. gn is displayed along with alternating images as shown below In all operation modes During group operation swing setting can be performed individually or collectively 3 Set louver positions 4 oves DC motor 1 When the fan is turned on the positions of the stator and rotor are determined Check code P12 The motor turns in incremental steps 2 The fan operates in accordance with commands issued by the indoor controller Note 18 If the fan is rotating while the air conditioner is turned off due to an inflow of outside air or some other reason the indoor unit may operate without turning on the fan motor Note If fan motor lock is detected the indoor unit is turned off with an error display provided 75 B Outdoor Unit 6 Description of operation numerical data and other information 1 Pulse 1 PMV1 2 control PMV1 and 2 During heating PMV control motor valve 1 During air conditioner operation the pulse count of a PMV pulse motor valve is may be provided with PMV1 PMV controlled between 90 and 1000 alone operated at 45 pulses control 2 During cooling the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements Ua WIE Ne provided by the TL temperature sensor and the Pd pressure sensor under cool control 3 During heating the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TS and TD temperature sensors and the PS pressure sensor super
334. gnifies site of IPDU error 1 sensor error 02 TE2 sensor error remote controller Location of detection Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor TCJ sensor error Indoor TC2 sensor error Indoor TC1 sensor error TD1 sensor error TD2 sensor error TE1 TE2 sensor error TL sensor error Description System status IPDU communication error All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit 181 Error detection condition s Communication is disrupted between IPDUs P C boards in inverter box Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check items locations Check wiring and connectors involved in communication between IPDU I F P C board for bad contact or broken wire Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F A3 IPDU or Fan IPDU Check for external noise Check connection of TCJ sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TCJ sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board
335. h a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Measuring amount of oil in normal compressor As was the case with the faulty compressor measure the amount of oil contained by placing the compressor on a scale Amount of oil in normal compressor B cc Weight of compressor as it was dismantled kg 22 7 x 1042 Specific volume of oil 1042 cc kg Note e When a compressor is empty it weighs 22 7kg lt Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors gt Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained A cc and how much oil the normal compressor contained B cc by following the steps below 1 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors cc 0 A B lt 2000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 1000cc each total 2000cc Lay the compressors down and draw 900 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes Notes Do not draw more than 900 cc of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage Ifthe faulty compressor contained 500cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 2 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B cc 2000 lt lt 3800 1 Adjust the amount of oil i
336. h rated current of the control P C board and the relay within 2m operation coil is approx 16mA Does not correspond to a terminal block type relay on the market 104 Leaving ON prevention control Function his function controls the indoor units individually It is connected with cable to the control P C board of the indoor unit a group control itis connected with cable to the indoor unit Control P C board and the CODE No 5 set to the connected indoor unit tis used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary Using a card switch box card lock etc the forgotten OFF of the indoor unit can be protected When inserting a card start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed When taking out a card the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start stop operation from the remote controller is forbidden 1 Control items 1 Outside contact ON start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed Status that card is inserted in the card switch box 2 Outside contact OFF If the indoor unit is operating it is stopped forcedly Start Stop prohibited to remote controller Status that card is taken out from the card switch box When the card switch box does not perform the above contact operation convert it using a relay with b contact 2 Operation Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following
337. he setting When the button is pushed the display goes blank and the system returns to normal off state Note that the system does not respond to remote controller TEST operation for about 1 minute after the button is pushed NOTE Priority can be given to only one indoor unit If more than one indoor unit is accidentally set to priority an error code L5 or L6 Duplicated indoor unit priority setting will be displayed All units displaying L5 have been set to 0001 priority Keep the unit to which priority should be given as it is and change the value back to 0000 no priority for all the rest Duplicated indoor unit priority setting The unit is set to 0001 Duplicated indoor unit priority setting The unit is set to 0000 108 6 8 Applied Control of Outdoor Unit Optional control P C boards provide access to a range of functions as listed below Outdoor unit Control P C board to be used Outdoor unit interface P C board setting No Function for control board PCMO4E PCIN4E Connector DIP SW No connection removed Power peak cut Control Standard gt CN513 blue SWO07 Power peak cut Control For one CN513 blue SWO07 input function Power peak cut Control Enhanced H aderunit CN513 blue SWO07 12 Functions External master External master ON OFF Control Control unit CN512 blue 1
338. he system single refrigerant line Backed up outdoor unit outdoor unit Example Prohibited Note 4 It is prohibited to combine compressor backup operation and outdoor unit backup operation Backed up compressor Backed up outdoor unit Example Prohibited Note 5 With a two outdoor unit system containing an MMY Backedsup MAP1604 1404 and an MMY MAP 1204 or Example MMY MAPO0804 or MAP 1004 do not preform outdoor unit backup operation to back up the MMY MAP1604 Prohibited 1404 It could lead to compressor failure due to the abnormal MMY MAP 1604 MMY MAP 1204 operation 1404 1004 804 241 9 2 Compressor Backup Operation Setting Outline If a fault occurs to one of the compressors installed in outdoor unit follow the procedure described below to back up the faulty compressor by using the remaining normal compressor s Work Procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units connected to the system 2 Set the DIP switches of SWO6 provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit with the faulty compressor as shown in the table below SW16 SW17 When compressor No 1 front left is faulty When compressor No 2 front center is faulty When compressor No 3 front right is faulty Two compressor model F
339. he table indicates that ON OFF of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the specifications of the air conditioner NOTE 4 The mark x in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned off with this operation NOTE 5 The case heater output is for both the compressor and accumulator heaters 7 segment Operation pattern of solenoid valve Case heater L3 Do 1 d ei NEN a n p quoq 510 see MI NM gt EIN MELSEXESEIEREQEDETESTIEIERNE ee ES a Le ET x oe eg org eI If the outdoor unit has no valve then 7 segment display B shows Clear Return switches 5 01 5 02 5 03 on the interface P C board to 1 1 1 NOTE As this function is not based on the specified general control be sure to release this mode after checking 159 7 7 8 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to check the fan operation of the outdoor unit by using switches on the
340. hich indoor units have been added as follows 1 Remove the relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 2 Ifitis off turn on SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board at outdoor header unit side Turn off the power and then execute the operation Central control device Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit U3 4 1 02 12 8 1 1 Remot Remote Remote ddr yntrolle controller controller controller controller Added indoor unit 3 Turnon the indoor outdoor power for the refrigerant line for which an address is to be set up After approximately 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed on the 7 segment display 4 Execute the following operation on the interface PC board of the header unit AUTOT1 gt AUTO2 AUTOS gt AUTOS is counted and displayed on the 7 segment display 5 When U 1 is displayed on the 7 segment display the setup operation finished Turn off the indoor outdoor power 6 Return to the following setup as before Relay connector SW30 bit 2 e SW01 SW02 SWO3 137 7 4 4 Check after Address Setup when Central Control System 15 Connected When the central control system is connected check that the following setup has finished after address setup 4 1 5 3 2 Central remote 1 controller 1 1 5 jus us 7 To other
341. hly to ensure that they are not crooked If there is any loose connector tighten it with a pair of pliers etc before connecting the lead How to Check Resistance of Compressor Winding 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove compressor leads from the compressors 3 With each compressor check the phase to phase winding resistances and winding to outdoor cabinet resistance using a multimeter e Earth fault t is normal if the winding to outdoor cabinet resistance 15 10 or more Inter winding short circuit It is normal if the phase to phase resistances in the 0 6 1 0 range Use a digital multimeter How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove fan motor leads from the IPDU P C board for the outdoor fan CN703 CN7095 3 Rotate the fan by hand If the fan does not turn the fan motor is faulty locked up Replace the fan motor If the fan turns measure the phase to phase winding resistances using a multimeter It is normal if the measurements in the 1 14 1 700 range Use a digital multimeter 193 938199 129Jeq pJeoq 8 0 494 sseJppe 19 0 U09 Jepeau SJ9 OJ UOO 9 OUJ9J 0 Jeujo Jepeau euo OM Jo dnjes s A8LOd xoJddy s euiuue gv J9 o 3uoo ejoulaJ s
342. horoughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified service person who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work Definition of Protective Gear When the air conditioner is to be transported installed maintained repaired or removed wear protective gloves and safety work clothing In addition to such normal protective gear wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special work detailed in the table below Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury burns electric shocks and other injuries Work undertaken Protective gear worn Protective gloves Safety working clothing Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Electrical related work Insulating shoes Clothing to provide protection from electric shock Work done at heights 50 cm or more Transportation of heavy objects Shoes with additional protective toe cap Repair of outdoor unit Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Helmets for use in industry The important contents concerned to the safety are described
343. in this control function is the highest registered by A3 IPDU1 A3 IPDU2 A3 IPDU3 3 Overcurrent protection control 1 When the overcurrent protection circuit on an IPDU P C board detects an abnormal current the compressor is shut down 2 The compressor is restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later with an error count of 1 recorded If the compressor successfully operates for at least 10 minutes after a restart the error count is cleared 3 If the error count reaches 8 the error is confirmed as final 4 High pressure SW control Connected to A3 IPDU the 1 When the high pressure SW of an inverter compressor is activated the high pressure SW is compressor is shut down with an error count of 1 recorded normally closed 2 The compressor is restarted 2 minutes 30 seconds later and if it successfully operates for at least 10 minutes the error count is cleared 3 If the error count reaches 4 the error is confirmed as final The error P04 is displayed 83 Other points to note 1 Cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions 1 If pressure falls to extremely low levels indoor units may be shut down via freeze prevention control based on the indoor TC sensor 2 If pressure falls to extremely low levels frequency may be reduced via cooling capacity control 3 When the discharge temperature sensor reading falls below 60 C the frequency may be increased above the level called for by the command re
344. increase fully open outdoor PMV 1 and 2 and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe D Replace the part With just 4 fully opened check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the part Leakage of outdoor PMV Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Leakage of check valve in 3 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the discharge pipe discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe E Replace the part 4 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the oil equalization pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve F Replace the part Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit 5 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3B valve If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the SV3A valve Replace the part 7 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3E valve If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of
345. ing only the remaining outdoor unit s outdoor unit backup operation Perform backup operation setting in accordance with the procedure described below 9 1 Note for Backup Operation The method of backup operation differs according to the contents of fault as shown in the table below Contents of fault Method of backup operation Setting procedure One of the compressors in the same unit fails see Note 1 Compressor backup see Note 2 Go to 9 2 All the compressors in the same unit fail Outdoor unit backup or cooling Go to 9 3 or 9 4 Te season outdoor unit backup see A fault occurs in a compressor motor coil e g a layer short circuit Notes 1 3 4 and 5 A fault occurs in a refrigerating cycle part fan or related part or electrical part A fault occurs in a temperature sensor or pressure sensor Note 1 the compressor has failed due to a fault in its motor coil e g a layer short circuit do not preform compressor backup operation because of severe oil degradation It could damage other outdoor units Note 2 Keep the number of backed up outdoor units under compressor backup operation to one in the system single refrigerant line For a three compressor model the backing up of two faulty compressors is prohibited Backed up compressor Backed up compressor Two backed up compressors Example Example Prohibited Prohibited Note 3 Keep the number of backed up outdoor units under outdoor unit backup operation to one in t
346. interface P C board in the outdoor unit The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled by setting of the switches Use this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system And use this function while the system is stopped NOTE not use this function during operation of the compressor It may damage the compressor Operation 1 Set the switches 5 01 5 02 5 03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 2 1 4 2 When F d is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 63 is displayed in 7 segment display B the fan starts operation Max mode operation 4 After that by changing the setup number of the switches SWO02 SWO3 7 segment display B and the fan mode are changed Mode output pattern of the fan is as follows NEN Z _ ___ NEN 5 2 06 q 4 qo o 06 a _ 9 5 _ GENE GENE EN INNEN ANN REN NEM m qn WEM NEN GEM L E 42 4 C O 8 92 880317 988996 9 8 Fan mode 63 62 61 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 Clear This function is cleared by one of the following operations 1 When SWO1 setting nu
347. ion normally takes place roughly every hour The opening position of the indoor PMV depending on the type and capacity of the indoor unit For defrosting commencement conditions see 7 Defrosting control reverse defrosting method above The opening position of the indoor PMV depending on the type and capacity of the indoor unit Check code P 10 Specification outline Remarks Filter sign display not applicable to wireless type Provided in the separately mounted type TCB AX21E Operation standby Heating standby 15 1 The indoor fan s cumulative hours of operation are counted and when these FILTER displayed exceed the prescribed value 150 2500 a filter replacement signal is sent to the remote controller to display a filter sign on it 2 When a filter reset signal is received from the remote controller the timer measuring cumulative hours is cleared If the prescribed hours have been exceeded the hours count is reset with the sign on the remote controller display erased Filter service life 4 way air discharge cassette type High wall type 1 way air discharge cassette type Floor standing type SH YH Floor standing concealed 2 air discharge cassette type type Under ceiling type Floor standing cabinet type Concealed duct standard type Concealed duct high static pressure type Slim duct type Operation standby Displayed on remote
348. ion content Air Discharge Cassette type and the Under Ceiling type When the Test button is pushed for 4 seconds or more TEST is displayed in the display section and Operation content the unit enters test operating mode 1 Remove the nameplate of the receiver section by inserting a screwdriver or similar tool into the notch at Using the Select Mode button select the sk COOL the bottom of the plate and set the DIP switch to TEST RUN 29 HEAT operating mode Execute a test operation with the T button on the Do not use an operating mode other than wireless remote controller COOL or 3 HEAT The and LEDs blink during test Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation Under TEST RUN ON status temperature operation Error is detected as usual adjustment from the wireless remote controller is invalid Do not use this method of operation other than for test operation because the equipment will be damaged Use either the sk COOL or 3 HEAT operation mode for a test operation The outdoor unit does not operate for approximately 3 minutes after powering on or stopping operation Ue RS After the test operation is finished stop the air a conditioner from the wireless remote controller and return the DIP switch of the sensor section to its original position A 60 minute timer clearing function is
349. ioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner execute vacuuming and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant In this time never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage After installation work check the refrigerant gas does not leak If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit When the equipment is moved or repaired be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused After repair work surely assemble the disassembled parts and connect and lead the removed wires as before Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires If incorr
350. ischarge position 0000 Not fixed F1 m Louver No 1 Downward discharge position Louver fixed position Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed F2 T Louver No 2 Downward discharge position Louver fixed position Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed F3 55 Louver 3 Downward discharge position Louver fixed position Release 0001 Horizontal discharge position 0000 Not fixed F4 ae Louver No 4 Downward discharge position For setup temperature reversal of COOL HEAT by Data value 2 100 DN Wem High ceiling adjustment 1 way air discharge cassette SH 0000 Standard 2 way air discharge cassette The high ceiling installation of model APOO 7 to 012 can only be undertaken when the combined capacity of the indoor units connected is 100 or less than the capacity of the outdoor unit Do not proceed with high ceiling installation if this limit is exceeded 4 way air discharge cassette Type 009 012 015 018 036 056 Value Air flow at outlet 4 drecions 3drecion 3 6m 3 8m Standard Under ceiling Built in filter 2 air discharge cassette 0000 Standard filter factory default 0001 Super long life filter 4 way air discharge cassette 0000 Standard filter factory default Under ceiling 0000 Standard filter factory def
351. isplay AI NET central of Description System status control detection Check remote controller code Sub code controller Remote Indoor remote Stop of Communication between Check remote controller controller controller corresponding indoor P C board and remote inter unit tie cable A B communication unit controller is disrupted Check for broken wire or error connector bad contact detected at Check indoor power remote supply E01 controller end Check for defect in indoor P C board Check remote controller address settings when two remote controllers are in use Check remote controller P C board Remote Remote Stop of Signal cannot be transmitted Check internal controller controller corresponding from remote controller to transmission circuit of E02 transmission unit indoor unit remote controller error Replace remote controller as necessary Indoor Indoor remote Stop of There is no communication Check remote controller unit controller corresponding from remote controller and network adaptor communication unit including wireless or wiring E03 error network adaptor detected at indoor end Indoor Indoor outdoor Stop of Indoor unit is not receiving Check order in which unit communication corresponding signal from outdoor unit power was turned on for circuit error unit indoor and outdoor units detected at Check indoor address E04 indoor end setting Check indoor outdoor tie cable Check o
352. istance SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory 5 5 the end terminal of the shield wire open 6 15 the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 119 2 In the case that central control system is connected before address setup Central remote controller 1 4 2 3 3 To other refrigerant line Other Header unit Follower unit B Follower unit C us Outdoor unit 22 To indoor unit Indoor unit Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller Main check items 1 Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1 U2 terminals 2 15 the relay connector between the U1 U2 terminal and the U3 U4 terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory Keep the relay connector disconnected before address setup 3 1 the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5 U6 terminal 4 5 the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U3 U4 terminals of each refrigerant line The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communication lines of the indoor outdoor c
353. it removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies wear insulated heat resistant gloves insulated boots and insulated work overalls and take care to avoid touching any live parts You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning Only qualified service person 1 is allowed to do this kind of work N WARNING Before starting to repair the air conditioner read carefully through the Service Manual and repair the air conditioner by following its instructions Only qualified service person 1 is allowed to repair the air conditioner Repair of the air conditioner by unqualified person may give rise to a fire electric shocks injury water leaks and or other problems Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement Otherwise abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle which may result in a failure or explosion of the product or an injury to your body Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the air conditioner Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the work properly may result in electric shocks and or electrical leaks When transporting the air conditioner wear shoes with protective toe caps protective gloves and other protective clothing When connecting the electrical wires repairing the ele
354. it within 2 minutes of the short circuiting of the CN30 pins CN30 PMV operation OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Short circuit PMV1 and 2 fully open for 2 minutes Short circuit PMVA fully opens for 2 minutes 2 Be sure to perform vacuuming in from the three check joints shown in the diagram below liquid pipe discharge pipe and suction pipe Eo Fan Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Check valve MM Left side sub heat exchanger Check valve sh 4 way valve md TS1 High pressure sensor 6 Fusible plug Liquid tank Low pressure Sensor Check valve ua qeu ee A Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve Service valve packed valve 254 1 1 REPLACING COMPRESSORS 11 1 Compressor Replacement Procedure Outline NWARNING is th td it th tem In situations such as indoor unit relocation and repairs itis not possible to recover all the refrigerant held by the system in the outdoor units It could cause a serious accident such as blow out or Manually open PMV1 2 Recover refrigerant injury and 4 of the failed unit from the failed unit in Be sure to perform refrigerant recovery using a by short circuiting the accordance with 10 refrigerant recovery device pins of CN30 on I F P C OUTDOOR UNIT board and turning off the
355. ite side 4mm 3 Pipe cutter 11 Tape measure 4 Reamer 12 Metal saw 5 Pipe bender 6 Level vial Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check 1 Clamp meter 3 Insulation resistance tester 2 Thermometer 4 Electroscope 22 1 Wiring Diagrams Outdoor Uni 1 1 MMY MAPO0804 MAP1004 and MAP1204 Models UML uopons iosues duwe edia 151 jsuss duepav 105095 due Josues o SAL FAL ZAL 1341 Josuas dwajabueyoxejeoH 131 88 5035 465065 edig CLL FLMS ELMS ZLANS LMS OLMS 60MS 40MS 90AAS uos usng SLMS SOMS POMS 9 AHO LOMS LSAS Noo EM Z 5 35 8 OEAS BEAS VEAS CAS 2015169 pazoud jueumo usmd 6A BA JOJOLU 1 yBlHMosuss aunssald JojpujuoojeuDeWN LL amgjJeSH 219 7 49056 1 Jajeay ases Josseiduo 2 06275 0063 ue4 8504 0191 20 A0GZ 91 209 203 103 22 ADS VE OL 207103 9504 809 3 3 4 09 VG LE 503 104 109549109 9691 2020
356. k codes are only displayed while the air gt conditioner is in operation Alternate blinking 7 If the display has already disappeared access R C ___ NO WEE error history by following the procedure described below 2 Error history The error history access procedure is described below up to four errors stored in memory Error history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down SET 1 Pushthe buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds 2 The letters gt SERVICE CHECK light up and the check code 01 is displayed 3 When group is selected blinking if there is an error history the UNIT No and the latest error history information are displayed alternately During this procedure the temperature setting feature is unavailable Display of Unit No Display of check code UNIT No TEST 1 Alternate blinking TF R C No is i ie i i E TEMP 4 Tocheck other error history items push the button to select another check code 01 04 5 Tocheckcheck code relating to another group push ZONE and GROUP lt 1 gt buttons to select a group No Do not push the 5 button as it would erase the whole error history of the selected group 6 To finish off the service check push the bu
357. k for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for disconnection of TK4 sensor Check resistance characteristics of 4 sensor Check for connection error involving 1 TK2 TK3 4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for disconnection of TK5 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor Check for connection error involving 1 TK2 TK3 4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check installation of TD3 sensor Check connection of TD3 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NETcentral control Location Error detection condition s of detection Description System status Check items locations Main remote controller remote code controller 03 04 05 1 06 1
358. l length for each liquid pipe diameter in the following table and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Standard amount of ym Additional amount of refrigerant pipe diameter on Pipe diameter on the liquid refrigerant Total pipe length on each liquid side each liquid side side m kg m kg ___ 65 9 5 pmi Next refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant C according to system horsepower Corrective amount of refrigerant according to system horsepower o Combined HP HP Combined outdoor units HP C Corrective amount of refrigerant kg Standard type High Efficiency type Lastly add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A to the corrective amount of refrigerant by combined horsepower C This is the final additional amount of refrigerant If a minus sign is indicated as the result do not add the refrigerant 7 O kg Additional amount of refrigerant Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A Corrective amount of refrigerant according to combined horsepower C Additional amount of refrigerant 7 3 Check at Main Power on After turning on the
359. l of the outdoor unit and inspection window of the electric parts box and check the 7 segment display The check code is displayed in the right hand section of the 7 segment display U1 OOO DOO Check code To check the check code set the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 If there is a sub code the display alternates between the check code DOO 3 seconds and the sub code OOO 1 second Check the check code and follow the applicable diagnostic procedure If the 7 segment display shows U1 E28 there is an error in a follower unit Press the push switch SW04 on the header unit and hold for several seconds As the fan of the outdoor unit in which the error has occurred comes on open the panel of the unit and check the check code shown on the 7 segment display Perform checks in accordance with the diagnostic procedure applicable to the check code 225 1 Display of System Information Displayed on Header Outdoor Unit Only Display detail 7 System capacity 2 8 48 8 to 48 No of outdoor units ni No of indoor units connected 0 48 0 to 48 No of units connected RB 0 C48 0 to 48 No of units with cooling thermo ON No of indoor units connected AIL 0 1 148 1 0 to 48 No of units connected H 0 H48 0 to 48 No of units with heating thermo ON Amount of compressor command Value displayed
360. lay lamps on the wireless remote controller sensor section blink during the test operation Do not use any operating mode other than COOL or 3 HEAT Error is detected as usual Turn off the air conditioner s power Change Bit 1 of switch 5003 the sensor PC board from on to off Attach the adjustment corner cap with the sensors to the ceiling panel Bit 1 OFF ON 4 3 2 1 0008 ON Sensor cover Adjustment corner cap Ee Sensor board Test operation from the outdoor unit Wireless remote controller Under Ceiling type Operation content Turn on the air conditioner s power This operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on for the first time after installation and for 1 minute when power has been turned on the second and subsequent times after that After the specified time has passed perform the test operation Push the b button and change the operating mode to COOL or HEAT with the Mode button Then change the fan speed to High using the Fan button Test cooling operation Set the temperature to 18 using the Temperature setting button button to set it to 19 After checking for the receiving tone immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it 10 18 Test heating operation Set the temperature to 30 using the Temperature s
361. layed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that C is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit Operation check Return SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header TAI SR Stop End or press the push switch SW05 for 2 seconds or more 5 01 51 02 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt NOTE The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 151 2 Heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the heating test operation mode by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Operation procedure Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side H before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 SW02 SW0O3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 6 1 H is displayed on 7 segment display A Test run is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that H is displayed on 7 segment display B on the Operation check interface P C board of the header unit Return SW01 SW02 SW0O3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 Stop End or press the push switch SW05 for 2 seconds or more 7 segment display A 7 segment display B ey SOS alabbi Bir a emit 5 01 SWO0
362. left without communication from D E04 error outdoor unit E08 Duplicated indoor address E08 Duplicated indoor address tnan one 1 UNI iS assigned address also detected at indoor unit end Indoor automatic address setting is started while address setting for equipment in other E12 02 Outdoor outdoor E12 Automatic address starting refrigerant line is in progress 2002 error Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting Combined capacity of indoor units is too large 00 Overloading Too many indoor units ES 01 Number of units connected 1 connected overloading Mh 00 No header unit Error in number of outdoor There is no or more than one outdoor header unit 02 Two or more header units header units in one refrigerant line 01 Connection of outdoor unit from Connection to other E Ec 20 ONET ne 20 Q Reiner ane while indoor automatic setting is in 02 Connection of indoor unit from 9 during automatic address 9 other refrigerant line setting prog Ouidoor outdoor Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor communication units transmission error follower There is duplication in outdoor addresses set outdoor address manually 207 5 aby Ind
363. ler Good No good MODE Coo C SAVE VENT OC FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX UNIT LOUVER FILTER RESET TEST SWING FIX LOUVER Normal status power supplied and operation stopped When power is not supplied normally If no frame is displayed as shown in the above figure at right the remote controller does not have a normal supply of power check the following items Check the power supply of the indoor unit Check the cabling between the indoor unit and the remote controller Check whether there is a cutoff of wire around the indoor control PC board or not and check for connection failures of the connectors Check for failure of the transformer for the indoor electrical control box Check for failure of the indoor control PC board 123 7 4 Address Setup This product requires address setup before operation Follow this procedure for address setup 7 4 1 Precautions 1 Address setup is not performed simply by turning on the power supply 2 For indoor units address setup can be done either by manual address setup or by automatic address setup Automatic address setup Setup from SW15 on the interface PC board of the header unit Manual address setup Setup from the wired remote controller For details refer to 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure 3 Automatic setup usually takes about 5 minutes per line In some cases
364. ler on the previous pages Method 2 Clearing all the indoor unit addresses on a refrigerate line at once from the outdoor unit 1 Turn off the refrigerant line to reset to the factory default and set the header outdoor unit of the line as below 1 Disconnect the relay connectors between the U1 U2 and 03 U4 terminals Leave them as they are if they have already been disconnected 135 2 Turn on dip switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit if the switch is OFF Leave it as it is if it has already been set to ON Central remote controller Follower unit Follower unit 4 a 1 controller controller 1 controller Indoor units to have their addresses initialized 2 Turnon the indoor and outdoor units of the refrigerant line for which you want to initialize the addresses About one minute after turning on the power confirm that the 7 segment display on the header outdoor unit indicates 1 and operate the interface P C board on the header outdoor unit of the refrigerant line as follows Clearable addresses Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates A d buS and turn SW04 ON for more than five System indoor unit group address seconds Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates A d nEt and turn SW04 ON for more than five Central
365. lization control takes over 1 If TK1 gt 14 3 This control function is performed whenever at least one compressor is in oil idi of compressor 1 is optimum 2 If TK2 TK4 gt 14 oil level of compressor 2 is optimum EX 3 If TK3 gt 14 oil level of compressor 3 is optimum OFF OFF High SV3C TD1 pressure High pressure Compressor inverter OFF Check valve Check valve Balance pipe Packed valve 78 5 equation control 6 Refrigerant oil recovery control Description of operation numerical data and other information This control function is aimed at preventing compressors from running out of oil by evening out the oil supply to outdoor units and is basically performed by opening closing solenoid valves SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D and SV3F There are three control patterns as described below For a schematic diagram of oil equalization control see page 84 18 Preparatory control If the oil level judgment result in the memory continues to be low for 30 seconds SV3B is turned on with SV3D turned on and off intermittently Oil equation control This control function is performed to transfer oil to the outdoor unit whose oil level is low from other outdoor units It takes place whenever the header unit registers a low oil level result while at le
366. llow to the Individual test setup of remote controller operation Operates the specified indoor unit Note The other indoor units keep the status as they are Setup Set SW01 SW02 SWO03 to 2 5 1 press 04 for 2 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 Setup Set SW01 SW02 SWO03 to 2 6 1 press 04 for 2 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SWO02 SW093 to 1 1 1 Setup Set SW01 SW02 SWO03 to 2 7 1 and press 04 for 2 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Setup Set 5 01 5 02 5 03 to 2 7 1 and press SWO05 for 2 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Setup Set SW01 to 16 set SW02 SW03 to address No 1 to 64 to be started and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SWO02 SW093 to 1 1 1 Setup Set SW01 to 16 set SW02 SW03 to address No 1 to 64 to be stopped and press SWO5 for 2 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 Setup Set SW01 to 16 set SW02 SW03 to address No to be operated and press 04 for 10 seconds or more Release Return SW01 SWO02 SW093 to 1 1 1 Section B C Section A C Section B H Section A H Section A Section B C H 11 00 is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds Section A Section B C H 00 00 is displayed on Section B for 5 seco
367. ls A and B of indoor unit being serviced and connect remote controller wiring Group control wiring Remote controller Case 2 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit one being serviced Service P C board P C board P C board Remove 41 connectors of all other indoor units in same group Group control wiring Remote controller Be sure to restore the temporarily removed group control wiring and CN41 connectors to their initial states after Procedure 3 has been completed 279 Procedure 3 Writing Setting Data in EEPROM The EEPROM of the service P C board has been set to the factory default values 1 TEST SET Push the buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds 7 This number corresponds to the same number shown on the Remote Controller Operation Diagram Under UNIT No ALL is displayed At the same time the CODE No DN code 10 is displayed and the fan of the indoor unit comes on with the louver swinging depending on the model 2 The button allows you to moved the CODE No DN code up down by one place 3 J First set the type and capacity codes of the indoor unit Changing the type and capacity codes in EEPROM overwrites the factory default settings 1 Set the CODE No DN code to 10 no change 2 Use the button to select the type 4 For example 0001 is for the 4 way air discharge cassette type See the CODE No list 3 Push the butt
368. main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to conduct a test operation check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit After turning on the main power be sure to check in order indoor unit gt outdoor unit Check on the outdoor unit 1 Check that all the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SWO3 on the interface PC board of the header unit are set to 1 2 If another check code is displayed on the 7 segment display B remove the cause of the problem referring to Section 8 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 Check that L08 is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface PC board of the header unit 108 Indoor address not set up If the address setup operation has already been completed during servicing etc the above check code is not displayed and only U1 is displayed on the 7 segment display A Interface PC board e o ae 04 SW05 SW15 Push switches gt 603 D gog D600 06010602 D 604 7 segment display A SW01 02 SWO03 YSN VSN 7 Rotary switches 7 segment display B o H Check on the indoor unit 1 Display check on the remote controller in the case of a wired remote controller Check that a frame as shown in the following figure at left is displayed on the LC display section of the remote control
369. mber was changed to other number 2 Press switch SWO5 was pressed for 2 seconds or more 160 7 7 9 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method Fan Operating Function This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which an error occurred or the fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the header unit To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system was faulty use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit fault Check code E28 Operation In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only 1 Check that the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board the header unit are set to 1 1 1 7 segment display A B Outdoor unit Error code display 2 Press the push switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 E 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fan of the outdoor unit in which error occurred starts operation within approx 10 seconds after E 1 was displayed In case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units 1 Check that the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board in the header unit are set to 1 1 1 2 Press the push switches SW04 and 5 05 at the same time for 2 seconds or more 3 E 0 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max fan speed within approx
370. ment display SWO01 SW02 SW03 A B Number of of connected 1 3 3 Number of units P outdoor units Number of connected Number of 1 4 3 indoor units connected units After the above checks return rotary switches SW01 5 02 SWO3 to 1 1 1 Interface PC board moo e SW04 5 05 SW15 mum Push switches gt 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 7 segment display 7 segment display A B SW01 SW02 SWO03 1 f H Rotary switches Hin 124 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure No central control go to Address setting procedure 1 Central control of 2 or more refrigerant lines go to Address setting procedure 2 When controlling a single refrigerant line When controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines centrally centrally Address setting To procedure 1 To procedure 2 Central Outdoor Central Central remote remote remote controller controller controller System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller controller controller controller Address setting procedure 1 1 Turnon indoor units first and then turn on outdoor units 2 About one minute after turning the power on confirm that the 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit indicates U 1 108 U 1 flash 3 Press
371. mote segment controller display Cause Countermeasures When outdoor power is off Check that the header outdoor unit power is on Address setup error Set up the address again e Only line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined The outdoor line address and the line addresses 108 of all the indoor units do not match The indoor addresses are duplicated Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated Aheader unit is not set up in group control except groups displaying 504 E08 XX Duplication of indoor addresses address number in Set up the address again Alternate the subcode of the check code are duplicated blinking E04 There is no outdoor terminal resistance Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit there are two or more resistances 1 2 No connection between multiple refrigerant lines After address setup when terminal E SW30 bit 2 is on resistance setup is changed after powering Connection between multiple refrigerant lines E07 on SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line Transmission circuit error at the interface side PC Replace the interface PC board board failure After address setup communication from all the Check and correct disconnection of the indoor indoor units is interrupted under the condition that a outdoor communication line the communication line 206 normal operation can be performed between
372. n connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 220 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load Connector cable 1 CN511 Connector on Interface side green Terminal block The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 115 6 8 8 Compressor Operation Output Locally procured Outdoor unit Outdoor unit interface SW16 ON CN514 Operation When a compressor is in operation a relay connected to the output terminal assigned to it is turned on closed When it is at rest the relay is turned off open The output terminals are named OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2 and OUTPUTS from left to right when facing the front of the outdoor unit as shown in the diagram Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications e Output terminals OUTPUT 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating e When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K1 K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 220 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load
373. n is in progress with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on follow the procedure described in 10 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on recovery operation can only start after putting the outdoor outdoor communication connector on the interface P C board of that unit CNO3 back to its initial state and resetting the power supply Note 2 Ifthe power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit the solenoid valves and PMVs of the unit cannot be turned on so that it reduces the amount of recovered refrigerant compared to a standard pump down operation Recover the residual gas in the unit using a refrigerant recovery device and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant Work procedure Setup of failed outdoor unit 1 Connect the liquid pipe check joint and the low pressure side check joint using a gauge manifold and purge the manifold of air to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers 2 Fully close the liquid pipe packed valve of the failed outdoor unit Leave the service valve of the gas pipe and the packed valve of the balance pipe fully open Setup of unit selected as header unit hereafter header outdoor unit 3 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to 2 5 1 After C
374. n of the system In some cases it requires max 10 minutes 156 7 7 4 Remote Controller Distinction Function This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system by using switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Distinction procedure I Be sure to turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit Set the display select switches on the segment display interface P C board of the header unit A B as follows A1 I Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 4 1 Operation Press the push switch SW04 on the 7 segment display same board for 2 seconds or more A B A1 FF Checking display of the connected remote controller flashes Check the connected remote controller Press the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board of the header End unit for 2 seconds or more Other end conditions 1 10 minutes has passed 2 5 01 5 02 SWO3 changed to other position Interface P C board 7 segment display A 7 segment display B SWO01 SW02 SW03 lt Rotary switches gt 157 7 7 5 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Close Function in Indoor Unit This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for 2 minutes in all the indoor units by the switch operation on the interface P C board of the header unit This function is also used to open PMV
375. n the two new compressors to A B 2 cc each Lay the compressors down and draw 3800 A B 2 cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes 3 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B cc 3800 lt A B 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to A B 2 cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject A B 2 1900 cc of oil using a funnel etc 257 When replacing normal as well as faulty compressors applicable to 1404 and 1604 lt Dismantling normal compressors gt Dismantle the normal compressors in the same way as the faulty compressor Note Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape etc N WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressors gt As was the case with the faulty compressor measure the amount of oil contained by placing each compressor on a scale Amount of oil in normal compressor B C Weight of compressor as it was dismantled kg 22 7 x 1042 Specific volume of oil 1042 cc kg Note e When a compressor is empty it weighs 22 7kg lt Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors gt Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty
376. nd louver of the selected indoor unit move FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING FIX LOUVER 3 Usethe button to select the CODE No DN code of the desired function 4 Usethe button to select the desired SET DATA associated with the selected function 5 Push the button The display changes from flashing to steady To change the selected indoor unit go back to step 2 To change the selected function go back to step 3 6 When the button is pushed the system returns to normal off state 99 Function CODE DN Code Table Includes Functions Needed to Perform Applied Control on Site DN Wem 9 9 According to type Filter display delay timer 0000 None 0001 150H 0002 2500H 0003 5000H 01 0004 10000H Dirty state of filter 0000 Standard 0000 Standard 0001 High degree of dirt of standard time Central control address 0001 No 1 unit 0064 No 64 unit 0099 Unfixed 0099 Unfixed Specific indoor unit 0000 No priority 0001 Priority 0000 No priority priority Heating temp shift 0000 No shift 0001 1 C 0002 2 0002 2 0010 10 Floor type 0000 0 C Up to 6 recommended Existence of AUTO 0000 Provided 0001 Not provided mode 0001 Not provided Automatic selection from connected outdoor unit Cooling only 0000 Heat pump 0000 Heat pump 0001 Cooling only No display of
377. nd pair the segments up only after placing them on pipes of matching sizes separately In this regard make sure that the mating tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other 2 When placing an SUS band around pipe fixing rubber make sure that the hook end of the SUS band coincides with the slit side of the rubber The band can be placed the other way around but only at the expense of work efficiency 3 Place the SUS band tightly around the pipe fixing rubber so that there is no gap between them Take utmost care not to create a gap over the curved section of the rubber where the hairpin side of the band is located 4 While holding the rubber press down the base of the hook lightly against the rubber and engage the hook with the square hole by squeezing the curved section of the rubber where the square hole side of the band is located see the arrow If the hook does not engage with the square hole recheck whether there is a gap between the band and rubber 273 1 Align tooth and slit and push two segments towards each other Make sure that hook end of SUS band coincides with slit side of rubber 2 2 Place band tightly around rubber without a gap between them 4 Push square hole end of tape in arrow direction by squeezing rubber gt J Press down hook side of tape against rubber 4 way valve detachment WARNING attachment 8
378. nds Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays 11 for 5 seconds from operation ON Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays 00 for 5 seconds from operation OFF Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays FF for 5 seconds from test operation ON NOTE 1 This start stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit such as start stop operation mode etc It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals NOTE 2 The above controls are not used during abnormal stop 7 segment display A 150 7 segment display B Swo1 5402 5 03 Rotary switches 1 Cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the cooling test operation mode by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Operation procedure Be sure to turn power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 SWO02 SWO03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 5 1 C is displayed on 7 segment display A Press SW04 on the same board for 2 seconds or more Start Test run is disp
379. nej ejsur 1549 je uo si amod s siu ON dnjes sseJppy dnjes sseJppe SseJppy 1949H SOssoJppe Je9 23 pue zn 99 999 Joopjno y uo 128uuoosiq uo peuun Joopul Sjun Joopul Jo Je od y uo WNL BD JO 56561 ong LAN IV jesun sseJppe dnos6 1oopu 166 801 9poo 94 jesun sseJppe Joopu 9 Uejs s y JO 339 3 49910 JO seues ESS JO 4 9949 7 pejoeuuoo 839 105 syun uoneoiunuJuoo Jo uonoeuuoo 129 409 989 0 pejoeuuoo y Jo Jequinu y JO ejqejoeuuoo Joopjno p XEN 10119 pJeoq 2 4 4 1 LAN IV eui uoneoiunuJuJoo JO 10119 uonoeuuo 72 SHUN JOOP NO sun ueno 9 827 9 9poo 94 ay uo 10 depe BU 9
380. nejedo Joopjno dnjes Buung es ueuj pue 40149 y Jee 2 39 03 6 pue JOJOBUUOD JO UOI 99UUOO 29J107 9 9 1 UoneoiunuJuoo Kjjeuuouqe 100pjno y sseJppy epoo qns O d 4 1 9 CINE 401149 9J9UM Hed 0 9 uonoeuuoo J0joeuuoo edo OG 20 sjiun FO Of Of ___ 89 39 uonoeuuoo uoneoiunuluo2 LAN IV Log Sono syun __ 70 O O 0 1049 2 dnjes dnyoeq 400 1 1 pojoeuuoo Jo eseaJoe 91 923 Jf 0 9 c Y ue ue epoo qng 9 9poo 94 dn jes jou 9910 EUJ9 X3 436 87809 O d 4 72 L3N IV 100pjno st 223 ae 401 reg uoneoiunuJuJoo Jo 40JJe uonoeuuo 42949 42949 39
381. ng the screws 2 13 Put the cover on turn on the power and check operation Close up view of terminal block sub assembly 290 1 4EXPLODED DIAGRAMIPARTS PRICE LIST SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0804HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1004HT8 Z ZG E MMY MAP1204HT8 Z ZG E SS D S pe 7 d LE 2 me mU 11 C eet ASE ATR TS WI N P AG y 6 9 CN LI Ln 1 aiji 4 AC EX is NER 7 Y 7 BSH EEA E FlaN 1 Bt IS 55 A 4 E P i e gt 3 i gt 21 d CT iA 291 qa AT bey D f im 4 A oll ONS J n EE a TN 5 7 fi 0 15 L f 292 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONDENSER RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE SV5 REDUCER LOW PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG FUSIBLE ACCUMULATOR TANK LIQUID CN
382. ng to electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified installer who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work The qualified installer who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work Qualified installer The qualified service person is a person who installs repairs maintains relocates and removes the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation He or she has been trained to
383. nge the lead wire of arrow 2 pisition after the terminal number as figure 2000010 1000 0000 lead wire s color of fan motor 41 Models MMD AP0721HFE and MMD AP0961HFE WHI 8 RED Option RED TA TCJ TC2 TC1 TF lt lt lt lt lt gt RED DP CN033 EN 112 5 lt lt lt 3 NS SN NN d NN a NN 191 171 151 131 11 1 13 111213 112 112 11213 112 CN104 RED YEL CN101 BLK FS 1 2 6 6 Control P C Board for Indoor Unit MCC 1403 RED ACIN supply circuit LAM PTS idi 567 515 CN082 441 Me 1 BLU BLEED CNO44 CNO40 41 050 CNO074 075 061 060 2121 4141 7 BRW BLU BLU WHI WHI WHI YEL WHI WHI 110 166 T10 Fan drive Option YEL Line filter 88 L Fan motor inside wiring diagram XB USXU2 AXB CNO1 a WHI 1 TR1 RED Remote controller controller board RED 9 J 3 F1 Connector RED T10A 250V RED 3 WHI T10A 250V 3 JY E j 43 1 43 2 43 1 Motor over heating protection switch Indoor unit ORN earth screw YEL
384. nit D Is the control Indoor outdoor connection terminals U1 U2 communicamon dne Outdoor outdoor connection terminals 05 06 11 correct Central control system connection terminals U3 U4 Is the resistance sufficient 10 MO or higher MQ or higher Is the main power voltage sufficient within 380 415 V 10 fv Is the diameter of connecting pipe correct Is the branch kit correct 15 the water drain of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation Is the heat insulation of pipes sufficient connecting pipes branch kit 15 there no short circuit of discharge air in the indoor outdoor units After an airtightness test of the pipes are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed Are the valves of all the outdoor units fully opened Liquid side Balance side Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C Follower unit D 121 Check the additional amount of refrigerant Checklist 2 Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant A by the pipe diameter on the liquid side the pipe length to be connected and the corrective amount of refrigerant C according to system horsepower Additional amount _ Actual liquid pipe length x Additional amount Corrective amount of refrigerant of refrigerant _ Of refrigerant per 1 m of liquid pipe according to system horsepower gt gt First enter the tota
385. nning the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure resulted in operate damage of the parts of the compressor and etc and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant at connecting section of pipes the air is sucked and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in burst or injury Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to relocate the air conditioner It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result Check the following items after reinstallation 1 The earth wire is correctly connected 2 The power cord is not caught in the product 3 There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable Check after E reinstallation check is not executed a fire an electric shock or an injury is caused When carrying out the pump down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air etc to be sucked in raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level and possibly resulting in reputing injury etc When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area around this part to be repaired immediately after the air
386. not Address setting has not been performed for one or 9 set more indoor units also detected at indoor end SIM Outdoor capacity not set Outdoor unit capacity has not been set after P C board replacement SIM Outdoor model Old model outdoor unit prior to 3 series has been 9 incompatibility error connected SIM Cooling heating selection Cooling heating cycle error resulting from piping 9 unit error error is detected SIM Too many outdoor units More than four outdoor units have been connected connected itii L17 O O O L28 170 Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error ormain remote Sub code controller uid Tier Flash display Kn A3 IPDU EXE A3 IPDU 112 3 0 112131 101 SIM Error in number of IPDUs There are insufficient number of IPDUs SINE fel loo boards in inverter box os lalol 0710 0 Circle O 1 Faulty IPDU Indoor unit has been shut down for external error Indoor external error input L30 Detected indoor unit No L30 input in one refrigerant line detected by indoor unit Outdoor discharge TD1 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 has ALT temperature error detected abnormally high temperature 00 Open phase detected Open phase power failure phase pow
387. nsor 5 2 S B b 87 s Accumulator Liquid tank SV3C p A ae Liquid tank Accumulator HHPS 02 9 i LH i h 60 LON i 9 SV3B 5 V V y i V 5 V yA A m NA X gt gt ik neh 77 aperta NL pM DD Liquid pipe 1 Gas pipe 84 iagram Controller Connected and Functions it Configuration in Sub Remote ied Control Indoor Controller Block D including Circu 6 1 1 When Ma 6 Appl New 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP 2H 6 1 2 09 2409 072 022 21 06 yun Joopino en Ln T yun uoneoiunuiuioo Joopyno Joopu 9910 5 JeMOd NO 18 5099941 Buna uoneJedo uoneziuoJupufs 4010 0 434 0 qns e 0 9 03 AYIM V qun 2 59 595 1 9UO 5 seowes 11 seowes _ ued Jojdepe yJOMIOU 941 2 on 11010 Ajddns Jamo jeuondo pejoeuuoo SJ9 O4 UOO 9 0 94 qns SI 99104 05 aowa LNW X 5 uoljeoiunululoo 11010 LOV
388. ntral Main remote controller 04 05 7 10 7 10 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side Detected indoor address Location of detection control remote controller Be 55 System Activation of high All stop pressure SW Detection of open All stop phase phase sequence Inverter DC voltage error compressor MG CTT error Heat sink overheating All stop error Indoor overflow error stop Indoor fan motor error Stop of corresponding unit 188 Error detection condition s Check items locations High pressure SW is Check connection of high activated pressure SW connector Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check for defect in outdoor fan Check for defect in outdoor fan motor Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 for clogging Check indoor outdoor heat exchangers for clogging Check for short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air flows Check SV2 circuit for clogging Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for error in indoor fan system possible cause of air flow reduction Check opening status of indoor PMV Check indoor outdoor communication line for
389. o JO Aue 8991 S O d 4 1 9 Apog 109 2 0939 03 JOJOOUUOND 0 ANd Joopino 51 5900 uoneJedo gt ewou Josues 94 89940 8 Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 105895 y 1591 e peys pue jddns Jamod 19594 S S MS 5 sued 4 9 0 MS eJnssaJd uBiu 9900 20 z JOSSAIGWOD z0 JosseJduJio2 0 epoo qng 29uo OL GAS 40 9 PAS 312 yous Joopino 100pu ANd JOJJO JOOP NO JOOPY JOSUBS pd MS L3N IV 216 MS eJnsseJd uIH 9 99940 6 40 43 Lc vod 31 50 Jo 7 10149 dwa eBueuosiq 9 9
390. o gt 2 Sg gt io 5 c 53 0 gt S T gt 3 Z 5 2 8 soo 5 8 9 C gt gt ag 5 2 gt o lt a n lt 2 z 2 gt DISS 5 u amp 5 9852 52 2922 FL 3551 7 Qu red Zell reu ZEE M wi T it 2 2 __ 48 55 AC em COM a4 1 im 574 5 a w 1 n Se ul Se S VU is SV42 valve TD2 sensor SV41 valve 53 em ya 3 WI PT 5 xl S 2 5 3 8 8 3 ao ud 5 o lt O Accumulator Rear side Fusible plug High pressure SW 2 High pressure SW 1 Front side 14 16HP Model MMY MAP1404 1604 S 4 4 zz S gt 0 Accumulator TK1 sensor TK2 sensor sensor 7 adm Soe y LL IZ fuz E En DL zi 7 AU
391. o 1 by 1 2 Turnon the power TEST Pushthe 05 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more LCD begins blinking Refrigerant line address 4 Using the 335 buttons set the DN code to 12 5 Using the ues buttons set up the line address match it with the line address on the interface PC board of the header unit on the same refrigerant line 6 Push the button OK when the display goes on Indoor address 7 Using the buttons set the DN code to 13 6 Using the oe buttons set up the indoor address 0001 0048 SET 9 Push the button OK when the display goes on Group address 10 Using the 335 buttons set the DN code to 14 11 Using the buttons set Individual 0000 Header unit 0001 Follower unit 0002 SET 12 Push the button OK when the display goes on V Central control address 13 Using the 3355 buttons set DN code to 03 14 Using the buttons set up the central control address 0001 0064 SET 15 Push 5 button OK when display goes on TEST 16 Push the button Setup is finished Setting up blinks when Setting up goes off operation is possible 17 Return to the original wiring over remote controllers 130 1 When setting the line address from the remote controller do not use addresses 29 and 30 Addresses 29 and 30 cannot be set up on the outdoor unit If they are incorrectly used the code E04
392. ode indoor units Remote controller Operation mode Operation status display factory default COOL Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote controller operation ready HEAT Fan operation at extremely low air flow rate Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote controller as normal The selected operation mode is imposed on all indoor units operating in a different mode Mode selected at P C board Remote controller operation display Normal All modes COOL DRY HEAT and FAN available J01 cut COOL Only COOL DRY and FAN available operation mode control HEAT Only HEAT and FAN available controller operation The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 114 6 8 7 Error Operation Output Locally procured Header outdoor unit n 0 Outdoor unit interface PCB e SWI ONST MEER 1234 27 1 11 1 7 j Wire Operation In operation output An in operation indication signal is output as long as at least one indoor unit is in operation in the line Error output An error indication signal is output if an error occurs in at least one indoor outdoor unit in the line Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications e Output terminals OUTPUT 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating e Whe
393. oeuuoosip 9 408 98 1110 uoug uedo epoo 10119 514 1 L3N IV yous uedo 1osues 11 10 149 Josues JL 8 204 epoo 9 9poo 94 8288 9 3848 JOSUBS 6 9 uo 988 9 12845 2 5 95 996 SJojoeuuoo jo uonoeuuoo 12841053 940 39 03 JO uonoeuuoo 12941025 Josues 11 pue Josues 31 suonisod 1294102 4 1 paeoq O d JOOPINO Josues 11 pue Josues 3110 4049 sonsuoe oeJeuo 92ue sis9H 2 Josues 11 pue JOSUSS 3 JO 39 028 1 pue 5 Z LAWd Joopino syue pinbi 408 99 108 95 JL Josues dws 405 85 41 lt 12 1 O d 4 1 SOK 8 Josues 1 31 pue Josues 71 Jo sonsuejoejeuo 92 8191594 JOoj euuoo 10sues 11 pue JOojoeuuoo 5 95 3 JO SHUM ZGNO Josues JL 029 10sues 41 Od Joopino 1 131 Josues JOOPINO 9 uonoeuuo 2 41994109 JOSUSS 7L pue 408 99 3110 suonisod L3N IV 81 9 1 202 2 4 4 1 1 938199 8
394. of Description System status detection Outdoor liquid stop backflow detection error P13 01 TS I F Gas All stop condition leakdetection TS1 condition AE P15 P15 02 TD Gas leak All stop condition detection TD condition Discharge All stop temperature TD2 error P17 P17 Discharge temperature TD3 error P18 P18 All stop 189 Error detection condition s lt During cooling operation gt When system is in cooling operation high pressure is detected in follower unit that has been turned off lt During heating operation gt When system is in heating operation outdoor PMV 1 or 2 continuously registers opening of 100p or less while under SH control Protective shutdown due to sustained suction temperature at or above judgment criterion for at least 10 minutes is repeated four times or more lt TS error judgment criterion gt In cooling operation 60 C In heating operation 40 C Protective shutdown due to sustained discharge temperature TD1 TD2 or ator above 108 for at least 10 minutes is repeated four times or more Discharge temperature TD2 exceeds 115 Discharge temperature TD3 exceeds 115 Check items locations Check full close operation of outdoor 1 2 4 Check for defect in Pd or Ps sensor Check gas balancing circuit SV2 for clogging Check balance pipe Check SV3B circuit for clogging Check defect in outdoor P C board
395. om CN112 111 and 110 If a short circuiting plug had been used on the If a short circuiting plug had been used on the replaced replaced P C board reuse it on the service P C board P C board reuse it on the service P C board It is necessary to establish a one to one correspondence between the indoor unit being serviced and the remote controller Turn on the indoor unit using one of the methods described below according to the system configuration 1 Single stand alone operation Turn on the indoor unit and proceed to Procedure 3 2 Group operation A If it is possible to selectively turn on the indoor unit being serviced Turn on the indoor unit being serviced and proceed to Procedure 3 B If it is not possible to selectively turn on the indoor unit being serviced Case 1 a Temporarily disconnect the group control wiring from terminals A and B of the indoor unit being serviced b Connect the remote controller wiring to the terminals turn on the indoor unit and proceed to Procedure 3 this method cannot be used proceed to the alternative method described below Case 2 C If it is not possible to selectively turn on the indoor unit being serviced Case 2 a Remove the CN41 connectors of all other indoor units in the same group b Turn on the indoor unit and proceed to Procedure 3 Case 1 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit one being serviced Service P C board Remove group control wiring from termina
396. ommunication lines 5 5 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory After address setup and test operation check turn on the SW30 bit 2 of the header unit for the smallest line address and turn off SW30 bit 2 of the header unit for other refrigerant lines See page 125 7 4 3 Address Setup Procedure 6 5 the end terminal of the shield wire open 7 15 the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side 8 When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the DI SDI series are connected Are Network adapter TCB PCNT30TLE2 correctly connected When the DI SDI series operates with group twin or triple operation are the adapters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices 120 Checklist 1 Using Checklist 1 check that there are no problems with the installation work Is the capacity ofthe Outdoor total capacity Header unit A Indoorunit circuit breaker Earth leakage breaker appropriate Follower unit C Follower unit B Is the gauge of the Header unit A Indoor unit mm 2 power cable correct Follower unit B Follower unit D Follower unit C Follower u
397. on 7 Excessive amount of oil Leaking side Insufficient amount of oil Normal side Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low SV3A valve SV3C valve Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Refrigerant entrapment convergent section Compressor breakdown Compressor error lockup Note XX represents sub code 234 Fan motor Right side Check valve Check valve 7 High pressure sensor ane Low pressure sensor separator SV3D OX 572 V4 v ZN A DEP nc EE cS 8 Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve service valve X packed valve K 235 8 9 Sensor Characteristics Outdoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Outdoor 51 TE1 TE2 TL and TO sensors me 20 150 _ EE NES a 45 10 or below 100 10 or above 10 _ 30 80 5 1 60 24 30 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 Temperature S L 80 12 L 4915 200 ae 150 15 Resistance Resistance Ie i i __ 60 1 4 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 Temperature C 62 90 45 236 Outdoor Unit Pressure senso
398. on The display should change from flashing to steady 5 4 Use the button to set the CODE No DN code to 11 5 Use the 1 button to set the capacity code For example 0012 is for the 027 type See the CODE No list 6 Push the C button The display should change from flashing to steady Setting 4 way Air Discharge Cassette indoor unit model only 7 Using the set temperature C4 buttons set to the CODE No DN code 8 Using the timer time v buttons set the dat 0001 9 Push button The setting completes if the setting data are displayed 10 Push the button to bring the system back to normal off state 6 4 Next write any setting changes made on site after installation such as address settings in the EEPROM Perform the tasks specified in step 1 again 5 Use the 6 button to set the CODE No DN code to 01 To set filter sign lighting time 6 Check the value displayed with the value jotted down in Procedure 1 and information proved by the customer 1 If there is a discrepancy change the setting in accordance with the jotted down value and push the button The display should change from flashing to steady 2 If there is no discrepancy do nothing 7 Usethe button to change the CODE No DN code Again check as value and change the setting if necessary 8 Repeat steps 6 and 7 until all the settings are checked 9 When finished pu
399. on the product itself and on this Service Manual Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents Indications Illustrated marks and keep them Explanation of indications DANGER Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the N WARNING repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage may be caused on the repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Property damage Enlarged damage concerned to property furniture and domestic animal pet Explanation of illustrated marks Explanation Indicates prohibited items Forbidden items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents Indicates cautions Including danger warning The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents Indicates mandatory items Compulsory items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents Warning
400. oor unit Remote controller Indoor CF unit 42 42 Duplicated indoor address stop Stop of corresponding unit Duplicated master remote controller Indoor inter MCU communication error Stop of corresponding unit All stop stop stop 179 Automatic address starting error Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting Too many indoor units connected More than one indoor unit is assigned same address In two remote controller configuration including wireless both controllers are set up as master Header indoor unit is shut down with alarm while follower indoor units continue operating Communication cannot be established maintained upon turning on of power or during communication Indoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for equipment in other refrigerant line is in progress Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress Indoor unit cannot be detected after indoor automatic address setting is started Combined capacity of indoor units exceeds 13596 of combined capacity of outdoor units Note If this code comes up after backup setting for outdoor unit failure is performed perform No overloading detected setting No overloading detected setting method Turn on SWO9 Bit 2 on I F P C
401. oor unit fails to communicate while automatic 5 address setting for indoor units is in progress E15 Follower outdoor unit initially communicating Address of outdoor unit from which Dropping out of outdoor signal is not received normally E26 nit normally fails to do 50 reduction in number of follower outdoor units connected Outdoor header unit detects fault relating to Detected outdoor unit No E28 Outdoor follower unit error follower outdoor unit detail displayed on follower outdoor unit MM Fan 11213 o1O 866 Qu 03 o4 lo 100100 E31 e e commueatan eror There is no communication between IPDUs P C boards in inverter box oso Jol 1916 Circle O 1 Faulty IPDU Outdoor discharge F04 F04 ALT temperature sensor TD1 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 has eror been open short circuited Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 has hoat exehanger Outdoor heat exchanger temperature sensors ALT temperature sensor have been open short circuited TE2 error F07 F07 ALT Outdoor liquid temperature Outdoor liquid temperature sensor TL has been sensor TL error open short circuited Outdoor outside air Outdoor outside air temperature sensor TO has re Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display
402. operation starts Behavior during pump down operation SV2 3AI3B 3C 3D 3E SF On 1 SWOS3 TN aK N 6 Approx 10 minutes after the system starts up fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 7 Press SW04 of the failed outdoor unit to have pressure data MPa displayed The display switches each time SWO4 is pressed Display Example rd 11 1 20 Ps 1 20 Initial display High pressure sensor output Low pressure sensor output 1 Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 8 Of all outdoor units operating in the pump down mode select the one with the lowest unit No as an outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 41 42 43 5 6 On Operates in test cooling Identifying Unit No The unit No is the number displayed on the 7 segment display when 5 01 02 03 are set to 1 1 1 represents the unit No Setup of outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit 9 Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open fully close the balance pipe service valves of all other outdoor units Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 10 Set 5 01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment to 1 2 2 11 As the low pressure sensor output is displayed on the 7 segment display adjust the pressure to around 0 12 MPa by slo
403. opino 400pu jndui mes 0L L VH UOIJEDIUNLULUOD 041009 se jndjno jeuondo jndjno ue Jj uoneoiunuduJoo JOOP NO JOOPUT 4osues Josues 91 Jeduunf Je j o guoo gran PH 5555 p EH EL ni red Ie 5 5 dis Nl ES i5 wwe 2 25 Cop F rel eos au peni E 0005 5 72 i gf oy Ce e E uri 1 559 d PS T 1 Ma s amp 1 295 E f NS oo xa a Te b acp pew OPES Am irum ai Te 1 N E gen le cease zl j Kx cra 2 5 MS 180144 37 991105 49 04 Je oJjuoo 5 A ddns jeuondo jndino ANd Ajddns JeMog nrn 7 roca im E E cue INOHd33 uonejedo MCC 1402 Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette SH Type 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Under
404. or backup setting status Normal Compressor No 1 backup 1 Compressor No 2 backup 1 Compressor No 3 backup 1 A Control valve output data PMV1 PMV2 opening Displays opening data in decimal format total opening opening Displays opening data in decimal format Initial display Oil level judgment result Displayed letters and represent judgment results for compressor Nos 1 2 and 3 respectively O for normal and 1 or 2 for low level Pressing of lt SW05 gt restores normal display Compressor No 1 low level being confirmed L Compressor 2 low level being confirmed L Compressor No 3 low level being confirmed 227 3 Display of Outdoor Cycle Data Displayed at Each Outdoor Unit Pd pressure data Ps pressure data PL pressure conversion data TD1 sensor data TD2 sensor data TD3 sensor data TS sensor data lt e 151 sensor data TE2 sensor data TL sensor data TO sensor data TK1 sensor data TK2 sensor data TK3 sensor data O gt e TK4 sensor data TK5 sensor data Pd pressure MPaG is displayed in decimal format MPaG Approx 10 times magnitude of Ps pressure is displayed decimal format Converted PL pressu
405. or connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TF sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board Check connection of TS1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TS1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Defect in IGBT built in temperature sensor Replace A3 IPDU P C board Check installation of TE1 and TL sensors Check resistance characteristics of TE1 and TL sensors Check for outdoor P C board I F error Check connection of high pressure Pd sensor connector Check connection of low pressure Ps sensor connector Check for defect in pressure sensors Pd and Ps Check for error in outdoor P C board I F Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor Check connection of TD3 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for connection error involving Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors Check connection of Ps sensor connector Check for defect in Ps sensor Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for defect in SV4 circuit Check connection of Pd sensor connector Check for defect in Pd sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check code Location of Description detection AI NET central System status Outdoor 7 segment displa
406. or operation of protective device for indoor outdoor unit being activated Wiring diagram of control system using remote control interface TCB IFCB4E2 Input IFCBAE2 No voltage ON OFF serial signal Output No voltage contact in operation and error indication Contact capacity Max AC 240V 0 5A Indoor control P C board ON side Start signal input OFF side Stop signal input T10 SOM yellow In operation signal output Error signal output TCB IFCB4E2 Power source 220 240V 103 Ventilating fan control from remote controller Function he start stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan is installed in the system The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating Use a fan which can receive the no voltage A contact as an outside input signal In a group control the units are collectively operated and they can not be individually operated 1 Operation Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit Same in group control In a group control if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit both header and follower units are simultaneously operable TEST 1 Push concurrently a buttons for 4 seconds or more The unit No displayed firstl
407. ose fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 In case of fault in compressor electrical part P C board or IPDU P C board From this point on keep the power supply to the failed unit off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Disconnect the connector for outdoor outdoor communication BUS2 provided on the interface P C board Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 1 e LA 000 866 m eme me e 101 g RELEE AU i TT 10 7 ms 4 mmm In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part disconnect BUS2 T communication connector CNO3 on 1 777 M Ne interface P C board 3 Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open if there is leakage from outdoor PMV fully close liquid pipe Setup of header unit Interface P C board of header unit 5 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 on the interface P C board of the header unit SWO06 SWO07 Setting to prevent connected indoor units capacity over error E16 js ON ON SW11 SW12 ON ON O no 12 34 12 34 SW16 SW17 ON ON Tum on Bit 2 of SWOO 1234 1234 243 6 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the
408. parts 2 If the pressure does not increase fully open outdoor PMV 1 and 2 and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the part Leakage of outdoor PMV Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section 3 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe E Replace the Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe 4 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the oil equalization pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve F Replace the part Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit 5 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3B valve If gas Leakage of SV3A valve escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the SV3A valve Replace the part Leakage of SV3B valve 7 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3E valve If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3E valve or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part Clogging of SV3
409. peration at low speeds of up to 36 rps 2 Control details When Pd pressure becomes When Pd pressure becomes 3 Termination conditions Shutdown thermo OFF defrosting operation or cooling operation number of header unit compressors in operation increases to two or more At least one follower unit compressor is turned on speed of the compressor rises to 40 rps or more 3 SV2 low pressure release control This control function is aimed at preventing a rapid fall in pressure during transient operation It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit The control is always provided except during periods of stoppage or thermo OFF 1 Control details When Ps pressure becomes lt 0 16 MPa SV2 is opened When Ps pressure becomes gt 0 20 MPa SV2 is closed 3 4 MPa SV2 is opened 2 8 MPa SV2 is closed 2 lt 81 6 Release valve control cont d 9 High pressure release compressor shutdown control 10 Case heater control Description of operation numerical data and other information 4 SVA1 42 43 low pressure release control This control function is aimed at providing low pressure protection and is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit The control takes place during defrost operation heating startup pattern control operation and cooling operation 1 Control details heating When Ps pressure becomes l
410. power failure 5 Inverter DC voltage Vdc error Alternate blinking MG CTT error Outdoor heat sink overheating error Poor cooling of electrical component IGBT of outdoor unit P15 P17 Outdoor discharge TD2 temperature error Operation Timer Ready E04 Gas leak detection insufficient refrigerant charging P18 Outdoor discharge TD3 temperature error P19 P20 Activation of high pressure protection P22 Outdoor fan IPDU error P26 Outdoor G Tr short circuit error P29 Compressor position detection circuit error Outdoor 4 way valve reversing error P31 Shutdown of other indoor unit in group due to fault group follower unit error MG CTT Magnet contactor 175 Light block Check code Cause of fault 01 Heat exchanger temperature sensor error Operation Timer Ready 02 Heat exchanger temperature sensor 2 error Indoor unit temperature sensor Heat exchanger temperature sensor 1 error errors F10 F11 04 Discharge temperature sensor 1 error Ambient temperature sensor TA error Discharge temperature sensor TF error 05 Discharge temperature sensor TD2 error 06 Heat exchanger temperature sensor 1 51 2 error Outdoor unit temperature 207 Liquid temperature sensor TL error sensor errors L 1 Alternate blinking 08 Outside air temperature sensor TO error F12 F13 Suction temperature sensor TS1 error Heat sink sensor TH error
411. pressure criteria in different temperature conditions refer to 2 Pressure Pipe surface temperature Number of compressor rotations Air OE Eg rps DB WB unit Operating Indoor fan Ps TD Suction TS exchanger exchanger temperature Indoor Outdoor co 0 29 22 ae 0804 1 s 9 ow w os 5 1004 9 ew w w 5 v s 9 L 1204 oa for 2 7 76 ow ofo 8 8 e 1404 5 9 wm 8 20 1604 s w e 2 9 This compressor is driven with 4 pole motor The value of the compressor frequency rps measured with a clamp meter at the compressor lead line is two times the rotation count rps of the compressor Each compressor may have a different frequency as a measure against resonance The temperature of the indoor heat exchanger TC indicates TCJ sensor temperature when cooling and TC2 sensor temperature when heating respectively 2 Criteria for operating pressure Operating mode Heating Indoor temperature 18 32 15 32 Outdoor temperature
412. product Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so 162 Service support function list 7 segment display A Function contents Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Cooling operation Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Heating operation 1 _ 51 Fa oto incon Pune domne 54 Solenoid valve forced open close function 7 Fan forced operation function Outside temperature sensor manual adjustment function Indoor individual start stop ON OFF function HA C swo1 Swo2 54 03 7 segment display A B Function contents U 1 E28 Follower unit error Corresponding unit fan operation function 163 7 7 11 Function of Remote Controller Switch When using a remote controller with the model name RBC AMT32E the following monitor functions can be used Calling of display screen Content The sensor temperature or operation status of the remote controller indoor unit or the outdoor unit can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote controller Procedure 1 Push buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds more to call up the service monitor mode The service monitor goes on and temperature of the CODE No 00 is firstly
413. pu M9J9S Ye e 40 39 6 01 4 dJ pue peso o HM 27400779 238 NN ok ed L 5 Sid Sha 3ng mg MOTI3A TSA 1 3LIHM IHM qas 10102 i 99NO 1 __________ ed L HS adh 34 1 2 10 Under Ceiling Type AP0361H AP0481H AP0271H MMC AP0151H AP0181H AP0241H Models 45 2 LOL COL FOL 111 Go eo 00 lt 60009 NAKA N N 6 096 3718 MOTI3A 00LNO LOLNO ZOLNO 13A VOLNO ALIHM 10102 740 nqa OZNO youmsjeoi4 64 Jojouu 8154 _ 20244 gt gt oie QUIS Josues dwa Joopu VL Pp 9 9 9 4 syed 104 6 PIOS 7 4 IHM NO Od OO was OO D Q Ny ZN A Qe IAIN NI 9
414. puoo dojs 10 0 2019 1 4 4088941 0 44 LOH 9 9poo 94 204 10 9 g1ueJino jo ueppns euin 5 Jo Buunp pes JosseJduJoo Jo spueu yono dois JO 9953 Jeuuouqy Buunp pue punos e2uelsIX3 swa eui 10149 409994 0 0 JosseJduJoo 72945 49 59 9883 94 suejs uoneJedo ays ewou lays JosseJduJoo ul uoneuBeis jueJeDujeJ 12941025 jejeeu eseo uoneuDejs 84981154 OU 8494 S JO esneo 1294102 jeuuouqy LLO SW JO N3119 poys 3y 29Uu7 LLO OW 10 uone1edo 99 uonoeuuoo 9 2 LLO OW JO UOnoeuuoo Jojoeuuoo 129 109 2 1 5 JosseJduJoo 49 10 4990 doup 5900 0 AGLV O8E 1 jun Joopino amod 12909 S JosseJduJo5 0 z 4099940
415. quare washer 6 Remove the propeller fan N CAUTION Lift it straight up Do not forcibly pull it or it may get stuck 7 Disconnect the faston connectors for the fan motor leads 3 pieces from the Fan IPDU and pull the leads up and out 8 Remove the fan motor 6 x 20 4 pcs 264 3 Heat exchanger partition plate upper i N Disconnect faston connectors and pull fan motor leads up and out J Fan motor lead travel route Close up view of faston connectors D cut surface of fan 2 Propeller fan 2 CAUTION for replacement or attachment 1 Insert the propeller fan while aligning the D cut motor shaft Fan motor continued surface of the fan motor shaft with the arrow mark on the fan If the propeller fan is tightly mounted on the shaft without securing alignment between the D cut surface and the arrow mark 2 it may cause the fan to melt and fall off due to friction heat 2 Be sure to put the square washer in place Otherwise unusual noises and vibrations may result 3 Tighten the flange nut at a torque of 15N m 153kgf cm To tighten the flange nut turn it counterclockwise 4 Remove the clamp filter from the fan motor with trouble then attach the clamp filter to the substitution in the same way as before replacement Wind the fan motor lead once around the clamp filter Arrow mark A of fan To be aligned with D cut surface 4 Clamp filter
416. r characteristics e Input output wiring summary Low pressure side Ps 3 omw __2 __ _ 5V High pressure side output voltage V Low pressure side output voltage V 0 3 73 4 41 5 1 0 0 98 1 47 5 1 Pressure MPa Pressure MPa Indoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Indoor TA sensor 30 3 95 30 60 S See Sie 1 24 Temperature Resistance 20 237 Indoor TC1 sensor 200 20 Temperature Resistance 20 999 150 15 Resistance 9 ko 10 C or below 10 or above 395 10 50 9 4 1 1 1 0 0 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature C 30 81 O 35 65 53 __ 45 44 50 36 55 30 6 ___7 ie S L 95 08 10 07 Indoor TC2 and TCJ sensors 200 20 152 150 15 Resistance 10 or below 100 Resistance 10 or above 10 50 8 6 5 3 3 2 2 0 6 5 4 3 1 1 0 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature 20 10 5 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 2 2 65 2 70 T5 1 2 3 4 6 0 5 71 1 8 1 5 1 3 1 1 1 0 T 4 2 2 2 8 4 0 1 6 1 4 1 2 238 8 10 Pressure Sensor Output Check Outdoor Unit P
417. r has been lost so has central control communication Indoor remote controller periodic communication error 63 Indoor outdoor periodic communication error Duplicated indoor address Indoor unit detects address identical to its own Indoor inter MCU communication MCU communication between main controller and error motor microcontroller is faulty Signals are not being received from outdoor unit e Error in periodic communication between indoor header and follower unit 97 99 Periodic communication between indoor header 6 and follower units cannot be maintained Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor TCJ has temperature sensor error been open short circuited Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC2 has temperature sensor TC2 error been open short circuited Indoor heat exchanger Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC1 has temperature sensor TC1 error been open short circuited TE r r r Ambient temperature sensor TA Ambient temperature sensor has been open error short circuited 6 08 Duplicated indoor address O 0 Discharge temperature sensor Discharge temperature sensor TF has been open TF error short circuited Indoor EEPROM is abnormal some other error may SIM P C board or other indoor error be detected Indoor group header The
418. r temperature select one of the A B following items for setup of the rotary switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Cooling J C Cooling 5 01 5 02 5 03 to 2 1 1 Heating Heating 5 01 5 02 5 03 to 2 2 1 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature C 148 Operation start Press the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The operation starts Check that 7 segment display B shows CC for cooling and HH for heating Confirmation of check results 1 Check that No of misconnected indoor units is displayed on 7 segment display B after 15 minutes If there is no misconnection 00 is displayed Confirmation of check results 2 Press the push switch SWO5 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The indoor address in which error is being detected is displayed on 7 segment display B If there are multiple indoor address in which error is being detected they are successively exchanged and displayed When SWO5 is turned on again the display returns to display of No of units After check return the rotary switches SWO01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 7 segment display A B Cooling CC Heating H 7 segment display B P No of misconnected C or H indoor units 7 segment display A B
419. r unit status in that time Normal time Both float SW and fan motor are normal Abnormal time Either one of float SW or fan motor is abnormal 2 Restricted to the normal time if short circuiting DISP pin CN72 on the indoor P C board in addition to short circuit of CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board the minimum opening degree 30pls can be set to the indoor PMV only When open DISP pin the maximum opening degree 1500pls can be obtained again How to clear Open CHK pin While the system is operating it stops once but automatically returns to operation after several minutes indoor PMV C e exchange the indoor PMV coil set the indoor PMV to Max opening degree e For the detailed positions of CHK pin CN71 on indoor P C board and DISP pin CN72 on indoor P C board refer to the indoor P C board MCC 1570 98 6 5 Method to Set Indoor Unit Function DN Code When performing this task be sure to use a wired remote controller Procedure To be performed only when system at rest SET CL 1 Pushthe buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds The unit No displayed first is the address of the header indoor unit in group control Then the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit move 2 Each time the Select unit side of the 4 5 button is pressed one of the indoor unit Nos under group control is displayed in turn Then the fan a
420. ral purpose device purpose device control control interface for TCC LINK AI NET is interface faulty Group follower unit is faulty unit No and above detail displayed on main remote controller As per alarm unit see Group control follower unit above error Note The same error e g a communication error may result in the display of different check codes depending on the device that detects it Moreover check codes detected by the main remote controller central control device do not necessarily have a direct impact on air conditioner operation 168 List of Check Codes Outdoor Unit IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit Inverter P C board E _ Lighting Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code Display of receiving unit TCC LINK central control Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block ormain remote controller display Sub code Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to Dropping out of indoor unit return signal reduction in number of indoor units connected Typical fault site Description of error 1 Timer Ready E06 Number of indoor units from which signal is received normally Indoor outdoor Signal cannot be transmitted to indoor units communication circuit gt indoor units
421. rdance with the procedure described below Work procedure 1 Follow the steps specified in 10 1 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down 2 Adjust the amount of refrigerant held by the system by removing some of it using a refrigerant recovery device etc Determine the amount of refrigerant to be removed according to the capacity of the failed outdoor unit See the table below Example 10HP outdoor unit is under repair in a system Amount of refrigerant required by system as it was initially in capacity 34 5kg Amount of refrigerant required by system with available outdoor units only 20HP in capacity 26 0kg Amount of refrigerant to be removed from system 34 5 26 0 8 5kg 3 Set up the outdoor unit from which refrigerant has been recovered in the manner described in 9 3 Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting This completes the procedure System capacity HP Outdoor unit combination Amount of refrigerant kg 253 10 3 Work procedure after Repair When vacuuming in the repaired outdoor unit follow the procedure described below Work procedure 1 Fully open PMV1 and 2 and PMV4 MMY MAP 4404 and 1604 only in accordance with the table below Note PMV full opening operation via short circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes causing the valves to fully close To maintain fully open state turn off the power switch of the outdoor un
422. re MPaG is displayed in decimal format Temperature sensor reading is displayed Letter symbol in decimal format Display detail PiL td Letter symbol and data are displayed alternately for 1 second and display for 3 seconds respectively Data with negative value is displayed as eter symbol 18 15 X o te FT F2 Fa FS 228 4 Display of Outdoor Cycle Data Displayed at Header Unit This method is used when displaying follower unit information on the 7 segment display of the header unit SW03 Display detail Error data SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 Br code is displayed latest one only there is no check code Type of compressor installed eret B SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 Outdoor unit HP capacity a U SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 8HP 8 1088 10 12HP 12 14 14 16HP 16 Compressor operation command U SWO03 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to 04 Indicates which compressor is ON Any unconnected compressors is represented by Normal r Upon receiving release signal r 1 Oil level judgment U SWO03 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 Normal
423. re is more than one header unit in group SIM Connection of group control cable There is at least one stand alone indoor unit to to stand alone indoor unit which group control cable is connected o gt amp Address setting has not been performed for one 106 SIM Indoor group address not set more indoor units also detected at outdoor unit end Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor 6 SIM Duplicated central control address 2 duplication in central control address Indoor external error input Unit shutdown has been caused by external error L30 Detected indoor unit No 5 interlock input CN80 Indoor AC fan error is detected activation of fan Indoor AC fan error motor thermal relay Detected indoor unit No Indoor overflow error Float switch has been activated Indoor DC fan error e g overcurrent or lock up is 6 Indoor DC fan error detected Follower unit cannot be operated due to header unit wr emor alarm E03 LO3 LO7 LOB 167 O 97 04 93 43 12 46 11 11 47 E03 E04 E08 E10 E18 F01 F02 F03 F10 F11 F29 103 107 1 06 109 120 L30 P01 P10 P12 31 P Error detected by main remote controller Check code Display of receiving unit A
424. re length 1400mm Vinyl tube Red Float switch FS 0218 103 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 47 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type ___ MMUAP ozawa oswa _ Model WWUAP 48 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Compact type Type Model MMU AP 0071YH 0091YH 0121YH Fan motor Running capacitor for fan motor AF 200 22 AN 1 AC 400 1uF Drain pump motor PJD 05230TF 1 Float switch FS 0208 602 Model Driving motor for horizontal grille MP24GA1 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Concealed Duct Standard Type Model MMD AP 0071BH 0091BH 0121BH 0151BH 0181BH Drain pump motor Float switch Pulse motor Pulse motor valve TA sensor TC1 sensor TC2 sensor TCJ sensor Model Fan motor Drain pump motor Float switch Pulse motor Pulse motor valve TA sensor TC1 sensor TC2 sensor TCJ sensor MMD AP 49 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type TCJ sensor 26 size lead wire length 2000mm Vinyl tube Red Slim Duct Type Modi WMDAP 18 OT21SPH OTS1SPH SPH series only 50 Under Ceiling Type SWF 280 60 1 SWF 280 60 2 SWF 280 120 2 oes High Wall Type 2 series Seefeons __ MF 340 30 72 Cite Heat exchanger sensor TC2 sensor 06 800mm 10kQ at 25 Heat exchanger sensor sen
425. ressor capacity sensor 2 Detects high pressure in cooling operation and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation 3 Detects under cool in indoor unit in heating operation Connector CN500 White Temp Sensor Pressure sensor Low pressure sensor 1 Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects low pressure in heating operation and controls the super heat Compressor Compressor 1 Connector CN331 White Compressor 2 Connector CN332 Blue Compressor 3 Connector CN333 Black case heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor Accumulator Connector CN334 Red case heater 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator Balance pipe 1 balancing in each outdoor unit Heater 62 Indoor Unit Liquid side Gas side X X Strainer Capillary tube Y Sy NY Heat exchanger B at indoor side Pulse Motor Valve E S PMV T
426. rocedure in reverse he dismantling process may have loosened compressor leads and faston connectors Prior to installation therefore tighten them a little with a pair of pliers and verify that they are tight after reconnection Notes Although a compressor is provided with only two hexagonal bolts it is standard he tightening torque of the hexagonal bolts used to mount the compressor is 200kg cm If oil has been drawn from the accumulator repair the cut pipe through pinching and brazing lt Vacuum pumping gt Single outdoor unit system Before performing vacuum pumping fully open PMV1 2 and 4 If they are closed the heat exchangers of the outdoor unit cannot be vacuum pumped e Connect a vacuum pump consecutively to the check joints placed in the liquid and discharge pipes and on the high pressure side of the suction pipe and turn it on Operate the vacuum drying until the vacuum gauge indicates 1 mmHg Method to fully open PMV manually 1 Turn on the power switch of the outdoor unit 2 With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off short circuit the pins of CN30 3 Disconnect the connectors of PMV1 and 2 from the P C board 4 With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off and on respectively short circuit the pins of CN30 5 Disconnect the connector of PMV4 from the I F P C board 6 Turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit Note Steps 4 and 5 are not required for 804 10
427. roller If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode Match the rotary 7 segment display switches on the 5 interface P C board of the header unit to the following table T T Address display 00 is displayed of corresponding for 5 seconds after indoor unit operation ON Press the push switch SW04 the same board for 2 7 segment display seconds or more B If pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more the operation changes to the individual test operation Address display 11 is displayed for 5 seconds after operation ON of corresponding For individual test operation FF is displayed indoor unit The indoor unit to be started operates r Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller misconnection is considered 7 segment display SW01 SWO02 SWO3 Units to be operated B Address 1 to 55 16 n individual individuall Address display 00 is displayed start stop of corresponding for 5 seconds after Address 17 to indoor unit operation ON Address 32 individually Address 33 to Address 48 individually Address 49 to Address 64 individually Press the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more After test operation return the display select swit
428. rovided on P C board for servicing P C board has not been removed as required for given model There is duplication in central control address setting There are more than four outdoor units Check indoor addresses Check for any change made to remote controller connection group individual since indoor address setting Check line addresses Check display on priority indoor unit Check displays on priority indoor unit and outdoor unit Check indoor addresses Check indoor addresses Note This code is displayed when power is turned on for the first time after installation Set indoor capacity DN 11 Check model setting of P C board for servicing outdoor P C board Check central control addresses Check network adaptor P C board applicable to Check No of outdoor units connected Only up to 4 units per system allowed Check communication lines between outdoor units Check for defect in outdoor P C board Check code Al NET central Main control remote controller L29 L30 P01 Outdoor 7 segment display Check A3 IPDU Fan L29 Symbol O signifies site of IPDU error Detected indoor address L30 Location of detection remote controller I F CF Indoor unit Description Error in No IPDUs External interlock of indoor unit of System status All stop Stop of correspondin
429. rror Oil level low detection and protection 7 Oil level low Oil level low Oil return distributor Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low SV3C bypass capillary Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 04 Leakage Site of fault Unit generating Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow error P13 Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection 07 Other connected unit Discharge temp error TD1 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 G H E F SV3E valve J Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown Compressor error lockup Compressor breakdown Compressor error lockup Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 7 Excessive amount of oil Leaking side Insufficient amount of oil Normal side Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low Check valve in oil equalization circuit SV3A valve SV3C valve Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Refrigerant entrapment C Note XX represents sub code 232 Fusible plug sva erae gt
430. s removed in step 3 and put the wiring back to its initial state 11 Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions 12 Reinstall the lower cabinet 5 Cutting line 6 Brazed point Removing of brazed point on Exe left side of strainer 1 location 1 n E 2 N f Removing of brazed point A for pipe located below 4 way valve 1 location PMV assembly Before Removal of PMV Assembly After Removal of PMV Assembly 274 No Part to be replaced Work procedure 4 way valve detachment WARNING attachment continued Wear a pair of gloves 1404 Otherwise you will risk an injury involving MAP1604 replacement part or some other object 4 Brazed point Before starting the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device 1 Detachment 1 Remove the lower cabinet front side 2 Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions 3 Disconnect the 4 way valve coil and PMV coils 3 pieces and get all wiring located near the 4 way valve out of the way 4 Remove brazed points 3 locations for the PMV assembly which is placed in front of the 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the PMV proper to 4 protect it from overheating 5 Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located
431. sh the button to bring the system back to normal off state 6 In the case of group operation turn the unit off reconnect the indoor indoor group control wiring and CN41 connectors and turn on all the indoor units It takes the system about 1 minute to become responsive to remote controller operation CODE No DN code go from 01 to FF with a few gaps along the way If you realize you have wrongly corrected a certain setting after pushing the button you can recover the initial value by pushing the gt button provided that the CODE No DN code is yet to be changed 280 Location Diagram The EEPROM 503 IC10 is mounted on an IC socket Use a pair of tweezers etc to remove it When installing it adjust its orientation as shown in the diagram below During EEPROM removal installation take care not to bend IC leads P C board MCC 1402 P C board MCC 1403 EEPROM IC10 SOIN den When installing the EEPROM align ES its notch with that of the IC socket C c IC socket Notch EEPROM EEPROM IC10 P C board MCC 1570 EEPROM IC503 281 CODE No list Example coveno on 3 a 6 1 oono 6 646 ooo 2e Foor serana vee 6 711
432. sis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained A cc by following the steps below 1 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A cc 0 lt lt 1000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to 1000cc Lay the new compressor down and draw 900 cc of oil via the oil equalization pipe Notes Do not draw more than 900 cc of oil as it may cause damage to the compressor Ifthe faulty compressor contained 500cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 11 3 Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 2 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A cc 1000 lt A 1900 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A cc Lay the new compressor down and draw 1900 A cc of oil via the oil equalization pipe 3 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A cc 1900 lt 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A cc Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the new compressor and inject A 1900 cc of oil using a funnel etc 256 When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor applicable to 0804 1004 and 1204 Dismantling normal compressor Dismantle the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor Note Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape etc N WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating wit
433. sor 06 800mm 10 at 25 Floor Standing Cabinet Type 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Floor Standing Concealed Type Mode MWL AP 067188 66188 1888 018188 02188 EWMES 9 51 Floor Standing Type Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit for S MMS STF200 160 4AR TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue 2000mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 26 size lead wire length 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black 2000mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 26 size lead wire length 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 2000mm Vinyl tube Red Electronic control valve EDM B60YGTF 1 EDM BAOYGTF 1 52 2 6 Parts Layout in Outdoor Unit 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAPO0804 MAP1004 1204 as Ji MEI N h S Jd M E 111 i Low Lb H wer NN pe lt CATH lr i MET EUN Nn e WI 1 RECS SES T NE LAON of o S S 2195 sisl S E gt UE 9 8568 3 Sis S C3 cues P E
434. ss SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more Er CL will be displayed Y segment display Set SW01 02 03 back to 1 1 1 U1 will be displayed SWO 1 SWO02 This is the end of follower outdoor unit backup operation setting Check the operation 244 9 3 2 Header outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of header outdoor unit Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system at the source Setup of failed header outdoor unit 2 Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 3 Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipes fully open to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the failed outdoor unit However if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 In case of fault in compressor electrical part P C board or IPDU P C board From this point on keep the power supply to the failed unit off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Disconnect the connector for outdoor outdoor communication 8052 provided on the interface P C board Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 000 eoe TE e psa eg OOO g ies ES TT SEE 4 a 1 PA gt ME m
435. ssor failure may occur Similarly when starting compressors after a long period of no power supply it is recommended that the power supply be turned on for a while before operation is resumed just like a post installation test run This control function is sometimes used alongside an electrical charging of the compressor motor windings In this case a charging sound may be heard but this is normal 1 Control details heaters are turned on while the compressors are turned off heaters are turned off when TO sensor temperature becomes 2 28 and are turned back on when TO sensor temperature becomes 5 25 When the compressors are turned on the heaters are kept on for 10 minutes 82 e When Pd gt 3 45 MPa compressor No 2 or No 3 the last one of three compressors in terms of startup order in a three compressor configuration is shut down When Pd 2 3 5 MPa compressor No 1 the first compressor in terms of startup order is shut down 11 A3 IPDU control Description of operation numerical data and other information IPDU controls inverter compressors by issuing commands relating to compressor speeds speed increases decreases and current release control values via the interface P C board The main control functions of the IPDU P C board are described below 1 Current release control To prevent inverter input current from exceeding the specified value output frequen
436. t 5 med CN101 single phase MCC 1570 12 BLK 220 2401 5082 i i TED 220V 60Hz High Wall setting ont00 00 BLK BRW LI CN71 CHK Y CN519 42 CN72 o wily 2 CN508 24 RED CN309 20 CN60 CN32 CN61 CN50 CN70 CN73 YEL WHI WHI YEL WHI WHI RED GRN 244 142437 096 112131445 112134456 112 11121314546 1121314151 112 112 000M OPTION FAN DRIVE 710 FILTER EXCT PNL 11 121 681 BLU om mp mp mo momo e a oon BLK NEL _______ BLK ME 222222072 x 12 2 Tun np 2 Outdoor 7 LAC UE E unit 7 241 Network adaptor SENA 5 Option Wired Adapter Remote for Wireless controller Remote controller 1 indicates the terminal block Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 Adotted line and broken line indicate the wiring site 3 indicates the control P C board 25 Color Indication GRY PNK ORN GRN BRW GRAY PINK ORANGE GREEN BROWN RED WHITE YELLOW BLUE BLACK DM Drain pump Motor Float Switch Pulse Motor Valve TR Power supply Transformer Fot Nwtwork adapter 1 2 2 Compact 4 way Cassette Typ
437. t 0 1 MPa SV41 42 and 43 are opened when Ps pressure becomes 2 0 15 MPa SV41 42 and 43 are closed 2 Control details cooling When Ps pressure and Pd pressure become lt 0 14 MPa and lt 1 8 MPa respectively SV41 and 42 are opened when Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 2 0 19 MPa and 2 2 2 MPa respectively SV41 and 42 are closed 5 SV5 high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise and is only performed by the header unit 1 Control details heating When Pd pressure and compressor speed become 2 3 4 MPa and 5 36 rps respectively during heating with a single compressor in operation SV5 is opened when Pd pressure becomes 2 2 7 MPa or compressor speed 2 64 rps SV5 is closed This control function is aimed at automatically shutting down a compressor in an outdoor unit depending on Pd pressure It is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit 1 Control details Compressors are shut down when Pd pressure reaches or exceeds PO The compressor restart prevention timer 2 minutes 30 seconds is set and the control terminated There are two types of case heaters a compressor case heater and an accumulator case heater This control function is aimed at preventing the accumulation of refrigerant in those cases and is performed by all outdoor units If the power supply has not been turned on for a specified period before a post installation test run compre
438. t case follow the procedure specified in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system Setup of failed outdoor unit Regardless of whether the failed outdoor unit is the header unit or a follower unit there is no difference in the setup procedure 2 Turn on Bits 1 2 and of SWO6 provided on the interface P C board 3 If there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor remove the compressor leads before the power is turned on Turn on Bits 1 2 and 3 of 54 06 SW16 SW17 This is the end of cooling season outdoor unit backup operation setting 247 100u1booR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD 10 1 Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit Pump Down This product supports refrigerant pump down a function which allows refrigerant to be recovered from an outdoor unit in need of repair using a normal outdoor unit in a system featuring multiple outdoor units 10 1 1 Note for refrigerant recovery operation When performing pump down operation take note of the following matters Note 1 The pump down refrigerant recovery rate changes with outside temperature and other factors After pump down is completed recover any residual gas using a r
439. t side of the button A unit numbers is indicated on the LCD it will disappear after a few seconds The indicated number shows the system address and indoor unit address of the unit When 2 or more indoor units are connected to the remote controller group controlled units a number of other connected units appears each time you push the button left side of the button 131 To find an indoor unit s position from its address When checking unit numbers controlled as a group SET DATA 89009 rire L LI DOB DON OFF FAN MODE SAVE VENT Cs Stop SWING FIX LOUVER CO CO Execute it while the units are stopped The indoor unit numbers in a group are indicated one after another The fan and louvers of the indicated units are activated VENT TEST 1 Pushand hold the and c buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds e HL appears on UNIT No on the LCD display he fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the group are activated 2 Pushthe gt button left side of the button Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers are indicated one after another first indicated unit number is the address of the header unit e Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated TEST Push the button to finish the procedure All the indoor units in the group stop V To che
440. tdoor unit Leave the service valves of the gas and balance pipes fully open 3 If the oil is likely to has degraded due to a compressor fault disconnect the SV3A valve connector of the failed outdoor unit to prevent the degraded oil from flowing into other outdoor units 4 Set 5 01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the failed outdoor unit to 2 11 1 After rd is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 248 5 rd FF will be displayed on the 7 segment display and pump down operation will start To put the operation on hold midway turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units or press 5 05 on the interface P C board Header unit Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure side check joint using charge hose and purge hose of ar If oil has degraded due to compressor fault undo SV3A Hamm valve connector d x fier Fully close liquid pipe service valve Leave service valves of gas and balance pipes fully open 4 Set SW01 02 03 to 2 11 1 rd is displayed Interface P C board of failed outdoor unit CN30 CN31 SWwO4 SWO5 5 15 Tu f rr 53 9 g 2 Compressors Turned off Outdoor fan On Failed outdoor unit PMV1 PMV2 and PMV4 Open Bis Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 5 rd FF is displayed pump down
441. temperatures 1 Cooling operation After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in COOL mode if the AT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 8 or more it is normal 2 Heating operation After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in HEAT mode if the AT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 15 or more it is normal If demand from the indoor unit on the outdoor unit is low because the difference between the temperature set by the remote controller and the temperature of the room is small then the AT temperature difference is small Consider that AT temperature difference may diminish in cases of a system in which the connected indoor unit capacity exceeds the outdoor unit capacity the pipe length is long or a large difference exists among outdoor units Note 2 Criteria for operating power current The table below shows the maximum current for each outdoor unit Under standard conditions operating current is about 80 of the value shown in the table below Outdoor unit MMY MAP 0804 1004 1204 1404 1604 Note 3 Criteria for cycle status 1 These data are based on operating a 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner of 10096 connection with standard piping length Data may vary depending on temperature conditions installed pipe length and room shape combinations or indoor unit connection capacity For
442. the header unit and the leading indoor unit Check for the influence of communication noise E16 lt gt XX Exceeded the number or capacity of connected Adjust the number or capacity of connected indoor E16 Alternate indoor units units blinking Communication between outdoor units has stopped Check the number of connected outdoor units E23 E23 Check that outdoor unit power is on Duplication of outdoor addresses only when an Do not use manual setup for outdoor addresses E25 E25 outdoor address was manually set up Number of connected outdoor units has decreased Correction of the cause of error occurrence E26 XX When installing an outdoor backup fitoccurs when installing a backup clear the error E26 Alternate The power of a follower unit is not turned on after setup finishes blinking If the power of a follower unit is not turned on turn on the power Duplication of outdoor line addresses Modify the line address setup of the header unit Line address setup error occurred after between lines Set up SW13 SW14 on the connection between 01 02 03 04 interface PC board connectors 06 Duplication of indoor units with priority Set up priority only for one indoor unit There are two or more indoor units set up with Among indoor units indicating L05 set one unit priority with priority Set up the addresses again L04 L04 LO5 106 Address setup error 108 108
443. the lead wire of arrow pisition after the terminal number as figure and ea O lead wire s color of fan motor mop 42 2 Parts Rating 2 1 Outdoor Unit 50812 model MMY MAP 4HT8 E MAP 4HT8 TR 4 8 MAP 4T8 SG gt 8 AC220 240V 50Hz SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E AC220 240V 50Hz SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E SV3F SV6 5 AC220 240V 50Hz 41 42 43 High pressure SW ACB 4UB32W OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa i TF 2 way valve coil PV 4 2 valve coil Q G593 AC220 240V 50Hz SV41 SV42 SV5 8 Pressure sensor For low pressure NSKBCOTOF067 05 35Vi0 088MPa Fanm 15 2 4 0 9 Wi Gesehewerforamum 92 Temi 61 e e e e o o jof o 5 151911 Jue 9 43 2 2 Outdoor Unit 60Hz model MMY MAP 4HT7 gt gt VPV AC208 230V 60Hz SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E FQ D AC208 230V 60Hz SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E SV3F SV6 41 42 43 OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa 7 Pressure sensor For high pressure NSK BCO38F 067 0 5 4 3V 0 3 73MPa High pressure SW ACB 4UB32W 2 way valve
444. tting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original Set the dip switch 5 800 depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box as shown in the following diagram Ex MMY MAP1004HT8 1604 8 D Dip Switch SW800 Compressor IPDU Left Side Compressor IPDU Right Side Compressor IPDU Left Side Compressor IPDU Middle Compressor IPDU Right Side For Compressor 1 For Compressor 2 For Compressor 1 For Compressor 2 For Compressor 3 Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting m ON OFF OFF OFF 58 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 7 Align the insulation sheet with the screw holes on the insulation sheet and the mounting holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers 3 8 Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the four screws that were removed in step 3 If the screws are loose the effect component will generate heat and cause it to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver As it can cause component damage The torque of the screws for DB01 is 0 55 and it for Q201 is 1 2 9 Re connect the connectors and fast on terminals 7 Be sure that all the connectors and the fast on t
445. tton 174 Using indoor unit indicators receiving unit light block wireless type To identify the check code check the 7 segment display on the header unit To check for check codes not displayed on the 7 segment display consult the List of Check Codes Indoor Unit in 8 2 Troubleshooting Method xd Goes off Lighting Blinking 0 5 seconds Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready All lights out Power turned off or error in wiring between receiving and indoor units E01 Faulty reception Operation Timer Ready Receiving unit Error or poor contact in wiring between receiving and indoor units E02 Faulty transmission Oz E Loss of communication 03 Blinking Duplicated indoor unit No address Setting error 209 Duplicated master remote controller Indoor unit inter MCU communication error Automatic address starting error Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor units indoor power turned off Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor and outdoor units loss of indoor outdoor communication Vly e 2 Faulty reception indoor outdoor communication dropping out of indoor unit Xo de P12 Indoor DC fan error Alternate blinking P13 Outdoor liquid backflow detection error 3 TD1 Operation Timer Ready Outdoor discharge TD1 temperature error Activation of outdoor high pressure SW 7 7 N Open phase
446. u dig LAS SLMS ZLMS OLMS 60MS ZOMS 90MS __ 20 5 TOMS 09 OEAS HEAS VEAS ZAS 20381894 pajud juauno ysni 8 woluosusssunssa 54 anssaid NO 12IN2 1 Jeyeeu 9583 Jojegnunoov W3lv3H V Jejeeu ases ueuuej 0053 0191 2020 04 203 104 8091 2000 503 9091 20 ue 6504 Wool 95 1 ne AOS 4 1009 LE 203 104 iosseudwiog 9651 00 2 euuco ZNO TNO uoyws eunsseud 98611 9 9 THEO 109 LAMP ___ QA 8 98 8809 59 Y peog ay 804 98091 3 1 8 104000 sceau 9091 2090 Josss duon 8681 OOW eueusued dn s peog 8 0800 SUL 1 281181 gt Jo uo 918354 O d 1939 3 6251
447. ue 0 os Un NO Je od pue pue NO JO uonipuoo Japun ZOHL DOW pJeoq 1 UO PEEND pue 15 818 uonisod Ex 5902 91 5 jou SJ 51591 29450 ON JO 3 4101 pue jeuiqeo pepunoj jou 5 UGE G 90 pue 309 02 9GO0dV 03 9 0dV O04 0 01 SLOdV edA 004 xouddy edA O08 02 XoJddy 9GO0dV 03 9 0dV O04 0504 01 8LOdV OOO 01 xouddy 01 Z00dV edA Kem z O08 9GO0dV 01 9 0dV 3001 01 Xouddy 01 Z00dV edA eyesse2 8MOJ OJ Ajsnes pinoys 93 5 5159 peuous peuedo 659
448. uejoejeuo Buuiwsiu JOSUSS Jo 8 0 p41 p 1914 Jamod eui 9994 9poo 94 211 pJeoq 5 1 2 2 93 1094 10419 JosuesS SEGNI GML YAL SEGNO 2 99 6 ZEGNO ZML LESNO ILMAL 1294102 Josues JO 1294102 1945 4088940 109 eu eui jo 19je3 e1oN 40 9 ON FEAS 9 5 JO 9 ewou 99 5191594 JOSUBS GYL Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 49108098 6511 9 41 6541 341 LAL uo 00518 5 151 1 Jo 9494 S amp peuoejep Josues 6541 10 JOsues 928199 4 Josueg eniq 09 ZQ L SUM ZOSNO LAL 5 818 8 6 91 1994102 088 5 1 129402 Josues Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 93 5191994 48108098 491 uo Jo OU S 9 5 5 1 Josues 1 si 212 Jo
449. ui 15014 ia e ye yo 708085 EST 941 2 uoneoiunuJuloo 405085 721 Ajddns 1 0015 samo 10sues 915 5 1 A on SI Jo depe SSAIM 105095 V 89 8 mae 4 UoI eoruntJuloo 7 0405 e Ji spun uoneoiunuJuloo 11919 0 dn A uQ 101903 uoneoiunuuuoo m INONd33 ejouey O d EU 0 23 O d 6 65 106928 9 03 eq sun 8 df jeuondo L m 9 9 1 Ajddns UONED UNWWOD e qeoDJeuoo 19008 LT Dunes Dunes uoun Ae dsiq 001 e dsiq spun 0 dn qns 93 it Board ircui Indoor Printed C 6 2 MCC 1570 New 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP 2H AGO dSIQ AGO 1 ZNO 8 9 8 jun S4 40119 1 49 AGO 10x3 AZLOG 9
450. urpose a safe work 2 Cautions on Installation Service 1 Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil For the tools exclusive to R410A shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them 2 As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are specified for R410A 3 In the installation time use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water oxide scales oil etc Use the clean pipes Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas Never use gas other than nitrogen gas 4 For the earth protection use a vacuum pump for air purge 5 R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant If using gas for charging composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air conditioner change 3 Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes copper pipe and joints are mainly used It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum 1 Copper pipe lt Piping gt The pipe thickness flare finishing size flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type When using a long copper pipe for R410A it is
451. ut on protective gloves and safety work clothing and then proceed Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit You may fall or the objects may fall off of the outdoor unit and result in injury When transporting the air conditioner wear shoes with additional protective toe caps When transporting the air conditioner do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton You may injure yourself if the bands should break sure that a heavy unit 10kg or heavier such as a compressor is carried by two persons This air conditioner has passed the pressure test as specified in IEC 60335 2 40 Annex EE Before troubleshooting or repair work check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak the earth wire is not correctly connected contact ab an electric engineer for rework After completing the repair or relocation work check that the ground wires are connected properly Check earth wires Be sure to connect earth wire Grounding work Incomplete grounding causes an electric shock Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes water pipes and lightning rods or ground wires for telephone wires Do not modify the products Do not also disassemble or modify the parts It may cause a fire electric shock or injury Prohibition of modification Use specified parts Do not bring a child close to the equipment
452. utdoor termination resistance setting SW30 Bit 2 Error detection condition s Check items locations Main No of indoor Dropping out of Indoor unit initially Check power supply to units from which signal is received normally indoor unit communicating normally fails indoor unit to return signal for specified Is power turned on length of time Check connection of indoor outdoor communication cable Check connection of communication connectors on indoor P C board Check connection of communication connectors on outdoor P C board Check for defect in indoor P C board Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Indoor outdoor All stop Signal cannot be transmitted Check outdoor termination communication from outdoor to indoor units resistance setting SW30 E07 circuit error for 30 seconds continuously Bit 2 detected at Check connection of outdoor end indoor outdoor communication circuit E06 E06 04 178 Check code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NETcentral control remote Check controller Sub code Location of Description detection Error detection condition s Check items locations Main controller System status remote 208 12 15 E16 E08 E12 E15 E16 Duplicated indoor address Indoor outdoor communication 02 Outdoor outdoor communication 00 Overloading 01 No of units connected Ind
453. uts of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse 100 msec or wider or step signals Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal Extended power peak cut control settings opecifications of display relay contact signals I F SWO7 Bit 1 Note 1 Specifications of display relay contact he terminal for display output Operation terminal must satisfy the following electrical rating Electrical Rating 220 to 240 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less 24 VAC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to the display relay load insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 111 6 8 3 Snowfall Fan Control Header outdoor unit Outdoor unit interface PCB SW1 Snowfall detection switch snowfall sensor Operation An external snowfall signal turns on the outdoor unit fan Snowfall fan control Turns on outdoor unit fan Normal operation Cancels control The input signal is recognized during its rising falling phase After reaching the top bottom of the rising falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 6 8 4 External master ON OFF Control Header outdoor unit p
454. ve 2006 42 EC and ensure that you understand them Some of the details provided in these instructions differ from the service manual and the instructions provided here take precedence Generic Denomination Air Conditioner Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person The air conditioner must be installed maintained repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified service person When any of these jobs is to be done ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them for you A qualified installer or qualified service person is an agent who has the qualifications and knowledge described in the table below Qualifications and knowledge which the agent must have The qualified installer is a person who installs maintains relocates and removes the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation He or she has been trained to install maintain relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or alternatively he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations The qualified installer who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relati
455. verse defrost Connector CN300 301 White 1 Super heat control function in heating operation PMV1 2 2 Liquid line shut down function while follower unit stops Pulse motor 3 Under cool adjustment function in cooling operation valve 4 Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation Connector CN303 Red 4 1 Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation 2 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation 1 Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil Decreases oil flowing to the cycle P 2 Reserve function of surplus oil TD1 TD1 Connector CN502 White TD2 Connector CN503 Pink TD3 Connector CN504 Blue TD2 1 Protection of compressor discharge temp TD3 2 Used for discharge temperature release 151 Connector CN505 White 1 Controls PMV super heat in heating operation Connector CN520 Green TE1 1 Controls defrost in heating operation 2 Controls outdoor fan in heating operation Connector CN521 Red 1 Controls exchange function between main and sub exchangers TK1 Connector CN531 Black TK2 Connector CN532 Green TK3 Connector CN533 Red TK4 Connector CN534 Yellow TK5 Connector CN535 Red 1 Judges oil level of the compressor T Connector CN523 White 1 Detects under cool in cooling operation T Connector CN507 Yellow 1 Detects outside temperature Connector CN501 Red High pressure 1 Detects high pressure and controls comp
456. wiring error Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check gas balancing SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check for refrigerant overcharging Open phase is Check for defect in outdoor detected when P C board power is turned on Inverter DC voltage is too high overvoltage or too low undervoltage Temperature sensor Check power supply voltage built into IGBT TH Check outdoor fan system is overheated error Check heat sink cooling duct for clogging Check IGBT and heat sink for thermal performance for faulty installation e g mounting screws and thermal conductivity Check for defect in A3 IPDU faulty IGBT built in temperature sensor TH Float switch Check float switch connector operates Check operation of drain Float switch circuit pump is open circuited Check drain pump circuit or disconnected at Check drain pipe for clogging connector Check for defect in indoor P C board Motor speed Check connection of fan measurements connector and wiring continuously Check for defect in fan motor deviate from target Check for defect in indoor value P C board Overcurrent Check impact of outside air protection is treatment OA activated MG CTT Magnet contactor Check code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NETcentral control remote Check controller Sub code Main remote controller 1 47 Location
457. wly closing the gas pipe service valve with checking pressure data 12 Compare the low pressure sensor outputs of the failed unit with that of the unit for pressure adjustment and wait until the two pressure readings become almost the same After letting the system continue operating for a while longer fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment 249 Setup of failed outdoor unit 13 When the low pressure sensor output of the failed outdoor unit falls below 0 10MPa fully close the balance pipe packed valve and press SWO5 on the interface P C board to finish the pump down operation 14 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair 8 Select outdoor unit with lowest unit No 6 Approx 10 minutes after system startup fully close gas pipe service valve Failed outdoor unit LA 9 Fully close balance pipes of all outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit as outdoor unit for pressure adjustment Unit for pressure adjustment 13 1 1 Een TE HT 11 13 While monitoring low pressure When low pressure sensor output of failed sensor
458. xceeding the limit concentration even if it leaks Consult the dealer from whom you purchased the air conditioner when you implement the measures Accumulation of highly concentrated refrigerant may cause an oxygen deficiency accident Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air conditioner otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion Explanations given to user f you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done Do not set the circuit breaker to the ON position until the repairs are completed Relocation Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to relocate the air conditioner It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result When carrying out the pump down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air etc to be sucked in raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level and possibly resulting in reputing injury etc 1 Refer to the Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person 12
459. y 7 segment Outdoor 7 segment display remote Check controller Sub code Main control remote controller Indoor Other indoor Stop of F29 12 unit error corresponding unit Outdoor All stop 1 F31 1C EEPROM error 01 Compressor 1 IPDU Compressor All stop side breakdown 02 Compressor2 side a 03 Compressor 3 Me side 01 Compressor 1 IPDU Compressor All stop side error lockup 02 Compressor 2 MG CTT error side 03 Compressor 3 side H02 1d 01 Compressor 1 IPDU Current stop side detection H03 02 Compressor 2 17 circuit error side 03 Compressor 3 side TD1 sensor All stop miswiring incomplete 5 insertion Activation of All stop low pressure protection 06 20 1 Total shutdown case of header unit Continued operation in case of follower unit 183 Error detection condition s Indoor P C board does not operate normally Outdoor P C board does not operate normally Inverter current detection circuit detects overcurrent and shuts system down Overcurrent is detected several seconds after startup of inverter compressor Current flow of at least specified magnitude is detected despite inverter compressor having been shut turned off Discharge temperature of compressor 1 TD1 does not increase despite compressor being in operation Low pressure Ps sensor detects operating pressure lower than 0 02MPa Check items locations Check for de
460. y close the balance pipe packed valves of all other outdoor units Setup of header unit 9 While monitoring the low pressure sensor output adjust the pressure to around 0 12 MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve 10 Compare the manifold gauge pressure of the failed unit with the low pressure sensor output of the header unit and wait until the two pressure readings become almost identical After letting the system continue operating for a while longer fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment Setup of failed outdoor unit 11 When the manifold gauge pressure of the failed outdoor unit falls below 0 10 MPa fully close the balance pipe packed valve and press SWO5 on the interface P C board to finish the test cooling operation 12 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair 6 7 Approx 10 minutes after system startup Select header unit as unit fully close gas pipe service valve for pressure adjustment Failed outdoor unit 8 Fully close balance pipes of all other outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit m 5 al 4 4 C
461. y indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit turns on UNIT LOUVER 2 Every pushing button the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed successively In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on 3 Using the setup temp or G button specify the CODE No 37 4 Using the timer time or button select the SET DATA At shipment 2222 The setup data are as follows SET DATA Handling of operation of air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan 8008 Unavailable At shipment 9 Push 5 button OK if display goes on To change the selected indoor unit go to the procedure 2 To change the item to be set up go to the procedure 3 6 Pushing returns the status to the usual stop status 2 Wiring Relay DC12V procured locally Corresponds to the relay up Compact 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type to one that the rated current 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type of the operation coil is approx 75 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type 2 series utside control 4 Standard type model input of fan Under Ceiling type To terminal High Wall type CN32 FAN DRIVE 2P WHI Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the operation coil is approx 75 Indoor control P C board Other type models Note Determine the cable length between the indoor Correspond up to a relay in whic
462. z 9 7 C 9 7 2 CL RED a N Y SV SV SV IHM IHM 13A IHM nqa mya 090NO 220 L90ND S40NO fey o Ajddns IMM 00ND c ZONO 9 N49 Bo 080 0 MEM 9d 103002 A Oo 384194 Pul NYO aa Mud Canc 08 00LNO AND NYO 201 4 05 3 EXC ANO o MO Ae e pr 13A C 3118 3LIHM IHM LYLY COLNO VL gt EXE A A 99ONOTET ie EX eX XL Ey XL AX 727 1111 zZ 7 9 2 das uoneoipul 10102 8 W lt 9 E o gt ZI N N A W W ZA 84 NUN S SV I gt A 29 MMU AP0072WH AP0092WH AP0122WH AP0152WH AP0182WH AP0242WH

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

0$18$/ `( ,167$/$&,21, 23(5$&,21 < 0$17(1,0,(172  Nokia Lumia 920 32GB 4G Cyan  Samsung NT-M55 User Manual  20 February 2004  1898.8KB    Bedienungs- und Installationsanleitung EWFS  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file